The 'Great Reset'

[East Sun]

i as a person of this Earth do not acknowledge the total concept of
the STUPID RESET.

Take it to your grave, assholes.

[ExomatrixTV]

i as a person of this Earth do not acknowledge the total concept of
the STUPID RESET.

Take it to your grave, assholes.


It is they KNOW their old total corrupt system will eventually collapse ... and are fully aware it is 100% inevitable ... so they sell something new to replace the old what "resonates" with people wanting "green new deal" type of reasoning and hijacking SOME "spiritual concepts" but with a deep deep evil twist.

When they use slogans that in itself looks/feels for many "logical" & "nice" but are based upon many underlying corrupted assumptions heavily guarded by an huge propaganda machine. And we throw sand in that machine to stop their eternal madness. As there are 100s of alternative solutions beyond their sold & pushed narratives.

cheers,
John Kuhles aka 'ExomatrixTV'
February 1st, 2021

[pueblo]

The New Normal, the 4th Industrial Revolution and the Great Reset.

IVPJZfPV9GZH/

[onawah]

The Greater Reset looks like something I would want to be active with if I were still young and able.

My late mentor, the great visionary Dr. Christopher Hills (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christopher_Hills )
...thought that a network of intentional sustainable communities would be the answer to future global problems he foresaw coming before his death in 1997.

(Foundation for Intentional Community is another: https://www.ic.org/...and
It has been around a lot longer and is good testimony for an idea whose time has come.)

The Greater Reset
SEE: https://thegreaterreset.org/
...is partnering with other groups and it's encouraging to see it all manifesting now when it's become so clear the awakened must come together to create viable alternatives to the future TPTB have planned for us.

"The Greater Reset Livestream is over. But the activation has just begun.
After 6 days of life changing discussion with 100K+ viewers, we’re getting a massive response of people making positive changes in their communities.
Join the activation. Chat with us on Telegram, to be connected with 13,000 likeminded people around the world. Sign up to our mailing list above to get news & updates. Watch the session replays by clicking the links:

Replays, Day 1: The Agora Rosa Koire: UN Agenda 21 and The Great Reset – Dropping The Mask #TheGreaterReset
https://thegreaterreset.org/replays-the-agora-1/

Replays, Day 2: Health & Education Dolores Cahill: Brave New World of Freedom: Solutions in the areas of Health and Travel
https://thegreaterreset.org/replays-health-and-education/

Replays, Day 3: Reconnecting to Nature Activating Your Homestead (Panel) Feat. Marjory Wildcraft, Jack Spirko, and Christian Westbrook
https://thegreaterreset.org/replays-reconnecting-to-nature/

Replays, Day 4: Digital Revolution
It’s Time To Embrace Alternative Social Media! (Panel)
https://thegreaterreset.org/replays-day-4-digital-revolution/

Replays, Day 5: Community
Here are the replays from Day 5, Community.
Rebecca Powers: So you want to live in intentional community? Join the club!
https://thegreaterreset.org/replays-day-5-community/

Replays, Bonus Day of Solutions
Teresa Montanino: Working Together to Take Back the Land
https://thegreaterreset.org/replays-bonus-day-of-solutions/

The Greater Reset is the world’s collective response to the World Economic Forum’s Initiative

We offer an alternative to the WEF’s top-down, centralized, authoritarian vision. Our desire is to help all people find community and liberty by providing practical steps and knowledge for co-creating a world that respects individual liberty, bodily autonomy, and choice."
The Greater Reset | thegreaterreset.org



The Cyber Pandemic and "The Greater Reset"

Derrick Broze breaks down the SolarWinds "hack", the connection to the NDAA 2021, and how we can overcome this insanity.

668270213843959


source (https://www.facebook.com/derrickbroze/videos/668270213843959)

[ExomatrixTV]

Great Reset Part 1 of 2

kY9hiOw9XW8


Great Reset Part 2 of 2

zjhYG3_2Eu0

[cursichella1]

The Great Reset: A Mass Ritual in Motion
Posted by S.K. Bain
THEMOSTDANGEROUSBLOGINTHEWORLD on FEBRUARY 2, 2021
46025

Those of you who are familiar with my work know that I have explained in hopefully-not-too-excruciating detail what the Great Age is, and, more pertinently, when it ends – to be more precise, when it ends according to the dark occult beliefs of the Cryptocracy, whose opinion is really the only one that matters considering they control the entire planet and all its resources. (And for those of you unfamiliar with my work who might think I’m joking or have watched one too many James Bond movies, feel free to get off the ride right now.)
To continue reading, link to .pdf (https://themostdangerousblogintheworld.files.wordpress.com/2021/02/reset.pdf)

Link to blog (https://themostdangerousblogintheworld.wordpress.com/2021/02/02/the-great-reset-a-mass-ritual-in-motion/)

[Tintin]

The Delingpod - James Delingpole with Patrick Woods

Recorded February 3rd 2021 James interviews Patrick Woods author of the seminal Technocracy Rising: The Trojan Horse of Global Transformation (pub. 2014) to discuss the "Reset": why it's happening, how dangerous is it, who are the key players, how close is it to fruition, how scared should we be...

Maybe Ted "Unabomber (https://avalonlibrary.net/Unabomber_Manifesto_%281995%29/Unabomber.Manifesto_Washington.Post_1995_%28Ted_Kaczynski%29.pdf)" Kaczynski was onto something :)

I can recommend both the book (https://www.amazon.co.uk/Technocracy-Rising-Trojan-Global-Transformation/dp/0986373907/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=53110665757&dchild=1&gclid=CjwKCAiA9vOABhBfEiwATCi7GLu8uoT99oStUHH8fuC4Q5FEEKcR-3Fe2DjOPveY0JEaXh4d7kIOixoCq9gQAvD_BwE&hvadid=259059439091&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=20339&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=6772886478804929563&hvtargid=kwd-300761017424&hydadcr=24404_1748884&keywords=technocracy+rising&qid=1612533890&sr=8-1&tag=googhydr-21) - very good - and a listen to this very interesting conversation.

Podbean link: https://www.podbean.com/media/share/pb-j7s3c-f9508d?utm_campaign=au_share_ep&utm_medium=dlink&utm_source=au_share

-----


Book review on Amazon

The dark horse of the New World Order is not Communism, Socialism or Fascism. It is Technocracy.

With meticulous detail and an abundance of original research, Patrick M. Wood uses Technocracy Rising to connect the dots of modern globalization in a way that has never been seen before so that the reader can clearly understand the globalization plan, its perpetrators and its intended endgame.

In the heat of the Great Depression during the 1930s, prominent scientists and engineers proposed a utopian energy-based economic system called Technocracy that would be run by those same scientists and engineers instead of elected politicians. Although this radical movement lost momentum by 1940, it regained status when it was conceptually adopted by the elitist Trilateral Commission (co-founded by Zbigniew Brzezinski and David Rockefeller) in 1973 to be become its so-called "New International Economic Order."

In the ensuing 41 years, the modern expression of Technocracy and the New International Economic Order is clearly seen in global programs such as Agenda 21, Sustainable Development, Green Economy, Councils of Governments, Smart Growth, Smart Grid, Total Awareness surveillance initiatives and more.

Wood contends that the only logical outcome of Technocracy is Scientific Dictatorship, as already seen in dystopian literature such as Brave New World by Aldous Huxley (1932) and Nineteen Eighty-Four by George Orwell (1948), both of whom looked straight into the face of Technocracy when it was still in its infancy.

With over 250 footnotes, an extensive bibliography and clarity of writing style, Wood challenges the reader to new levels of insight and understanding into the clear and present danger of Technocracy, and how Americans might be able to reject it once again.

[greybeard]

I would agree that technocracy dictatorship is inevitable if it was not for a rising consciousness.
Chris

[Tintin]

......and I think Whitney Webb has neatly summed this one up...............

1357785209236828163

AP article here (https://apnews.com/article/legislature-legislation-local-governments-nevada-economy-2fa79128a7bf41073c1e9102e8a0e5f0):

Nevada bill would allow tech companies to create governments

CARSON CITY, Nev. (AP) — Planned legislation to establish new business areas in Nevada would allow technology companies to effectively form separate local governments.

Democratic Gov. Steve Sisolak announced a plan to launch so-called Innovation Zones in Nevada to jumpstart the state’s economy by attracting technology firms, Las Vegas Review-Journal reported Wednesday.

The zones would permit companies with large areas of land to form governments carrying the same authority as counties, including the ability to impose taxes, form school districts and courts and provide government services.

The measure to further economic development with the “alternative form of local government” has not yet been introduced in the Legislature.

Sisolak pitched the concept in his State of the State address delivered Jan. 19. The plan would bring in new businesses at the forefront of “groundbreaking technologies” without the use of tax abatements or other publicly funded incentive packages that previously helped Nevada attract companies like Tesla Inc.

Sisolak named Blockchains, LLC as a company that had committed to developing a “smart city” in an area east of Reno after the legislation has passed.

The draft proposal said the traditional local government model is “inadequate alone” to provide the resources to make Nevada a leader in attracting and retaining businesses and fostering economic development in emerging technologies and industries.

The Governor’s Office of Economic Development would oversee applications for the zones, which would be limited to companies working in specific business areas including blockchain, autonomous technology, the Internet of Things, robotics, artificial intelligence, wireless, biometrics and renewable resource technology.

Zone requirements would include applicants owning at least 78 square miles (202 square kilometers) of undeveloped, uninhabited land within a single county but separate from any city, town or tax increment area. Companies would have at least $250 million and plans to invest an additional $1 billion in their zones over 10 years.

The zones would initially operate with the oversight of their location counties, but would eventually take over county duties and become independent governmental bodies.

The zones would have three-member supervisor boards with the same powers as county commissioners. The businesses would maintain significant control over board membership.

The governor’s economic development office did not respond to questions about the zones Wednesday.

[greybeard]

"Zone requirements would include applicants owning at least 78 square miles (202 square kilometers) of undeveloped, uninhabited land within a single county but separate from any city, town or tax increment area. Companies would have at least $250 million and plans to invest an additional $1 billion in their zones over 10 years".
Guess who owns a lot of land?
Chris

[Eva2]

'ER PHYSICIAN WARNS THE PUBLIC THAT THE BAIT & SWITCH IS COMING.'

https://www.bitchute.com/video/274m0w22NHN8/?fbclid=IwAR02h9W7JqPbb9dlt3BmZbXZUkVAuCphcadK1eDU8T4c3l5rgYvL_hIGR6Y

[ExomatrixTV]

4350779998272662
source (https://www.facebook.com/kibotalesa/videos/4350779998272662/)

[ExomatrixTV]

Great Reset? Putin Says, “Not So Fast”

https://i1.wp.com/tomluongo.me/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/vladimir-putin-009-e1520005611346.jpg?fit=460%2C224&ssl=1


Dutch 🇳🇱 people can also read this (https://viruswaarheid.nl/belangrijk/the-great-reset-vladimir-poetin-zegt-niet-zo-snel/)

Did you happen to catch the most important political speech of the last six years?

It would have been easy to miss given everything going on. In fact, I almost did, and this speech sits at the intersection of nearly all of my areas of intense study.

The annual World Economic Forum took place last week via teleconference, what I’m calling Virtual Davos, and at this year’s event, of course, the signature topic was their project called the Great Reset.

But if the WEF was so intent on presenting the best face for the Great Reset to the world it wouldn’t have invited either Chinese Premier Xi Jinping or, more importantly, Russian President Vladimir Putin.

And it was Putin’s speech that brought down the house of cards that is the agenda of the WEF.

The last time someone walked into a major international forum and issued such a scathing critique of the current geopolitical landscape was Putin’s speech to the United Nations on September 29th, 2015, two days before he sent a small contingency of Russian air support to Syria.

There he excoriated not only the U.N. by name but most importantly the U.S. and its NATO allies by inference asking the most salient question, “Do you understand what you have done?” having unleashed chaos in an already chaotic part of the world?
As important as that speech was it was Putin’s actions after that which defined the current era of geopolitical chess across the Eurasian continent. Syria became the nexus around which the resistance to the “ISIS is invincible” narrative unraveled
And the mystery of who was behind ISIS, namely the Obama administration, was revealed to anyone paying attention.

President Trump may have taken credit for beating ISIS, but it was mostly Putin and Russia’s forces retaking the Western part of Syria which allowed that to happen, while our globalist generals, like James Mattis, did as much damage to Syria itself and as little to ISIS as possible, hoping to use them again another day.

And regardless of whether you agree or disagree with the U.S.’s policy in Syria, which I most definitely do not, it is hard to argue that Russia’s intervention there fundamentally changed the regional politics and conflicts for the foreseeable future.
It was the beginning of the voluntary disconnection of China, Russia and Iran from the West.

For standing athwart U.S. and European designs on consolidating power in the Middle East, Russia has been vilified in the West in ways that make the indoctrination I received as a kid growing up in the Cold War look like vacation advertisements for spending the summer in Crimea.

But it is that strength of purpose and character that has defined Putin’s two decades in power. He’s done wonders in rebuilding Russia.

He’s made many mistakes, mostly by first trusting American Presidents and second by underestimating just how arrogant and rapacious the leadership in Europe is.
That said, he’s now reached his limit, especially with Europe, and he’s set a firmly independent path for Russia regardless of the short-term costs.

And that’s why his speech at the World Economic Forum was so important.
Putin hadn’t spoken there for nearly a decade. In a time when WEF-controlled puppets dominate positions of power in Europe, the U.K., Canada and now the U.S., Putin walked into Virtual Davos and dumped his coffee on the carpet.

In terms I can only describe as unfailingly polite, Putin told Klaus Schwab and the WEF that their entire idea of the Great Reset is not only doomed to failure but runs counter to everything modern leadership should be pursuing.


Putin literally laughed at the idea of the "Fourth Industrial Revolution (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fourth_Industrial_Revolution)" – Schwab (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/06/now-is-the-time-for-a-great-reset/)’s idea of a planned society through A.I. (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?102409-A.I.-is-Progressing-Faster-Than-You-Think-), robots and the merging of man and machine.

He flat-out told them their policies driving the middle class to the brink of extinction over the COVID-19 pandemic will further increase social and political unrest while also ensuring wealth inequality gets worse.

Putin’s no flower-throwing libertarian or anything, but his critique of the hyper-financialized post-Soviet era is accurate.

The era dominated by central banking and the continued merging of state and corporate powers has increased wealth inequality across the U.S. and Europe, benefiting millions while extracting the wealth of billions.


Listening to Putin was like listening to a cross between Pat Buchanan and the late Walter Williams (https://tomluongo.me/2021/01/25/proving-putin-prescient-operation-navalny-pathetic/).

According to him the neoliberal ideal of “invite the world/invade the world” has destroyed the cultural ties within countries while hollowing out their economic prospects. Putin criticized zero-bound interest rates, QE, tariffs and sanctions as political weapons.

But the targets of those weapons, while nominally pointed at his Russia, were really the West’s own engines of vitality, as the middle classes have seen their wages stagnate, and access to education, medical care, and the courts to redress grievances fall dramatically.

Russia is a country on the rise, so is China. Once their ties are embedded deeply enough to stabilize its economy, so too will Iran rise.

Together they will lead the central Asian landmass out of the nineteenth-century quagmire that exists thanks to British and American intervention in the region. Putin’s speech made it clear that Russia is committed to the process of finding solutions to all people benefiting from the future, not just a few thousand holier-than-thou oligarchs in Europe.

In a less confrontational address, Chairman Xi said the same thing. He gave lip service, like Putin, to climate change and carbon neutrality, focusing instead on pollution and sustainability.

Together they basically told the WEF to stuff the Great Reset back into the hole in which it was conceived.

I’ve followed Putin closely for nearly a decade now. I got the feeling that if he was speaking to a college-level political science class and not a convocation of some of the most powerful people in the world he would have laughed in their faces.
But, unfortunately, he understands better than any of us having been the object of their aggression for so long, he had to treat them seriously as their grasp of reality and connectedness to the people they ruled was nearly severed.

At the end of his planned remarks, Klaus Schwab asked Putin about Russia’s troubled relationship with Europe and could it be fixed. Putin pulled no punches.
If we can rise above these problems of the past and get rid of these phobias, then we will certainly enjoy a positive stage in our relations.
We are ready for this, we want this, and we will strive to make this happen. But love is impossible if it is declared only by one side. It must be mutual.
I don’t get the sense from anything I’ve seen from the Biden Administration or the European Commission in Brussels that anyone heard a word he said.

This piece is original for Daily Liberty News (http://dailylibertynews.com/)…and is reprinted with permission
Join My Patreon (http://www.patreon.com/goldgoatsnguns) if you don’t want to be forcibly Reset


Dutch 🇳🇱 people can also read this (https://viruswaarheid.nl/belangrijk/the-great-reset-vladimir-poetin-zegt-niet-zo-snel/)

source (https://tomluongo.me/2021/02/10/great-reset-putin-not-so-fast/amp/)

[ExomatrixTV]

The UN wants THESE 6 policies from The Great Reset executed ASAP:

Pvvv_rxLL-Y

[onawah]

Rare Video of 'Brave New World'
Aldous Huxley From 63 Years Ago
by Dr. Joseph Mercola
February 20, 2021
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2021/02/20/brave-new-world.aspx?ui=8d3c7e22a03f5300d2e3338a0f080d2da3add85bca35e09236649153e4675f72&sd=20110604&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1ReadMore&cid=20210220&mid=DM809917&rid=1088745401

alasBxZsb40

"STORY AT-A-GLANCE
Aldous Huxley wrote “Brave New World,” a nightmarish vision of a future society known as the “World State,” ruled by science and efficiency, where emotions and individuality have been eradicated and personal relationships are few
When Huxley wrote the book, optimism about technological advancements were high and there was widespread belief that technology would solve many of the world’s problems. “Brave New World” demonstrates the naiveté of such hopes by showing what can happen when technology is taken to its extreme
Huxley predicted the technological capability to bypass reason and manipulate behavior through subliminal means. Today, social media platforms and search engines use sophisticated artificial intelligence algorithms to push certain kinds of information in front of us
Huxley’s ideas appear to have influenced the technocracy’s planning. The World Economic Forum’s 2030 agenda includes the strangely ominous dictum that “you will own nothing and be happy”
Huxley argues that in order to create the dystopian future presented in his book, you have to centralize wealth, power and control. Hence, the way to protect against it is to insist on decentralization
The video above features a 1958 interview of Aldous Huxley with Mike Wallace. It really is a great glimpse from the past. Wallace was smoking on the set, but that was natural back then, and Rod Serling, who produced the “Twilight Zone,” did the same. Interestingly, they both developed lung cancer.

You might recall that Huxley wrote the classic novel “Brave New World,” in which he presents a dystopian vision of a future society known as the “World State,” a society ruled by science and efficiency, where emotions and individuality have been eradicated and personal relationships are few.

Children are cloned and bred in “hatcheries,” where they are conditioned for their role in society from an early age. There are no mothers and fathers as natural procreation is outlawed. There are no family units.

Embryos are sorted and given hormonal treatments based on their destined societal classification, which from highest to lowest are Alpha, Beta, Gamma, Delta and Epsilon. The Alphas are bred and conditioned to be leaders while the Epsilons are designed for menial labor, free of higher intellectual capacities.

At the time Huxley wrote the book in 1931 (it was published the year after), optimism about technological advancements were high and there was widespread belief that technology would solve many of the world’s problems. “Brave New World” demonstrates the naiveté of such hopes by showing what can happen when technocracy is taken to its extreme.

Huxley believed his world of horror was right around the corner and, today, just shy of 60 years later, we’re starting to see Huxley’s “World State” closing in around us in the form of the Fourth Industrial Revolution’s transhumanist agenda and the Great Reset, designed to trap us inside a net of constant surveillance and external control.

Enemies of Freedom
Huxley also penned a series of essays called “Enemies of Freedom,” which he discusses in the featured interview. The series outlines “impersonal forces” that are “pushing in the direction of progressively less freedom,” and “technological devices” that can be used to accelerate the process by imposing ever greater control of the population.

Huxley points out that as technology becomes more complex and complicated, it becomes increasingly necessary to form more elaborate hierarchal organizations to manage it all. Technology also allows for more effective propaganda machines that can be managed through those same control hierarchies.

Huxley cites the success of Hitler, noting that aside from Hitler’s effective use of terror and brute force, “he also used a very efficient form of propaganda. He had the radio, which he used to the fullest extent, and was able to impose his will on an immense mass of people.”

With the advent of television, Huxley foresaw how an authoritarian leadership could become a source of “a one-pointed drumming” of a single idea, effectively brainwashing the public.

Beyond that, Huxley predicted the technological capability to “bypass the rational side of man” and manipulate behavior by influencing people on a subconscious level. This is precisely what we’re faced with today.

Google, but also to a large extent Facebook, has been collecting data on you for nearly two decades. They have created massive server farms that are capable of analyzing this data with deep learning and artificial intelligence software to mine information and generate incredibly precise details on just what type of propaganda and narrative is required to surreptitiously manipulate you into the behavior they are seeking.

Huxley also points out the dangers inherent in advertising, especially as it pertains to marketing of political ideas and ideologies:

“Democracy depends on the individual voter making an intelligent and rational choice for what he regards as his enlightened self-interest in any given circumstance but …

There are particular purposes for selling goods, and [what] the dictatorial propagandists are doing is to try to bypass the rational side of men and to appeal directly to these unconscious forces below the surface so that you are in a way making nonsense of the whole democratic procedure, which is based on conscious choice or on rational ground …

Children are quite clearly much more suggestible than the average grownup and, again, suppose that for one reason or another all the propaganda was in the hands of one or very few agencies, you would have an extraordinarily powerful force playing on these children who are going to grow up and be adults …

You can read in the trade journal the most critical accounts of how necessary it is to get hold of the children, because then they will be loyal brand buyers later on. Translate this into political terms, the dictator says they will be loyal ideology buyers when they’re grown up.”Decentralization Protects Freedom; Centralization Robs It
Huxley argues that in order to create the dystopian future presented in his book, you have to centralize wealth, power and control. Hence, the way to protect against it is to insist on decentralization. It’s surprising that even 60 years ago Huxley was wise enough to understand this profoundly important principle.

I believe that it is the decentralization of the internet that is required to prevent censorship and manipulation in the future. This means that websites and platforms are not stored in one central place that can easily be controlled and manipulated but, rather, widely distributed to thousands, if not millions, of computers all over the world. It would work because if there is no central storage it can’t be removed.

Decentralized platforms allow the majority of power to reside with the individual. Technologies that can be easily misused to control the public narrative must also remain largely decentralized, so that no one person or agency ends up with too much power to manipulate and influence the public. Our modern-day social media monopolies are a perfect example of what Huxley warned us about.

The same goes for economic institutions too. Today, we can see how the role of the central bank (in the U.S. known as the Federal Reserve) — a privately-owned entity with the power to break entire countries apart for profit — is forcing us toward a new global economic system that will impoverish and quite literally enslave everyone, with the exception of the technocratic social bankers themselves and their globalist allies.

Our Orwellian Present
A contemporary and student of Huxley was George Orwell (real name Eric Blair1), who wrote another dystopian classic — “1984” — published in 1949. The two books — “1984” and “Brave New World” — share the commonality that they both depict a future devoid of the very things that we associate with having a healthy, free, creative, purposeful and enjoyable life.

In “1984,” the context is a society where an all-knowing, all-seeing “Big Brother” rules with an iron fist. Citizens are under constant watch. Privacy is nonexistent, and language is twisted to justify and glorify oppression.

Some of the spectacles of 2020 could have easily been ripped straight out of the pages of “1984,” as riots were described by cheery news anchors as “mostly peaceful protests,” even as city blocks were engulfed in flames behind them and people were bleeding to death in the streets. For those familiar with the book, such scenes were difficult to watch without being reminded of 1984s “double-think.”

Orwell Versus Huxley
There are differences between the two works, however. While Orwell foresees people being forcefully enslaved by an external agency, and kept in that state by the same, Huxley’s vision is one in which people have been so thoroughly conditioned that they come to love their servitude. At that point, no external authoritarian ruler is actually required.

If you think about it, I’m sure you will agree that this is clearly the most efficient strategy to take control of the population. Moore’s law and the exponential improvement in computer processing capacity has exponentially accelerated the global elites’ ability to precisely identify how to implement peaceful control that will have the majority virtually begging for tyranny.

In Huxley’s “Brave New World,” people have fallen in love with the very technologies that prevent them from thinking and acting of their free will, so the enslaved maintain their own control structure.

As noted by Neil Postman in his book, “Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business,” in which he compares and contrasts the futures presented by Huxley and Orwell:

“What Orwell feared were those who would ban books. What Huxley feared was that there would be no reason to ban a book, for there would be no one who wanted to read one. Orwell feared those who would deprive us of information. Huxley feared those who would give us so much that we would be reduced to passivity and egoism.

Orwell feared that the truth would be concealed from us. Huxley feared the truth would be drowned in a sea of irrelevance. Orwell feared we would become a captive culture. Huxley feared we would become a trivial culture, preoccupied with some equivalent of the feelies, the orgy porgy, and the centrifugal bumblepuppy.

As Huxley remarked in ‘Brave New World Revisited,’ the civil libertarians and rationalists who are ever on the alert to oppose tyranny ‘failed to take into account man’s almost infinite appetite for distractions.’

In ‘1984,’ Huxley added, people are controlled by inflicting pain. In ‘Brave New World,’ they are controlled by inflicting pleasure. In short, Orwell feared that what we hate will ruin us. Huxley feared that what we love will ruin us.”

The Promise of the Great Reset

ByoitFsTgnVI

One can argue about who predicted the future best, Orwell or Huxley, but in the final analysis, I think we’re looking at a mixture of both, although it seems obvious to me that Huxley was more prescient and he was actually Orwell’s mentor. Huxley’s concerns are far more serious as the programming is essentially silent, and it is patently evident that the technocrats have been highly successful in implementing this strategy in the past year.2

That said, we’re facing both the threat of externally imposed authoritarianism and control predicted by Orwell, and the subversive, subliminal programming through mindless entertainment and the lure of convenience proposed by Huxley.

Undoubtedly, the combination is a powerful one, and likely far more effective than either control strategy by itself. I’ve already touched on how Orwell’s work is playing out in the real world through the “double-think” mental gymnastics we get from the controlled, tightly centralized mainstream media these days.

For an example of how Huxley’s ideas have influenced the technocracy’s planning, look no further than the globalists’ call to “build back better” (video above) and the World Economic Forum’s 2030 agenda (below), which includes the strangely ominous dictum that you will own nothing and be happy.

lBBxWtKKQiA

The unstated implication is that the world’s resources will be owned and controlled by the technocratic elite, and you’ll have to pay for the temporary use of absolutely everything. Nothing will actually belong to you. All items and resources are to be used by the collective, while actual ownership is restricted to an upper stratum of social class.

Just how will this imposed serfdom make you happy? Again, the unstated implication is that lack of ownership is a marvelous convenience. Rent a pot and then return it. You don’t need storage space! Imagine the freedom! They even promise the convenience of automatic drone delivery straight to your door.

Artificial intelligence — which is siphoning your data about every aspect of your existence through nearly every piece of technology and appliance you own — will run your life, predicting your every mood and desire, catering to your every whim. Ah, the luxury of not having to make any decisions!

Life of man is ultimately impossible without a considerable measure of individual freedom. ~ Aldous Huxley
This is the mindset they’re trying to program into you, and for most, it appears to be working. For others who can see the propaganda for what it is, these promises look and feel like proverbial mouse traps. Once you bite the cheese, you’ll be stuck, robbed of your freedom forevermore. And, as Huxley told Wallace, individual freedom is really a prerequisite for a genuinely productive society:

“Life of man is ultimately impossible without a considerable measure of individual freedom. Initiative and creativity — all these things that we value, and I think value properly, are impossible without a large measure of freedom.”

When Wallace challenges Huxley on this by pointing out that the Soviet Union was successfully developing both militarily and artistically, despite being a tightly controlled regime, Huxley counters by saying that those doing that creative work, especially scientists, were also granted far greater personal freedom and prosperity than everyone else.

As long as they kept their noses out of politics, they were brought into the upper echelon and given a great deal of freedom, and without this freedom, they would not have been able to be as creative and inventive, Huxley says.

The Threat of the New Normal
This anti-human “new normal” that world leaders are now urging us to accept and embrace is the trap of all traps. Unless your most cherished dream is to lie in bed for the rest of your life, your body atrophying away, with a pair of VR goggles permanently strapped to your face, you must resist and oppose the “new normal” every day going forward.

As noted by Spiked editor Brendan O’Neill in his February 5, 2021, article,3 while the first lockdown was marked by a sense of camaraderie and the promise of it being a temporary measure that we can get through if we just address the problem together, by the third round, all forms of social connection have vanished, as has the anticipation of a return to normality.

“In the first lockdown, the dream of normality was what kept people going; it was actively encouraged by some politicians and even some in the doom-laden media. This time, dreams of normality are treated as ‘dysfunction’, as a species of ‘denial,’” O’Neill writes.

Make no mistake. The media’s rebuke of a return to normalcy as a nonsensical piped ream is dangerous propaganda territory. The reality is we could easily open everything back up and go back to business as usual, and nothing out of the ordinary, in terms of sickness and death, would occur.

People die every year. It’s an inevitable reality of life and, up until the last two weeks of 2020, there actually were no greater number of deaths recorded than the year prior, and the year prior to that, and the one before that.4

While new numbers released by the CDC indicate that 2020’s final two weeks may have pushed the total deaths beyond 2019’s (final data won’t be available for months),5 COVID-19 simply isn’t as lethal as initially suspected. It primarily kills the elderly and the chronically ill — what’s most interesting is that suicide deaths among teens went up dramatically as lockdowns and school closings dragged on.6,7

What’s more, we now have effective prophylactics and treatments that ensure the loss of life due to COVID-19 can be radically minimized. Yet, our leaders don’t want you to think in those terms. They want you to remain fearful because they have a deep appreciation of the value of fear in catalyzing the precise type of capitulation and surrender they need in order to implement the Great Reset.

Tragically, many citizens have so embraced the fear culture, they don’t even need an authoritarian figure to tell them to comply with rules that have no medical benefit anymore. They’ll happily act as the designated COVID police, making sure everyone around them complies.

Hell hath no fury like one caught in the unsound belief that they will die if you don’t wear a mask. This is no way to live. It’s not sane and it’s not healthy, and the prophetic works of Huxley and Orwell illustrate where it will all end if we don’t push back.

Never Surrender to the New Normal
In closing, I’d like you to ponder some portions from O’Neill’s article, in which he warns us about the threat posed by the culture of fear itself, which is just as dangerous and damaging as any virus:8

“[Spiked] argued that Covid-19 … would be refracted through the culture of fear, potentially harming our ability to understand and deal with this novel danger. This has come to pass. The shift from paying lip service to social solidarity to encouraging the populace to think of itself as diseased represents a victory for the degraded view of humanity gifted to us by the culture of fear.

The government’s early move from encouraging people to take responsibility for limiting their social interactions to using older methods of terror to ensure compliance with lockdown measures confirmed the culture of fear’s reduction of people from citizens to be engaged with to problems to be managed.

The failure to sustain the education of the next generation spoke to the exhaustion of bourgeois confidence, of the state itself, that underpins the culture of fear.

And the current threat of a New Normal — of a forever post-pandemic dystopia of distanced, masked pseudo-interaction — demonstrates that our future will be shaped at least in part by the ideologies and forces of the culture of fear …

Yes, the New Normal being talked up by the political and cultural elites will partially be informed by the experience of Covid-19 and the necessity of being prepared for a future virus. But it will also be shaped by … the culture of fear and its attendant anti-human, anti-progress ideologies ...

Soon the practical task of minimizing and managing the impact of Covid-19 will have been largely completed, leaving us with the far larger humanist task of combating this culture and making the case for a freer, more dynamic, dazzling future of growth, knowledge and engagement.

Those who underestimate the culture of fear will be ill-prepared for these future battles. They will have a tendency to surrender to the New Normal. The rest of us should stand firm, even in the face of smears and willful misrepresentations, and continue to recognize and confront the real and debilitating consequences that fear has on everyday life and on humanity’s future.”
Sources and References
1 History George Orwell
2 Think Theology May 4, 2012
3, 8 Spiked February 5, 2021
4 CDC December 22, 2020
5 USA Today January 8, 2021
6 WHIO 7 February 10, 2021
7 The Washington Post November 23, 2020

[kfm27917]

Here are some interesting Davos items by President Putin:

https://www.sott.net/article/449063-Putin-presents-Russias-world-vision-to-the-Davos-elite
http://en.kremlin.ru/events/president/transcripts/page/2

[ExomatrixTV]

India Rejects Bill Gates The Great Reset

RLN0w9eaqYg

[Matthew]

"Lockdowns are quietly improving cities around the world" - Klaus Schwab

https://twitter.com/disclosetv/status/1365630031427428352
Disclose.tv
@disclosetv
NEW - Klaus Schwab's World Economic Forum (WEF) tweeted yesterday that "Lockdowns are quietly improving cities around the world," accompanied by a video showing deserted streets, empty factories, and grounded planes. After backlash, they deleted it. Copy:

[ExomatrixTV]

DAVOS Group (https://www.infowars.com/posts/special-saturday-broadcast-davos-group-takes-credit-for-lockdowns-global-collapse/) Takes Credit For Lockdowns/Global Collapse





Klaus Schwab Caught In Secret Sith Lord Initiation Ceremony:


60383d455d2c161c2bf85b7a

[ExomatrixTV]

Sky News Australia, February 28, 2021


Rowan Dean says there is no “Secret Agenda” about World Economic Forum’s Great Reset - they are shouting it from the rafters.
“This is the plan by the World Economic Forum to encourage government…

vHE1C4MWN5Ck
source (https://www.bitchute.com/video/vHE1C4MWN5Ck/)




"New Normal" for "The Great Reset"

IVPJZfPV9GZH
source (https://www.bitchute.com/video/IVPJZfPV9GZH/)

[ExomatrixTV]

http://whynotnews.eu/pix/No2GreatDystopianReset.png




screen-snap-shot from here (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rFwcJKl71cU)



Globalist Technocrats Poised to Press the Great Reset (https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/globalist-technocrats-great-reset-plan/) Button



Episode 387 – Your Guide to The Great Reset (https://www.corbettreport.com/greatreset/)

[ExomatrixTV]

8 Predictions For 2030-World Economic Forum. The Future Isn’t Looking Good:

MLb3eRdd4OU

[ExomatrixTV]

A skeptical look at the ‘great reset’: a technocratic agenda that waited years for a global crisis to exploit

How the ‘great reset’ ideology of un-elected bureaucrats would steer society towards massive surveillance & control: perspective

https://sociable.co/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Klaus-Schwab-750x450.jpg


Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum

In the face of a global pandemic, an un-elected body of global bureaucrats based in Davos, Switzerland has asked the world to trust its vision of a technocratic “great reset,” knowing full well the public would never go for such a request had it not been for the golden opportunity they’d all been waiting for.

When the head of the World Economic Forum (WEF), Klaus Schwab, announced in June (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/06/now-is-the-time-for-a-great-reset/) that “Now is the time for a great reset,” it wasn’t the first time he called for it.
In fact, he called on the WEF to start the great reset over five years ago (see video below), but this year he’s saying that COVID-19 is the most urgent reason to restructure all of society and the global economy.

The great reset agenda was already in place long before the coronavirus pandemic, and the WEF was just waiting for a crisis to exploit it.
Prior to this year, implementing worldwide lockdowns that destroy businesses, wreck the economy, and leave people destitute and stripped of their constitutional rights while trying to enact invasive contact tracing, immunity passports, and otherwise massive bio-electronic surveillance apparatuses would never have been accepted by the citizens of a free society
The so-called great reset is an old ideology touted for decades by globalists like Henry Kissinger, who opined in 2014, “Never before has a new world order had to be assembled from so many different perceptions, or on so global a scale.”
The great reset is the proposed mechanism for setting in motion a new global order, but it wouldn’t be possible to bring forth such a bold plan without a global crisis, be it manufactured or of unfortunate happenstance, that shocks society to its core.
“The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future” — Klaus Schwab, WEF
In this story, I will attempt to dissect:


What types of invasive surveillance technologies will be required by the great reset
Why the great reset is being re-branded and pushed in 2020
How the Davos crowd is trying to sell the great reset Utopia
Who will be asked to give up their privacy for the "common good"
When humans become hackable
Where you have the power to choose

With the arrival of the coronavirus pandemic, the WEF has the perfect excuse to quickly enact its vision for steering society towards a more invasive and intrusive, technocratic future in the name of serving the "common good (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collectivism)".

The un-elected architects of the great reset envision a Utopian world of inclusivity, equality, and sustainability that will require trust in emerging technologies like A.I. (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?102409-A.I.-is-Progressing-Faster-Than-You-Think-), 5G (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?100537-Stop-5G-before-it-s-irreversible-), Blockchain, and robotics, in order to usher in their golden dawn.

https://sociable.co/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/WEF-great-reset-agenda-1200x1098.png

WEF Great Reset Agenda Great Reset Will Require Trust in Invasive Surveillance Tech: WEF Promotes Health Passports & Contact Tracing

In order to bring about the great reset, it will require trust in the technology, and to be more specific, the WEF would like to have greater trust in “crisis-relevant tech,” which includes developing digital health passports and contact tracing, under a new form of internet governance.
“The use of digital technology during the COVID-19 crisis offers clear lessons […] Target mistrust broadly to enable specific crisis-relevant tech” — Daniel Dobrygowski, WEF
“The Great Reset will require new institutions and business models, and new digital technologies to build them,” wrote (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/06/the-great-reset-and-digital-trust-3-lessons-on-digital-tools-from-the-covid-19-crisis/) the WEF Head of Corporate Governance and Trust, Daniel Dobrygowski, in a blog post. “The necessary collaboration, however, is only possible if we solve the digital trust problem,” he added.

According to the Dobrygowski, “The use of digital technology during the COVID-19 crisis offers clear lessons,” one of those being, “Target mistrust broadly to enable specific crisis-relevant tech.”

The WEF openly supports the development of so-called “crisis-relevant tech” as evidenced by its backing the development of health passports, which act as digital records of your health status to determine whether or not you are free to travel or even go outside.

Earlier this year the WEF announced it was supporting the development and launch of CommonPass (https://www.weforum.org/projects/commonpass) — a platform whose mission is “to develop and launch a standard global model to enable people to securely document and present their COVID-19 status (either as test results or an eventual vaccination status) to facilitate international travel and border crossing while keeping their health information private.”
“Contact tracing apps can be powerful weapons against the virus – but they can also be tools for state surveillance” — WEF report
The WEF also lent its support to another health passport initiative called CovidPass, which was built by one of the WEF’s own “Young Global Leaders,” Mustapha Mokass (https://www.weforum.org/people/mustapha-mokass), who used to be an advisor at the World Bank.


CovidPass (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/07/covid-19-passport-app-health-travel-covidpass-quarantine-event/) “uses blockchain technology to store encrypted data from individual blood tests, allowing users to prove that they have tested negative for COVID-19.”
In supporting both CommonPass and CovidPass, the Davos elite have made it clear they want “crisis-relevant tech” like health passports to be part of the great reset solution.

Ask yourself, would the idea of being forced to electronically prove your current health status in order to travel or even leave your own home have been acceptable 10 months ago?


Why is this all happening now?

The die was cast years ago, but only now do the Davos elite see a shrinking, yet golden opportunity, to create a new world order out of the coronavirus chaos.


COVID Presents a ‘Shrinking, Golden Opportunity’, Great Reset Is Not a Response to the Coronavirus

In June Prince Charles praised the great reset agenda for its potential to “make people more receptive to big visions of change” after having suffered through “unprecedented schockwaves.”
“We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis — its unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change,” the prince told the WEF.
Would the idea of being forced to electronically prove your current health status in order to travel or even leave your own home have been acceptable 10 months ago?
Prince Charles may have let on more than he cared to share, or thought you would notice. Again, he’s telling you that the great reset was always the plan. COVID-19 is the excuse.
In other words, the coronavirus crisis presents a golden opportunity for the global establishment to further its agenda upon a frightful and angry population that has been so beaten down by the pandemic and subsequent lockdowns that they will have become more susceptible to giving over their freedoms to the idea of greater centralized power and control.
Prince Charles went on, “As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path. It is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again.”
“We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis — its unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change” — Prince Charles
The British royal’s words echo those of WEF Director Schwab, who said, “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future.”
Again, why is the window of opportunity so narrow? Could the seeds of their grand strategy only flower while the world was distracted and divided amidst the chaos?


The Lure of Utopia Has Many Hooks: Giving Up Privacy & Freedom for the "Common Good (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collectivism)"


Prior to this year, implementing worldwide lockdowns that destroy businesses, wreck the economy, and leave people destitute and stripped of their constitutional rights while trying to enact invasive contact tracing, immunity passports, and otherwise massive bio-electronic surveillance apparatuses would never have been accepted by the citizens of a free society.
But the coronavirus pandemic has opened a “narrow window” for a “golden opportunity,” and once this crisis is over, the Davos club fears that the window may be shut forever.
The WEF admits in its own contact tracing governance framework that “Contact tracing apps can be powerful weapons against the virus – but they can also be tools for state surveillance.”
Yet, the WEF believes that people should balance certain freedoms to serve the "common good (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collectivism)". It is a global vision without a clear end, and it is one that flies in the face of constitutional republics that protect certain unalienable rights.
“This new mindset would balance concerns over privacy and other issues with the potential to create value and improve lives” — WEF report
According to the WEF framework (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/08/contact-tracing-apps-privacy-framework-appa-data-governance/), enacting contact tracing technology would “not be easy and will require a new social consensus that embraces the use of technology to resolve problems for the good of all.”
Additionally, “This new mindset would balance concerns over privacy and other issues with the potential to create value and improve lives.”
In order to enact invasive technologies upon the population, citizens of the world will have to realize that it’s for the greater good and that they should change their mindsets to be less concerned about “privacy and other issues” and more excited about “the potential to create value and improve lives.”
The great reset “will require stronger and more effective governments […] and it will demand private-sector engagement every step of the way” — Klaus Schwab, WEF
Just about every proponent of contact tracing and health passports, including the WEF, all declare that technology should be used and governed ethically (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/07/why-covid-19-contact-tracing-must-be-efficient-effective-and-responsible/), but you hardly see any mention of winning the consent of the people.
Instead, they lobby stakeholders and policymakers to carry the torch in imparting the global vision from the top of the capstone and on-down.
“As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path. It is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again” — Prince Charles
If the coronavirus were to disappear from the earth today, would the WEF have to wait for a new global crisis, or would it push-on with the same reset agenda, regardless?
According to the WEF director, the great reset “will require stronger and more effective governments […] and it will demand private-sector engagement every step of the way.”
“The world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions,” he added. “We must build entirely new foundations for our economic and social systems.”
In creating order out of the coronavirus chaos, the great reset promises to bring about “a more secure, more equal, and more stable world.”
Is that how they plan to win our trust? By promising us a Utopia if we just go along with it?


Bio-Electronic Surveillance and Hackable Humans

We haven’t even gotten into how the great reset would affect the world’s money system and the role of blockchain and digital payments, but when you look at digital health passports and contact tracing apps, you are looking at sophisticated form of bio-electronic surveillance that the world has never been seen before.
“We are no longer mysterious souls; we are now hackable animals” — Yuval Harari, WEF
When you combine biological data with advanced computing power, what you get is the ability to hack humans.
Speaking in Davos over the past few years, historian Yuval Harari has stated that “organisms are algorithms” (https://sociable.co/technology/hack-human-algorithms-davos-wef/) and that “new technologies will soon give some corporations and governments the ability to hack human beings.”


source (https://sociable.co/technology/skeptical-great-reset-technocratic-agenda-waited-years-crisis-exploit/)

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Dystopian Reset in 5 minutes

BYImznU6S0CL
source (https://www.bitchute.com/video/BYImznU6S0CL/)

... for Full HD 1920x1080p click on me (https://brandnewtube.com/watch/HKlcwr8P9ZRJW3J)


<iframe src="https://brandnewtube.com/embed/HKlcwr8P9ZRJW3J" frameborder="0" width="700" height="400" allowfullscreen></iframe>https://brandnewtube.com/upload/videos/2021/03/fI1hNtMgVPHD23fLSvyv_01_930ea053b49e0f9ecd8573eea36b26e1_video_1080p_converted.mp4


source (https://brandnewtube.com/watch/HKlcwr8P9ZRJW3J)

[Bluegreen]

https://yt3.ggpht.com/ytc/AAUvwnjmVEui77GPd24MLkUfmoy0LQiq51AE5QAsXxvbVw=s48-c-k-c0x00ffffff-no-rj * Sheila Aliens *

World Economic Forum seeks World Domination in "Great Reset" Video

"The wealthiest & most powerful people on the planet want Earth to be nice & tidy and rid of the majority of us lowly plebs. They want the place for themselves and they dictate their demands from on high in the Swiss Alps in Davos, Switzerland. So tone deaf. They also think if they jump out ahead of the creepy stuff, like by putting an ironic amount of illuminati/NWO symbolism and acknowledgement in their videos, that they will be seen as "with it" and definitely not Evil."

Published 2nd February 2021 (18:56) – includes WEF video

G3KAl9g6l5w

[ExomatrixTV]

You’ll Own Nothing and Be Happy!? - The Great Reset

bEQcyIGH_vQ

[onawah]

Rosa Koire, The GREATER Reset, Transcript & Video
3/1/21
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/the-greater-reset-activation-the-agora-rosa-koire/

From Alexandra Bruce of Forbidden Knowledge:

"I've been getting some pushback whenever I publish stories about China, so I want to make my position very clear. I am certainly not referring to the Chinese people and I am not even referring to just the Chinese Communist Party, as the latter would NEVER have been able to accomplish what they have without the long term planning and rigging of the world by the Globalists and their treasonous American agents, who sold out their country for personal gain.

Lee Smith calls this elite that forms the nexus of public and private sector interests the "China Class", in the best article I've ever read on this topic of topics:

"And because it was true that China was the source of the China Class’ power, the novel coronavirus coming out of Wuhan became the platform for its coup de grace.

So Americans became prey to an anti-democratic elite that used the coronavirus to demoralize them; lay waste to small businesses; leave them vulnerable to rioters who are free to steal, burn, and kill; keep their children from school and the dying from the last embrace of their loved ones; and desecrate American history, culture, and society; and defame the country as systemically racist in order to furnish the predicate for why ordinary Americans in fact deserved the hell that the elite’s private and public sector proxies had already prepared for them.

For nearly a year, American officials have purposefully laid waste to our economy and society for the sole purpose of arrogating more power to themselves while the Chinese economy has gained on America’s. China’s lockdowns had nothing to do with the difference in outcomes. Lockdowns are not public health measures to reduce the spread of a virus.

They are political instruments...

That Democratic officials intentionally destroyed lives and ended thousands of them by sending the ill to infect the elderly in nursing homes is irrelevant to [them]. The job was to boost coronavirus casualties in order to defeat Trump and they succeeded.

I have said numerous times, "Communist China is a cut-out of the Globalist cabal" but Martin Geddes articulated it better than I in an email he sent to his followers the other day:
"The Chinese Communist Party is the front through which the globalist totalitarian banking aristocracy has been operating its plan to gain complete control of this planet."

Get it? Think about that and think about the Unconstitutional mass-surveillance being implemented, the Internet of Things, the Smart Grid and Smart Cities that have been in development for the past 20 years and think of the world of vaccine passports and social credit that the banksters are getting ready to deploy. All of this is really Agenda 21, which Rosa Koire describes thus:

"UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the comprehensive blueprint. It's the "action plan", as the UN calls it, to inventory and control all land, water, minerals, plants, animals, construction, means of production, energy, education, transportation, information and all human beings in the world. It's an inventory and control plan."

The Internet of Things seeks to create a complete digital facsimile of everything on the planet; to create a digital shadow of you, me, everyone and everything. Already, there is a digital strawman of you and allegedly, the algorithms "know" you better than you know yourself and can predict your next steps.

To fully execute their plan, the Globalists must end the US Constitutional Republic and impose the China model worldwide. Given the complete disintegration of the rule of law that we've witnessed in recent months and how all levels of our government are in thrall to blackmail and bribery – as exemplified by our Cadaver-in-Chief – it appears that they've already won.

Our government and the institutions we were supposed to trust have been corrupted so completely by the Globalists that they've devolved from mere kleptocracies into ministries of mass-genocide.

People like Andrew Cuomo and Gretchen Whitmer, whose illegal lockdowns have normalized autocracy have also served to discredit the American system, in the eyes of its citizens. This is exactly what the Globalists wanted and these governors are useful idiots.

The debt, the Endless Wars, the managed decline that we've seen for decades was always about taking out the US and moving the center of power to China.

The horrendous rolling coup and information warfare that we've lived with since the beginning of Trump presidency was all about how he was awakening us to them."

***

THE GREATER RESET ACTIVATION: THE AGORA – ROSA KOIRE
TRANSCRIPT
2/28/21

"In this time of stress and anger and fear and separation and limitation, we need to break out of the paralysis and the panic that's imposed on us and break into a set of positive workable solutions that could bring us closer together, in respect and love.

So, I know that's what we're all excited to be participating in today it's the declaration of taking back control of our life's direction...

My role today is to set the stage for the Greater Reset, by looking at the World Economic Forum's Great Reset, the Fourth Industrial Revolution, the UN Agenda 2030 and of course, the larger plan, within which all of this revolves, which is United Nations Agenda 21 Sustainable Development, where we can agree that we're witnessing the great purge.

It's the great concentration of wealth and power; the great reveal of willing dictators; the great reallocation of resources; the great digital revolution of the surveillance state. This is the agenda for the 21st century and beyond. It's the great rehash of the old plan, so I'm going to start there.

UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the comprehensive blueprint. It's the "action plan", as the UN calls it, to inventory and control all land, water, minerals, plants, animals, construction, means of production, energy, education, transportation, information and all human beings in the world. It's an inventory and control plan.

This is the agenda for the 21st century. It's a blueprint for 100 years and there are milestones at 2020, 2030, 2035 and 2050. Agenda 2030 is just a milestone within the main 100-year plan.

So Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the global plan for inventory and control it encompasses every aspect of your life and it's intended to be a wrenching transformation of your life.

That's what senator Al Gore called it when he took the United States group to the largest gathering of heads-of-state and national representatives that had ever been convened up to that time. That was in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992 for the Agenda 21 Conference. Representatives of 178 nations plus the Vatican agreed to this "action plan".

I know you're going to see on Wikipedia that it says it's a "non-binding voluntary agreement," except Agenda 21 is binding on you.

It's been written into the laws of your countries all the way from China, all Western and Middle Eastern nations, all over the world, through a collaboration of governments, corporations and organizations and foundations.

It's a global plan but it's not an international plan. "International" means "between nations" but this plan erases nations. It's global. It's a global plan that's implemented locally, so it has a different name everywhere but it's the same plan. Every aspect of your life is affected, so it's in your school curricula, it's in your planning and building department it's in your court system, in your health care system.

It's everywhere but they never call it "Agenda 21". You're going to see it as regional plans. Often that are called "Plan Bay Area" or "Four States, One Vision" or "Mexico 2030" or "Hanoi 2030" or "Horizon 2050" in Canada, for example.

They're all the same plan. They elevate major economic power centers to a supra-governmental status that is outside of and above the traditional representative government model. These are the mega-regions. They drive the economy and they overpower the nation-state. They combine parts of cities, of states they even combine pieces of nations together.

They destroy boundaries and they ignore legal jurisdictions by creating new economic princedoms. These are new fiefdoms. It's not government. It's governance.

Governance: it's a system made up of public sector agencies, nonprofits, business organizations, advocacy groups, foundations and corporations. What do they have in common? You don't vote for any of that. The larger the entity, the further away it is from you, the less power you have. You get literally taken out of the picture.

This is the new Global State, in which you are a Global Citizen, OK? So, the new state is the means by which you have to serve others for the "common good" and that's defined by the state. It's supposedly from the bottom up. It's something you want but really it's an end-run against you, around your sovereignty. Your sovereignty is eroded, piece by piece.

The question is, "What is the Agenda 21 plan?" When you see it in the public, it's primarily a land use plan. It's the rallying cry for "sustainable development". What do they say? That we're "killing the planet" with our CO₂ emissions. The plan is designed to corral populations into what the UN calls "Islands of human habitation". Human settlements.

Of course., once you're in that concentrated "island of human habitation" formerly called a "city", you're more easily-managed, controlled and surveilled. It might be a city, like the one that Sidewalk Labs, a subsidiary of Google's parent company, Alphabet, a city like they had planned for an area of Toronto. That city was to have had sensors embedded everywhere, literally. And the residents would have their services restricted, unless they exposed every aspect of their lives digitally

If, for example as a resident, you refused to have your data linked to your identity, you would have less rights than others. This is a Smart City. It's a city where I believe Virtual- and Augmented Reality will replace real life and actually be more more appealing. Ultimately, people may spend their entire lives living virtually and those lives are going to be short.

So, what's the justification for this dystopia? The story is that your Greenhouse Gas emissions will be reduced by consolidating populations into these dense city centers, where energy and water usage can be limited. This is going to get you out of the rural areas, where you can basically do what you want, raise your livestock, grow food with water from your well, drive your farm truck and own a firearm.

But in order to implement Agenda 21, your country, state, county, parish, canton, city – whatever – is imposing this land use plan locally, because think about this: where you live has a lot to do with how you live and what your life will be.

So your old life has to be transformed. "Transform". That's code for "destroyed and rebuilt". That's the New Normal. This includes both what they call the "built environment" and the way that you use that physical space. Your beliefs and your expectations have to be transformed and rebuilt, as well your energy use, water use, food consumption, social structure, work, health and your life expectancy views – all of that has to be transformed. And much of that is determined in that regional plan that you've got, right there where you live. I suggest you check it out.

So, how do they destroy your rights? You don't vote for it. You DO pay for it though. That regional plan gets paid for with federal and state grants that pay for consultants, who basically contract to push this through the community. And the few concerned citizens who show up to the "visioning meetings" and the "charettes", as they call them to object, the consultants are there to block opposition. They're basically there to indoctrinate the public. The consultants are trained "change agents" and organizational managers. They're there to give the impression that they've listened to the public and the public approves the plan.

It's all an act. I think you're going to agree that this is a real big deal. It's a tough sell and a huge management problem, even with the deception and the collusion of the corporate media. I should say the partnership, the ownership. It's not easy to destroy nearly 500 years of the nation-state, so it has to be done incrementally, using all of the power and influence of government corporations and organizations, including all tech, entertainment, media and education.

This is a totally mega-corporate plan. It's a joint partnership. It's a public-private partnership between government, the world's largest corporations, banking conglomerates, the big money foundations, like the Ford and Rockefeller Foundations, groups like the World Wildlife Fund and the National Religious Partnership for the Environment. It's a closed circle. It only includes you when you agree with their plan.

Of course that's what's meant by getting the approval of "the community". "The community" is anyone who agrees with the plan. If you don't agree, you're not "the community". Dissent is not permitted. These major foundations, they give grants to thousands of startup organizations. They train and they fund spin-off groups that look like benevolent non-profits and neighborhood associations.

This whole system, it acts as the lower bureaucracy for the new system and this is basically the ultimate enemy of the individual. So to make Agenda 21 happen, it requires the full integration of systems in order to control them centrally. That's the standardization of all systems and the new currency is information and energy.

In order to have centralized control, full globalization, it's necessary to standardize all law, all education, all culture, all finance. In order to merge, it has to be standardized. This was impossible until the advent of the Computer Age. Now, it's inevitable. This is why every schoolchild is given a computer and the internet is now in tiny villages in every nation.

Your educational system is used to manipulate you into thinking of yourself as a "global citizen". I hope you don't, because a global citizen is not a citizen, at all and has no rights. Under UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development. What's termed a "right" is really a "privilege" and it can be taken away or granted at any time.

Of course conversely, punishment can be imposed without redress. So, this explains how the UN can call universal internet connectivity a "human right". During COVID, Unicef the UN Children's Educational Fund, they created a project called GIGA and the goal is to get every school in the world to do online classes and the term for this is "direct instruction". Nothing comes between the child and the computer. It makes standardized indoctrination really easy.

And of course, you all know that as a startup, Google was funded by the intelligence community, in order to spy on people who searched specific topics on the internet. So then, they could identify those people. Basically turns the tables on us and exposes us to surveillance. Now, billions of people voluntarily carry a surveillance device at all times.

When you hear the term "Smart", whether it's a smartphone or smartcar or smarthome or whatever – this is an acronym: S-M-A-R-T: Sustainability, Monitoring, Assessing, Rating and Tracking. You.

GIGA, the Children's Universal Connectivity Project has digitalized more during 10 weeks of covet than in the last 10 years. For this they need 5G and for that they need decentralized energy production that enables digitalized experimentation and spying on large populations without their consent or knowledge. Sort of a digital colonization.

Mega-corporations are out there, they're searching for people who add value, who are innovators. Corporations want to own innovation. Not everybody has value in this system, this new system. Most of you don't. Most likely, you're worth less than your student loan. Your value, your social credit score is based on whether you produce more than you consume and whether you serve or obstruct the state.

Government has overcome our Constitutional rights by merging with private corporations who can operate without restraint in secret, punishing, purging and disappearing dissidents, like Facebook and Google and Twitter and Amazon have done virtually; this is globalization.

Globalization erases the boundaries, going from the city all the way up to the nation. It's the end of representative government.

Now, I know you might think that government is an obstacle, it's a danger and it doesn't represent you, anyway, so who cares, right? Well, I do know who I'm speaking to, here and actually, I agree. But at least in the United States, government was originally conceived as representative. It was like you were a busy farmer or a merchant and you elected a representative who agreed to give up a few years of their life to handling that stuff, so you didn't have to.

These positions were never intended to be lifelong gigs. Now, people like Pelosi and McConnell are in government for 50 years. Well, why is that? It's because they keep getting voted in. The money that elects them keeps them there. At the top, power has no party.

So what do the Globalist controllers want? Agenda 21 is designed for management efficiency. mega-corporations want to have harmonized, integrated laws and regulations and as few as possible, so they don't have to change their business or retool to sell in different markets. They want no borders and open markets. They want to kill competition, no matter how small and engineer demand. They want to deal with as few decision-makers as possible, ideally, just one.

They want to merge with government. They want workers suited for the work needed and easily discarded. They want to own innovation, so they want direct connection with universities. They want to control all resources, human and natural, because you know, humans are a resource – or more likely, you're a hindrance.

Mega-corporations need full control and total information. This is the digital revolution. It's the Fourth Industrial Revolution. It is the Great Reset. The previous three industrial revolutions mainly focused on energy and hardware. Whether it was steam or gas or electronics, these new energies radically restructured society, all the way from the family, to work, to cities to government – everything, completely restructured.

This is the Fourth Industrial Revolution now, the Digital Revolution. It's the explosion of technology moving faster than the speed of ethics and oversight and it eclipses all previous three revolutions. From Artificial Intelligence having the potential to change the nature of the human being, to robotics being used for policing, to smartbuildings and sensors that monitor us continuously.

This revolution enables an uncertain future. The Fourth Industrial Revolution, in the context of the first three represents a phenomenal acceleration, in terms of time and the ability to control the masses, transform and disrupt, "Build Back Better". When you hear that, know that you can't rebuild it unless you break it, first.

They call it the "New Social Contract" – the one you didn't agree to! The Great Reset concept, that "You won't own anything", you'll rent anything you need, you've got to look at that through the lens of private property. *You* are your most important private property. To lose ownership of your Freedom of Speech, of -Movement – basically, of your Free Will – that means you lose what is most important to you. It reduces your expectations for a full life and forces you into a new era of austerity, of scarcity.

That ain't easy. It's not easy to do this. The loss of freedom in the most vital of ways, the independence and privacy of the body and mind that demands what they call the "New Normal", you don't come to that place without a major crisis.

The self-styled Globalist controllers who intended to totally disrupt the future, they considered what kind of a crisis would be necessary to make one world governance a reality? One that expands beyond the corporations into our homes and our bodies? The way I look at it, global crisis requires a global response – and that justifies global governance.

It really takes a major crisis – a global crisis – to break the identification with your nation and your culture – something like Climate Change, right? It creates an existential terror that "we're destroying the planet" and our entire way of life is a threat to its continued existence. Hey, that ain't science! Science is made to fit the desired result, in this situation, it is the Green Mask. So behind that mask of environmental concern, you find the lust for global, centralized, totalitarian control.

The Climate Change threat is a stage, it's a phase. It's designed to prepare us for more restrictions and limitations and now we're experiencing, of course a much more pervasive and restrictive threat. They brought out the Big Gun, the new existential threat is COVID 19.

In fact, the World Wildlife Fund says that COVID is, quote "Nature's response to man's abuse of the environment" unquote. Are they serious? Nature is a terrorist. So, invisible, colorless, odorless, scarcely-detectable, COVID is the new mask for the New Normal.

9/11 was the justification for the Security State. COVID enables the surveillance state. COVID justifies global enforcement. Truly tailor-made for the New World Order, COVID has issued in house arrest purges of truth-tellers, economic collapse, the full empowerment of these mega-corporations.

And of course, how could I forget? The lineup of the willing dictators, from Macron in France, to Ardern in New Zealand, to Trudeau in Canada to Harris in the US, to Cuomo, Newsom, Whitmer, Garcetti, Lightfoot and dozens of others, all across the world.

In the competition for the rule of the mega-regions, the willing collaborators are stepping up locally, as well, of course and this is really what the last four years have been about: separate the wheat from the chaff, the loyal from the dissidents. That's how it's done. Mao Zedong did this in China, with his "Let 100 Flowers Bloom" campaign. He encouraged his loyal followers to critique his programs, so that he could make them better, but really he did it to identify and purge his critics – which he did.

So what I'm talking about here is power. Those with power want to keep it. Those without it want it. There have always been people who wanted to control the world. What's changed is the capacity for control has expanded in velocity and scope, in a way that has never before been possible.

So now, as I conclude, I want to encourage you. I want to encourage you to be brave; to find the joy in simply being alive. Ask yourself: "What do I value?" Recognize you, yourself are part of the reason that we're in this situation. Have you preferred convenience to liberty? The Free World requires liberty with responsibility and that takes work.

The work we do can be full of pitfalls, full of controlled opposition, which appears to be the answer but instead is a sort of a green-washed, candy-coated twisted circle of propaganda that goes back to the Green Mask. So you gotta stop and think.

Never go along to get along. Know that there will be no Switzerland in this New World, no place to hide. So the time to resist is now. Refuse to collaborate. Don't carry a smartphone. Don't volunteer to give your biometrics or DNA. Don't cooperate. Opt out, while you can and please, prepare to work to stay free. It takes all of us working to make this happen.

Above all, my friends, remember who you are, laugh, dance and love and join us in creating the Greater Reset.

Thank you so much."

[Eva2]

LIBRTI SOCIAL NETWORK PRESENTS
WITH THE FORUM FOR CANADIAN SOVEREIGNTY
https://www.librti.com/summit/


MARCH 2 - 10
5PM PST / 8PM EST
Discover the Truth Behind “The Great Reset” and How the Wealthy & Powerful Use Crisis, Technology, Cultural Trends, and the Economy to Create a New and Frightening Future for Your Children

… And how You Can Prepare Yourself & Your Family, Strategize and Collaborate with a Network of Like-Minded People Standing Up, Taking Action & Creating a Better Life For Our Communities.


We’ve interviewed 14 incredible experts and leaders in a variety of fields to give you a better understanding of what “The Great Reset” is all about, how “they” will implement their plan, and what each of us can actually do about it.
SIGN Up To Be Notified When Interviews Go Live, to watch the LIVE Broadcasts, and access all the recordings.
OPTION 1:
Create Your Free Account on Librti.com to be notified after Videos are Released.
OPTION 2:
Enter your email below to Receive Email Notifications before Every LIVE Broadcast.



We respect your email privacy

Join Your Hosts...

Odessa Orlewicz
"Liberty Talk Canada"

Mark Friesen
"The Grizzly Patriot"
...As they sit down and discuss the economy, politics, climate change, cryptocurrencies, the medical industry, vaccinations, global lockdowns, covid-19 and so much more with...
Our Panel of Experts:
Marc Morano
Alex Newman
Rosa Koire
Denis Rancourt
Salim Mansur
Tom Deweese
Curtis Stone
Dr. Judy Mikovits
Dr. Carrie Medaj
Mark Moss
Dan Dicks
Brad Johnson
Maxine Bernier
Shawn Taylor
https://www.librti.com/summit/

[Tintin]

Following Jill's post immediately above, here's the video of Carrie Madej:

https://www.librti.com/s/bx_videos_media_resized/ffkzmb5vui2vzg7iwvdttat7axkx3pbp.mp4

[Eva2]

Building blocks for the grand finale:
'Canada's immigration minister defends outsourcing visa office to company run by Beijing police'

'OTTAWA – Immigration Minister Marco Mendicino said he is confident a contract with a company owned by the Beijing police adequately protects personal information of people applying to Canada for visas.

Canada has since 2008 contracted the Beijing Shuangxiong Foreign Service Company, to run visa processing services for people seeking to visit Canada. The company is run by the Beijing Municipal Public Security Bureau.

Mendicino insisted the government is closely monitoring the company with regular audits and security screening of all employees who work there.

“We are eyes wide open on this issue and we will continue to manage these risks going forward,” he said.

At the House of Commons immigration committee on Wednesday, Conservative MP Jasraj Singh Hallan asked Mendicino if the government was even considering the massive risk of espionage.

He said simply screening staff isn’t sufficient in a country like China.

“The Chinese Communist Party develops a fake identity with an attempt to infiltrate our overseas visa office, via espionage and collect visa applications and then runs them through the hiring process for the subcontractor. How would we even know about it?” Hallan asked. “Even one Chinese spy could destroy the entire functioning of the office and cause a significant security threat.”

NDP immigration critic Jenny Kwan said she doesn’t understand why the government can’t see the problem.

“The truth is the entire structure stinks and this is a huge conflict of interest for the safety of applicants,” she said.

The minister also took several questions on the situation in Hong Kong and whether Canada would do more to ensure people could leave Hong Kong, as the former British colony is facing an erosion of democratic rights and a new national security law.

Later this week, it is expected China will further tighten its grip on Hong Kong with changes to the electoral system that will further restrict the area’s independence.

Mendicino said the government is working with allies to monitor the situation.

“At this difficult moment. Canada stands shoulder to shoulder with the people of Hong Kong and shares the grave concerns of the international community.”

Late last year, the government opened up more opportunities for people from Hong Kong to immigrate to Canada, including allowing students to apply for work permits, but the government has not been clear about whether more widespread resettlement for refugees could be possible.

Mendicino did commit that no one arrested in any of the large scale protests Hong Kong has seen would be banned from coming to Canada.

“No Hong Kongers will be prevented from coming to Canada or claiming asylum, because they have participated in peaceful protests.” '

[Eva2]

An excerpt from John Coleman's 1982 book: "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300":

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/158585343_10218937010925003_7187238545748727038_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=730e14&_nc_ohc=UOshncC2pLwAX9jcmUj&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=6ff9e59b61b6fd4a1912484f0ccbef89&oe=606F497C

[TargeT]

1.9TRILLION "stimulus" check... hmm wonder what that's meant to force us into?

[syrwong]

An excerpt from John Coleman's 1982 book: "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300":

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/158585343_10218937010925003_7187238545748727038_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=730e14&_nc_ohc=UOshncC2pLwAX9jcmUj&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=6ff9e59b61b6fd4a1912484f0ccbef89&oe=606F497C

Euthanasia for the aged is conceivable. The "voluntary" injection of the killer vaccines can be seen as a prelude. However, this probably does not work for China, because there is a thousand years old tradition of fidel piety, respect for the older generations is entrenched in the minds of the Chinese. Any such policy will enrage the populace.

[kfm27917]

one can get the book free at
https://www.pdfdrive.com/the-conspirators-hierarchy-the-committee-of-300-e157619232.html

[Tintin]

one can get the book free at
https://www.pdfdrive.com/the-conspirators-hierarchy-the-committee-of-300-e157619232.html

Well, one can also access it free here in the Avalon Library :)

https://avalonlibrary.net/ebooks/Dr%20John%20Coleman%20-%20Conspirators%27%20Hierarchy%20-%20The%20Story%20of%20the%20Committee%20of%20300.pdf

[greybeard]

The World Freedom and Doctors Alliances
Dolores Cahill and more.
There is an advert part way through --keep listening -- a lot of positive follows after a sombre beginning.
Chris


https://new.awakeningchannel.com/world-freedom-doctors-alliances-un-the-take-down-of-our-societies/

Feel free to shift to a more appropriate thread.
It is important
The reason I put it here is that the cabal will at first appear to bail out people but it is followed by a real death sentence
All part of lead up to the Great reset.
Chris

[Tintin]

An excerpt from John Coleman's 1982 book: "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300":

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/158585343_10218937010925003_7187238545748727038_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=730e14&_nc_ohc=UOshncC2pLwAX9jcmUj&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=6ff9e59b61b6fd4a1912484f0ccbef89&oe=606F497C

Thanks Jill :highfive:

Yes, depending upon which print version one has will determine the page number, but, the meme is correct (for a change :) )

For the copy held in the Avalon Library the lengthier text appears from page 103, and is prefaced with the following sentence:




It strives toward a One World Government rather well described by one of its late members, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by the Committee which Wells boldly called: "THE OPEN CONSPIRACY-- PLANS FOR A WORLD REVOLUTION."

The meme extract shown appears from page 105 >

Link: Conspirators Hierarchy: The Story of The Committee of 300 (https://avalonlibrary.net/ebooks/Dr%20John%20Coleman%20-%20Conspirators%27%20Hierarchy%20-%20The%20Story%20of%20the%20Committee%20of%20300.pdf)

[Eva2]

I'm not sure if this has been posted yet - can't find it - I found this interview unsettling - its all so twisted:

'DARK JOURNALIST - CATHERINE AUSTIN FITTS: WORLD IN CRISIS!'
'Dark Journalist Interviews Former Assistant HUD Secretary Catherine Austin Fitts on the Global Crisis of Centralization and Surveillance!'
1

https://vimeo.com/523078687

[ExomatrixTV]

THE GREAT RESET: How Big Tech Elites and the World’s People Can Be Enslaved by China CCP or A.I.

https://theaiorganization.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/The-Great-Reset-Wide-Image-2.png

This new book (THE GREAT RESET: How Big Tech Elites and the World’s People Can Be Enslaved by China CCP or A.I.) (https://www.amazon.com/Great-Reset-Elites-Enslaved-I/dp/1953059171/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=1612648202&sr=1-1) is meant to be a neutral analysis and depiction of threats to world leaders, big tech elites, Silicon Valley, conservatives, liberals, WEF, nation states, the intelligence community, and the common person. This includes religious people and atheists. It is not against WEF, Silicon Valley, right, or left. Rather, I attempt to write on everyone’s behalf.

I will describe the Great Reset (4th industrial revolution) more in detail from the macro perspective with short and concise summary paragraphs of each major global component as it relates to AI, smart cities, and the geo-political challenges that exist.

I will go a lot further and beyond what the World Economic Forum has published and is disclosing to the public with Mr. Klaus Schwab’s own book, COVID 19: The Great Reset, which shined may be 5% of what I disclosed in my previous book Artificial Intelligence Dangers to Humanity, and what I will be disclosing here, in this book.

I was the only human being in the world that knew the timing and worked hard to accurately warn and predict that the world’s people were in impending danger from a Bioweapon or disease (Covid 19, AKA CCP Virus) from China CCP in 2019, leading to conflicts with lockdown, famines, AI enslavement, and the entire Great Reset. Prior to and more accurate than Bill Gates, Elon Musk, WEF, intelligence agencies, or any government.

Methods included Secret Service briefs, Fmr. CIA Covert Ops Director reports, published books Artificial Intelligence Dangers to Humanity, and numerous attempts to provide solutions to save lives and help governments, the intelligence community, media, and families. The intention has always been altruistic, and to help my fellow citizen and their families from harm. I hope now, this book, my efforts, and The AI Organization, are taken more seriously and supported.

Cyrus A. Parsa, The AI Organization,



https://theaiorganization.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/The-Great-Reset-Book-Cover-Final-update-Paperback-Version-600Res-1-705x1024.jpg


source (https://theaiorganization.com/the-great-reset-how-big-tech-elites-and-the-worlds-people-can-be-enslaved-by-china-ccp-or-a-i/)

https://cdn.lbryplayer.xyz/api/v4/streams/free/thegreatreset/28fd09321839903bf5d9df9d3f2bd01e12711b3c/3a834e


source (https://odysee.com/@TrueTube:9/thegreatreset:2)

[onawah]

KLAUS SCHWAB AND THE FOURTH REICH
March 11, 2021
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/klaus-schwab-and-the-fourth-reich/

(There is an audio which I will ask the Mods to embed if possible. )

"Michael McKibben of Leader Technologies and his group of researchers have done a DEEP dive into the history and the lineage of the World Economic Forum’s Klaus Schwab. He shares their shocking discoveries in this audio, with AIM4Truth’s Douglas Gabriel.

Klaus Schwab was born in Nazi Germany in 1938. His Jewish mother fled the country, forced to abandon her year-old son with Klaus’ father, whose family businesses were Nazi collaborators.

Over the course of Schwab’s life, he has ingratiated himself to the royal houses of the Holy Roman Empire, with the goal of consolidating Europe – and now the world – under the control of their Swiss bankers, aka “the Gnomes of Basel”.

Excellent background information on those who would would enslave you and the entire planet – do not miss this!"

Edit to add: we need to figure out a way to embed audio here in the same way that we do for videos. For now I've provided a link to where the audio can be downloaded - Tintin

https://aim4truth.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Klaus-Schwab-and-the-Fourth-Reich.mp3

[ExomatrixTV]

Delingpole: German Economist Says ‘Great Reset Will Cause a Crash Worse than 1930s (https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2020/12/26/german-economist-great-reset-will-cause-a-crash-worse-than-1930s/)’

[Eva2]

https://external.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/safe_image.php?d=AQGnkaSowHgpaB53&w=800&h=417&url=https%3A%2F%2Fthehighwire.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F03%2FDont-miss-The-HighWire-TOMORROW-March-11th-2021.jpg&cfs=1&ext=jpg&_nc_cb=1&ccb=3-4&_nc_hash=AQFEnt_ucf7gP_y-
https://thehighwire.com/watch/?fbclid=IwAR0wjzFd31whyOXIclqL7WyTdDlbAuG5gUDovRMbqjOn3gicyyEmCDIIK7I

TECHNOCRATIC TAILSPIN

'Dr. Mercola Exposes The Great Reset; Vaccine Passports Coming?; Newborns Separated from Covid Moms; Sen. Pan’s Plan to Crush Our First Amendment.'

[onawah]

WHO Insider Blows Whistle on Gates and GAVI
by Dr. Joseph Mercola
March 19, 2021
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2021/03/19/gavi-bill-gates-world-health-organization.aspx?ui=8d3c7e22a03f5300d2e3338a0f080d2da3add85bca35e09236649153e4675f72&sd=20110604&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1ReadMore&cid=20210319_HL2&mid=DM833992&rid=1110824262

"STORY AT-A-GLANCE
The WHO has turned global health security into a dictatorship, where the director general has assumed sole power to make decisions by which member states must abide
According to a long-term World Health Organization insider, Bill Gates’ vaccine alliance, GAVI, is directing the WHO
GAVI is headquartered in Switzerland. In 2009, GAVI was recognized as an international institution and granted total blanket immunity, including immunity against criminal sanctions. It is also exempt from paying taxes
In 2017, Gates asked to be part of the WHO’s executive board — like a member state — because of his funding. While the “one-man nation-state of Gates” was not officially voted in, it appears he may have been granted unofficial power of influence
Swissmedic, the Food and Drug Administration of Switzerland, has entered into a three-way contract agreement with Gates and the WHO. It appears other WHO member states have entered into this three-way agreement as well


OK folks, today you are in for a real treat. We have presented many of the pieces previously, but this will help put them in the proper perspective. That is the phase we are in now. We have the facts, we just need to understand what they mean and interpret them properly.

This is a really important article. It catalyzed my understanding of what the heck is going on. The facts are obvious; the entire response to the global pandemic was facilitated by the World Health Organization. Their recommendations were followed lock-step by virtually every government on Earth.

No one will dispute this fact. The next data point is: Who controls the WHO? Some will dispute this, but the evidence is pretty clear and solid. It is Bill Gates, who became the WHO’s biggest funder when then-President Trump removed U.S. support last year.

What does Gates have to benefit from controlling the WHO? How about the best investment he ever made, with many tens of billions of dollars running through his “nonprofit” GAVI Vaccine Alliance? The maniacal suppression and censorship of any inexpensive natural alternative for COVID-19 makes perfect sense now.

These natural therapies, nebulized hydrogen peroxide being the best example, would be serious competition for the vaccines. If everyone knew that these remedies were readily available, highly effective and practically free, who would risk their life for a vaccine? Virtually no one. It all makes perfect sense.

With that framework, enjoy the information our team has compiled that expands on this general concept. Every day we are putting the pieces of the puzzle together, and the more pieces we fit together, the sooner you will see the bigger picture. More to come in the very near future.

WHO Insider Speaks Out
In July 2020, four German attorneys founded the German Corona Extra-Parliamentary Inquiry Committee (Außerparlamentarischer Corona Untersuchungsausschuss1).2,3 In the video above, the founding members, led by Dr. Reiner Fuellmich,4 interviews Astrid Stuckelberger, Ph.D., a WHO insider, about what she discovered about Bill Gates and GAVI, the Vaccine Alliance.

Stuckelberger has served as deputy director of the Swiss national program of aging since the 1990s, and is the president of the WHO-funded Geneva International Network on Ageing.

According to her bio,5 she “is an internationally recognized expert on issues related to evaluating scientific research for policymakers, in particular in health and innovation assessment, pandemic and emergency management training and in optimizing individual and population health and well-being.”

She’s also a published author, with a dozen books to her credit, as well as more than 180 scientific articles, policy papers and governmental and international reports. Stuckelberger points out that much of the research done was and still is highly politicized and primarily done to support and justify political decisions.

For the past 20 years, since 2000, she’s been involved with public health at the WHO, and was part of their research ethics committee for four years. In 2009, she got involved with the WHO’s international health regulations.

Stuckelberger points out that the whole purpose of WHO’s international health regulations is to prepare member states to be ready for a pandemic, to be able to not only prevent outbreaks but also respond swiftly when an outbreak occurs. However, the WHO has actually been actively preventing and undermining this pandemic preparedness training.

The Center of Corruption
According to Stuckelberger, Switzerland is at the heart of the corruption, largely thanks to it being the headquarters for GAVI, the Vaccine Alliance, founded by Bill Gates. In 2009, the GAVI Alliance was recognized as an international institution and granted total blanket immunity.6

As explained by Justus Hoffmann, Ph.D., one of the German Corona Extra-Parliamentary Inquiry Committee members, GAVI has “qualified diplomatic immunity,” which is odd, considering the organization has no political power that would warrant diplomatic immunity. Odder still is that GAVI’s immunity clauses go beyond even that of diplomats. GAVI’s immunity covers all aspects of engagement, including criminal business dealings.

GAVI is a nongovernmental organization that is allowed to operate without paying any taxes, while also having total immunity for anything they do wrong.
“They can do whatever they want,” Stuckelberger says, without repercussions. The police, for example, are barred from conducting an investigation and collecting evidence if GAVI were to be implicated in a criminal investigation. “It’s shocking,” she says. GAVI is also completely tax exempt, which Stuckelberger notes is “very strange.”

Essentially, GAVI is a nongovernmental organization (NGO) that is allowed to operate without paying any taxes, while also having total immunity for anything they do wrong, willfully or otherwise. This is rather unprecedented, and raises a whole host of questions. It’s particularly disturbing in light of evidence Stuckelberger claims to have found showing that GAVI is “directing, as a corporate entity, the WHO.”

Furthermore, documents cited by Stuckelberger show the WHO has assumed what amounts to dictatorial power over the whole world. The director general has the sole power to make decisions — including decisions about which tests or pandemic medications to use — that all member states must then obey.

The Nation-State of Gates
What’s more, Stuckelberger discovered that, in 2017, Gates actually requested to be part of the WHO’s executive board — like a member state — ostensibly because he gives them so much money. Indeed, his funding exceeds that of many individual member states.

Like Stuckelberger says, this is truly incredible — the idea that a single man would have the same power and influence over the WHO as that of an entire nation. It’s a brazen power grab, to say the least. While there’s no evidence that Gates was ever officially granted the status of a member state, one wonders whether he doesn’t have it unofficially.

One thing that raises Stuckelberger’s suspicion is the fact that Swissmedic, the Food and Drug Administration of Switzerland, has entered into a three-way contract agreement with Gates and the WHO. “This is abnormal,” she says.

Essentially, in summary, it appears that when he did not get voted in as a one-man nation state, Gates created three-party contracts with member states and the WHO, essentially placing him on par with the WHO. As mentioned earlier, whatever the director general of the WHO says, goes. They’ve effectively turned global health security into a dictatorship.

The question is, is Gates the real power behind the curtain? Does he tell the director general what to do? When you look back over the past year, it seems Gates has often been the first to announce what the world needs to do to address the pandemic, and then the WHO comes out with an identical message, which is then parroted by world leaders, more or less verbatim.

As noted by Fuellmich, it’s becoming clear that many private-public partnerships have been hijacked by the private side — and they’re immune from liability. “This has got to stop,” he says.

A complete review and overhaul of the United Nations, which established the WHO, is also required as the U.N. has done nothing to prevent or rein in undemocratic and illegal activity. As noted by Fuellmich, we probably need to reconsider whether we even need them.

Changed Definition of Pandemic Allowed Health Dictatorship
In the interview, they also highlight the WHO’s role in setting the stage for a global health dictatorship by changing the definition of “pandemic.” The WHO’s original definition, pre-2009, of a pandemic was:7,8

"… when a new influenza virus appears against which the human population has no immunity, resulting in several, simultaneous epidemics worldwide with enormous numbers of deaths and illness.”

The key portion of that definition is “enormous numbers of deaths and illness.” This definition was changed in the month leading up to the 2009 swine flu pandemic.

The change was a simple but substantial one: They merely removed the severity and high mortality criteria, leaving the definition of a pandemic as “a worldwide epidemic of a disease.”9 This switch in definition is why COVID-19 was and still is promoted as a pandemic even though it, at no point, has caused any excess mortality.10,11,12

We now have plenty of data showing the lethality of COVID-19 is on par with the seasonal flu.13,14,15,16,17 It may be different in terms of symptoms and complications, but the actual lethality is about the same. Yet we’re told the price we must all pay to keep ourselves and others safe from this virus is the relinquishing of our civil rights and liberties.

In short, by removing the criteria of severe illness causing high morbidity, leaving geographically widespread infection as the only criteria for a pandemic, the WHO and technocratic leaders of the world were able to bamboozle the global population into giving up our lives and livelihoods.

WHO Rewrites Science by Changing Definition of Herd Immunity
The WHO has also radically altered the definition of “herd immunity.” Herd immunity occurs when enough people acquire immunity to an infectious disease such that it can no longer spread widely in the community. When the number susceptible is low enough to prevent epidemic growth, herd immunity is said to have been reached.

Prior to the introduction of vaccines, all herd immunity was achieved via exposure to and recovery from an infectious disease. Eventually, as vaccination became widespread, the concept of herd immunity evolved to include not only the naturally acquired immunity that comes from prior illness, but also the temporary vaccine-acquired immunity that can occur after vaccination.

However, in October 2020, the WHO upended science as we know it, revising this well-established concept in an Orwellian move that totally removes natural infection from the equation.

As late as June 2020, the WHO’s definition of herd immunity, posted on one of their COVID-19 Q&A pages, was in line with the widely-accepted concept that has been the standard for infectious diseases for decades. Here’s what it originally said:18

“Herd immunity is the indirect protection from an infectious disease that happens when a population is immune either through vaccination or immunity developed through previous infection.”

The updated definition of herd immunity, which appeared in October 2020, read as follows:19

“‘Herd immunity’, also known as ‘population immunity’, is a concept used for vaccination, in which a population can be protected from a certain virus if a threshold of vaccination is reached. Herd immunity is achieved by protecting people from a virus, not by exposing them to it.

Vaccines train our immune systems to create proteins that fight disease, known as ‘antibodies’, just as would happen when we are exposed to a disease but — crucially — vaccines work without making us sick.

Vaccinated people are protected from getting the disease in question and passing it on, breaking any chains of transmission. With herd immunity, the vast majority of a population are vaccinated, lowering the overall amount of virus able to spread in the whole population.”

After public — and no doubt embarrassing — backlash, the WHO revised its definition again December 31, 2020, to again include the mention of natural infection, while still emphasizing vaccine-acquired immunity. It now reads:20

“'Herd immunity', also known as 'population immunity,' is the indirect protection from an infectious disease that happens when a population is immune either through vaccination or immunity developed through previous infection.

WHO supports achieving 'herd immunity' through vaccination, not by allowing a disease to spread through any segment of the population, as this would result in unnecessary cases and deaths.

Herd immunity against COVID-19 should be achieved by protecting people through vaccination, not by exposing them to the pathogen that causes the disease."

WHO’s Recommendation of PCR Test ‘Intentionally Criminal’
Stuckelberger also shocks the Corona Extra-Parliamentary Inquiry Committee by pointing out that twice — December 7, 2020,21,22 and January 13, 202123 — the WHO issued medical alerts for PCR testing, warning that use of high cycle thresholds (CT) will produce high rates of false positives, that the CT value should be reported to the health care provider and that test results be considered in combination with clinical observations, health history and other epidemiological information.

Yet since the beginning of the pandemic, it has pushed PCR testing as the best way to detect and diagnose infection. This, she says, makes it intentionally criminal. The January 13, 202124,25 medical product alert was, incidentally, posted online January 20, 2021, mere hours after Joe Biden’s inauguration as the President of the United States.

In this alert, the WHO stressed that the “CT needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load,” and that “Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested.”

It also reminds users that “disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results,” so that “as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases.” The alert goes on to explain:26

“This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.

Most PCR assays are indicated as an aid for diagnosis, therefore, health care providers must consider any result in combination with timing of sampling, specimen type, assay specifics, clinical observations, patient history, confirmed status of any contacts, and epidemiological information.”

Taking a patient’s symptoms into account and using a scientifically defensible CT count should have been routine practice from the beginning. It just didn’t fit the geopolitical narrative. Since the start of the pandemic, the WHO has recommended using a CT of 45,27,28,29 which guarantees an enormous number of false positives, and therefore “cases.” This alone is how they kept the pandemic fearmongering going.

The scientific consensus has long been that anything over 35 CTs renders the PCR test useless,30,31,32 as the accuracy will be a measly 3% — 97% are false positives.33 By finally recommending lower CTs and more precise criteria for diagnosis, the WHO engineered an assured end to the caseload at a desired time. Coincidentally, the next day, January 21, 2021, President Biden announced he would reinstate the U.S.’ financial support for the WHO.34

Time to Put an End to the Global Health Mafia
The WHO was created as a specialized agency of the U.N., established in 1948 to further international cooperation for improved public health conditions. It was given a broad mandate under its constitution to promote the attainment of “the highest possible level of health” by all peoples.

It is now beyond dispute that the WHO is beyond compromised. Because of its funding — a large portion of which comes from the “one-man nation-state of Gates” — it fails to complete its original mandate. Worse, WHO serves corporate masters and through its dictatorial powers is essentially destroying, not improving, the health of the world.

In June 2010, the Council of Europe Parliamentary Assembly (PACE) issued a report35 on the WHO’s handling of the 2009 pandemic of novel influenza A (H1N1), which included the recommendation to use a fast-tracked vaccine that ended up causing disability and death around the world.

PACE concluded “the handling of the pandemic by the WHO, EU health agencies and national governments led to a waste of large sums of public money, and unjustified scares and fears about the health risks faced by the European public.”36

Specifically, PACE found “overwhelming evidence that the seriousness of the pandemic was vastly overrated by WHO,” and that the drug industry had influenced the organization’s decision-making — a claim echoed by other investigators as well.37,38,39,40,41

The Assembly made a number of recommendations, including greater transparency, better governance of public health, safeguards against undue influence by vested interests, public funding of independent research, and last but not least, for the media to “avoid sensationalism and scaremongering in the public health domain.”42

None of those recommendations were followed and, if anything, the WHO’s mismanagement of public health, thanks to private-public partnerships with NGOs such as GAVI, has only worsened. Other reports, two published in 201543,44 and one in 2017,45 also highlighted the WHO’s failures and lack of appropriate leadership during the 2013 through 2015 Ebola outbreak in West Africa.

While the WHO is recognized as being uniquely suited to carry out key functions necessary in a global pandemic, experts at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, and the Harvard Global Health Institute, have pointed out, years ago, that the WHO has eroded so much trust that radical reforms would be required before it can assume an authoritative role.

Yet here we are, still, and no reforms ever took place. Instead, the corruption festered and metastasized, and the WHO turned into a power hub for the technocratic deep state that seeks to assume power and control over all nations.

As noted by Fuellmich, we probably need to take a long hard look at the WHO and the U.N., and decide whether they’re even worth saving. At bare minimum, the disproportionate influence by private vested interests, disguised as NGOs such as GAVI, must be thoroughly investigated and rooted out."

Interview with Reiner Fuellmich
Avalon Library - source: https://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_%28Wuhan_2019-nCov%29/Dr_Astrid_Stuckelberger_WHO_interview_Feb_2021.mp4

VIDEO:

https://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_%28Wuhan_2019-nCov%29/Dr_Astrid_Stuckelberger_WHO_interview_Feb_2021.mp4

- Sources and References
1 Acu2020.org Außerparlamentarischer Corona Untersuchungsausschuss
2 Acu2020.org Corona Extra-Parliamentary Inquiry Committee, English
3 Algora October 4, 2020
4 Fuellmich.com, Dr. Reiner Fuellmich Bio (German)
5 AstridStuckelberger.com Bio
6 GAVI.org June 23, 2009
7 The BMJ 2010;340:c2912
8 Wayback Machine, WHO Pandemic Preparedness May 1, 2009 (PDF)
9 Wayback Machine, WHO Pandemic Preparedness September 2, 2009 (PDF)
10 Bitchute, SARS-CoV-2 and the rise of medical technocracy, Lee Merritt, MD, aprox 8 minutes in (Lie No. 1: Death Risk)
11 Technical Report June 2020 DOI: 10.13140/RG.2.24350.77125
12 Johns Hopkins Newsletter November 26, 2020 (Archived)
13 The Mercury News May 20, 2020 (Archived)
14 Annals of Internal Medicine September 2, 2020 DOI: 10.7326/M20-5352
15 Breitbart May 7, 2020
16 Scott Atlas US Senate Testimony May 6, 2020 (PDF)
17 John Ioannidis US Senate Testimony May 6, 2020 (PDF)
18 WHO, Coronavirus disease (COVID-19): Serology June 9, 2020, What Is Herd Immunity section
19 WHO, Coronavirus disease (COVID-19): Herd immunity, lockdowns and COVID-19, October 2020 (Archived)
20 WHO, Coronavirus disease (COVID-19): Herd immunity, lockdowns and COVID-19, December 31, 2020
21 WHO Information Notice December 7, 2020 (Archived)
22 Off-Guardian December 18, 2020
23, 24, 26 WHO Information Notice January 20, 2021
25 The Defender January 21, 2021
27 WHO.int Diagnostic detection of Wuhan Coronavirus 2019 by real-time RT-PCR, January 13, 2020 (PDF)
28 WHO.int Diagnostic detection of 2019-nCOV by real-time RT-PCR, January 17, 2020 (PDF)
29 Eurosurveillance 2020 Jan 23; 25(3): 2000045
30 The Vaccine Reaction September 29, 2020
31 Jon Rappoport’s Blog November 6, 2020
32 YouTube TWiV 641 July 16, 2020
33 Clinical Infectious Diseases September 28, 2020; ciaa1491
34 AP January 21, 2021
35, 36, 42 Assembly.coe.int June 24, 2010
37 Engineering Evil February 10, 2014
38 Wikileaks December 9, 2009
39 Wikileaks December 10, 2009
40 Prevent Disease December 10, 2009
41 Forbes December 23, 2019
43 WHO.int Report of the Ebola Interim Assessment Panel July 2015
44 The Lancet November 22, 2015; 386(10009): 2204-2221
45 Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 2017 May 26; 372(1721): 20160307

[Richter]

Who is Klaus Schwab?
Investigation by Johnny Vedmore
yDH0KGQD9vw

KLAUS SCHWAB: A FAMILY HISTORY
By Joseph P. Farrell
March 19, 2021

Klaus Schwab is the perpetually scowling figure who heads the World Economic Forum.

We pick up the story with Schwab's father Eugen, a manager for a Swiss-German company, Escher-Wyss in Schwab's home town of Ravensburg. The allegations are revealing: In the pre-war years of the 1930s leading up to the German annexation of Poland, Ravensburg’s Escher-Wyss factory, now managed directly by Klaus Schwab’s father, Eugen Schwab continued to be the biggest employer in Ravensburg. Not only was the factory a major employer in the town, but Hitler’s own Nazi party awarded the Escher-Wyss Ravensburg branch the title of 'National Socialist Model Company' while Schwab was at the helm. The Nazis were potentially wooing the Swiss company for cooperation in the coming war, & their advances were eventually reciprocated.

CONTINUE: https://gizadeathstar.com/2021/03/ernst-stavro-blohfeld-er-klaus-schwab-a-family-history/

[onawah]

ERNST STAVRO BLOHFELD…ER… KLAUS SCHWAB: A FAMILY HISTORY
By Joseph P. Farrell
3/19/21
https://gizadeathstar.com/2021/03/ernst-stavro-blohfeld-er-klaus-schwab-a-family-history/

https://suxc75rb44-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/The-Nazi-International-Category-Featured-Image-automatic.png

(Just so no one misses it, here's the article that Richter linked to in post above :thumbsup:)

"The Nazi International

This remarkable article was spotted and shared by E.V.H., but before we get to it, a little background. Regular readers here may recall that some weeks ago I blogged about Klaus Schwab, the perpetually scowling figure who heads the World Economic Forum. I noted at the time that Schwab seemed very much like the character of Dr. Ernst Stavro Blohfeld, the fictitious villain and head of SPECTRE (Special Executive for Counter-intelligence, Terrorism, Revenge and Extortion) from the James Bond films. I wasn't the only one who noticed, apparently, because shortly after that, pictures of Schwab in a gray uniform, holding a white cat ala SPECTRE's Blohfeld, began to appear on the internet. But on a more serious note, I also observed in that blog that little to nothing appeared to have been known about Schwab's family, and there was a curious lacuna in his biography at that time from when he completed his degrees to his emergence on the world stage as the spokesman for Mr. Globaloney and The Great Financial Reset.

Apparently, others observed this curious lack of details about Schwab, and set out to remedy that situation in the very lengthy article below, which appeared just last February along with a rather flattering picture illustration of Schwab himself:

https://unlimitedhangout.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/article-KLAUS-SCHWAB-layers-large-RESET-1920x1024.jpg
Schwab Family Values
Is the real Klaus Schwab a kindly old uncle figure wishing to do good for humanity, or is he really the son of a Nazi collaborator who used slave labour and aided Nazi efforts to obtain the first atomic bomb? Johnny Vedmore investigates.
unlimitedhangout.com

We pick up the story with Schwab's father Eugen, a manager for a Swiss-German company, Escher-Wyss in Schwab's home town of Ravensburg. The allegations are revealing:

In the pre-war years of the 1930s leading up to the German annexation of Poland, Ravensburg’s Escher-Wyss factory, now managed directly by Klaus Schwab’s father, Eugen Schwab, continued to be the biggest employer in Ravensburg. Not only was the factory a major employer in the town, but Hitler’s own Nazi party awarded the Escher-Wyss Ravensburg branch the title of “National Socialist Model Company” while Schwab was at the helm. The Nazis were potentially wooing the Swiss company for cooperation in the coming war, and their advances were eventually reciprocated.

Ravensburg was an anomaly in wartime Germany, as it was never targeted by any Allied airstrikes. The presence of the Red Cross, and a rumoured agreement with various companies including Escher-Wyss, saw the allied forces publicly agree to not target the Southern German town. It was not classified as a significant military target throughout the war and, for that reason, the town still maintains many of its original features. However, much darker things were afoot in Ravensburg once the war began.

Eugen Schwab continued to manage the “National Socialist Model Company” for Escher-Wyss, and the Swiss company would aid the Nazi Wermacht produce significant weapons of war as well as more basic armaments. The Escher-Wyss company was a leader in large turbine technology for hydroelectric dams and power plants, but they also manufactured parts for German fighter planes. They were also intimately involved in much more sinister projects happening behind the scenes which, if completed, could have changed the outcome of World War II.

From this point, the article traces how some of Escher-Wyss's hydro-turbine technology made it into the Nazi atom-bomb project via the Norsk heavy water production plant in Norway. Here the article goes a bit awry claiming that heavy water was vital for the production of plutonium for that project. As I've outlined in my book Reich of the Black Sun, the German project, while it knew of the possibility of plutonium, also knew that its production could only be accomplished in a reactor, and that it would be a long and difficult project. It thus concentrated on the less complicated project of uranium isotope separation and enrichment for a uranium-fueled bomb. But in either case heavy water could be used both as a neutron moderator in a reactor, and more importantly, as a source of deuterium fuel for a "boosted fission" bomb, which is what I've been arguing in my various books about the Nazi atom bomb project.

And Schwab's father headed a firm in Ravensbruck with ties to that project. Let that sink in a moment. As such, Schwab's father was also allegedly involved in another infamous Nazi practice:

Back in the Escher-Wyss factory in Ravensburg, Eugen Schwab had been busy putting forced labourers to work at his model Nazi company. During the years of World War II, nearly 3,600 forced labourers worked in Ravensburg, including at Escher Wyss. According to the city archivist in Ravensburg, Andrea Schmuder, the Escher-Wyss machine factory in Ravensburg employed between 198 and 203 civil workers and POWs during the war. Karl Schweizer, a local Lindau historian, states that Escher-Wyss maintained a small special camp for forced labourers on the factory premises.

The use of masses of forced labourers in Ravensburg made it necessary to setup one of the largest recorded Nazi forced labour camps in the workshop of a former carpenter’s at Ziegelstrasse 16. At one time, the camp in question accommodated 125 French prisoners of war who were later redistributed to other camps in 1942. The French workers were replaced by 150 Russian prisoners of war who, it was rumoured, were treated the worst out of all the POWs. One such prisoner was Zina Jakuschewa, whose work card and work book are held by the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum. Those documents identify her as a non-Jewish forced labourer assigned to Ravensburg, Germany, during 1943 and 1944.

This of course does not implicate Klaus Schwab himself in any of these practices nor does it implicate him in any way with sympathy for the practice nor the ideology behind it. It does, however, raise a yellow flag of caution, and perhaps should provide a context in which to view his own statements to the effect that "you vill not own property und you vill be happy!" This, plus the fact that Schwab seems to have pursued academic studies of mechanical engineering in relationship to macroeconomics of credit and export, might indicate at least some filial interest in his father's wartime experiences, since after his studies and a stint in the USA at Harvard's John F. Kennedy School of Government, he went to work for his father's old company.

The atom bomb connection would continue at Escher-Wyss (now Sulzer-Escher-Wyss) after the war, as it became involved in South Africa's effort to acquire the bomb:

Escher-Wyss had been involved with manufacturing and installing nuclear technology at least as early as 1962, as shown by this patent for a “heat exchange arrangement for a nuclear power plant” and this patent from 1966 for a “nuclear reactor gas-turbine plant with emergency cooling”. After Schwab left Sulzer Escher-Wyss, Sulzer would also help to develop special turbocompressors for uranium enrichment to yield reactor fuels.

When Klaus Schwab joined Sulzer Escher-Wyss in 1967 and started the reorganisation of the company to be a technology corporation, the involvement of Sulzer Escher-Wyss in the darker aspects of the global nuclear arms race became immediately more pronounced. Before Klaus became involved, Escher-Wyss had often concentrated on helping design and build parts for civilian uses of nuclear technology, e.g. nuclear power generation. Yet, with the arrival of the eager Mr. Schwab also came the company’s participation in the illegal proliferation of nuclear weapons technology. By 1969, the incorporation of Escher Wyss into Sulzer was fully completed and they would be rebranded into Sulzer AG, dropping the historic name Escher-Wyss from their name.

It was eventually revealed, thanks to a review and report carried out by the Swiss authorities and a man named Peter Hug, that Sulzer Escher-Wyss began secretly procuring and building key parts for nuclear weapons during the 1960s. The company, while Schwab was on the board, also began playing a critical key role in the development of South Africa’s illegal nuclear weapons programme during the darkest years of the apartheid regime. Klaus Schwab was a leading figure in the founding of a company culture which helped Pretoria build six nuclear weapons and partially assemble a seventh. (Boldface emphasis added)

This now ratchets up the suspicion meter considerably, when placed into context of what else is known about the South African project. In 1973 the New York Times book division published a book by Barbara Rogers and Zdenek Cervenka titled The Nuclear Axis: The Secret Collaboration between West Germany and South Africa, a title which says it all... almost. The authors detail how a Luftwaffe general in the Bundeswehr, himself a holdover from World War II, and several German firms including Degussa(which was also involved in the wartime Nazi atom bomb effort), were involved in aiding South Africa to acquire the atom bomb, which in the opinion of many (including this author) it did. The arrangement was a "tidy" one: in exchange for South African uranium, Germany would supply the technology to enrich it and the engineering to turn it into a bomb. South Africa became the front behind which postwar Germany acquired nuclear weapons technology, for the South African bomb was in effect a German one...

... and an Israeli one, because the third partner in this picture was Israel itself, lending technical assistance as well in return for a steady supply of uranium from the project. The arrangement was a rather nifty one, given that all three states were in some measure and for very different reasons each a pariah state, and each viewed its national security was being jeopardized without nuclear weapons.

But now we find Schwab himself - Dr. Ernst Stavro Blohfeld and SPECTRE - squatting in the middle of that West German-South African atom bomb effort.

The implications here are inescapable, and the article's author, Johnny Vedmore, doesn't shrink from mentioning them:

In the case of Klaus Schwab himself, it appears that he has helped to launder relics of the Nazi era, i.e. its nuclear ambitions and its population control ambitions, so as to ensure the continuity of a deeper agenda. While serving in a leadership capacity at Sulzer Escher Wyss, the company sought to aid the nuclear ambitions of the South African regime, then the most Nazi adjacent government in the world, preserving Escher Wyss’ own Nazi era legacy. Then, through the World Economic Forum, Schwab has helped to rehabilitate eugenics-influenced population control policies during the post-World War II era, a time when the revelations of Nazi atrocities quickly brought the pseudo-science into great disrepute. Is there any reason to believe that Klaus Schwab, as he exists today, has changed in anyway? Or is he still the public face of a decades-long effort to ensure the survival of a very old agenda?

The last question that should be asked about the real motivations behind the actions of Herr Schwab, may be the most important for the future of humanity: Is Klaus Schwab trying to create the Fourth Industrial Revolution, or is he trying to create the Fourth Reich?

For my part, readers can already guess the answer, for I've been trying for years to warn people about a post-war "Nazi International," an "extra-territorial state" hiding behind a complex tapestry of corporations, funds, foundations, think tanks, and a bewildering labyrinth of interconnections, all still firmly in the grasp of a hideous ideology.

See you on the flip side..."

[ExomatrixTV]

https://external.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/safe_image.php?d=AQGnkaSowHgpaB53&w=800&h=417&url=https%3A%2F%2Fthehighwire.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F03%2FDont-miss-The-HighWire-TOMORROW-March-11th-2021.jpg&cfs=1&ext=jpg&_nc_cb=1&ccb=3-4&_nc_hash=AQFEnt_ucf7gP_y-
https://thehighwire.com/watch/?fbclid=IwAR0wjzFd31whyOXIclqL7WyTdDlbAuG5gUDovRMbqjOn3gicyyEmCDIIK7I

TECHNOCRATIC TAILSPIN

'Dr. Mercola Exposes The Great Reset; Vaccine Passports Coming?; Newborns Separated from Covid Moms; Sen. Pan’s Plan to Crush Our First Amendment.'




starts at 27 min 25 sec :thumbsup:

[ExomatrixTV]

An excerpt from John Coleman's 1982 book: "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300":

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/158585343_10218937010925003_7187238545748727038_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=730e14&_nc_ohc=UOshncC2pLwAX9jcmUj&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=6ff9e59b61b6fd4a1912484f0ccbef89&oe=606F497C

Thanks Jill :highfive:

Yes, depending upon which print version one has will determine the page number, but, the meme is correct (for a change :) )

For the copy held in the Avalon Library the lengthier text appears from page 103, and is prefaced with the following sentence:




It strives toward a One World Government rather well described by one of its late members, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by the Committee which Wells boldly called: "THE OPEN CONSPIRACY-- PLANS FOR A WORLD REVOLUTION." The meme extract shown appears from page 105 >

Link: Conspirators Hierarchy: The Story of The Committee of 300 (https://avalonlibrary.net/ebooks/Dr%20John%20Coleman%20-%20Conspirators%27%20Hierarchy%20-%20The%20Story%20of%20the%20Committee%20of%20300.pdf)




Who Rules the World? The Committee of 300 - Book Review!:

uPlL-SXhv00


John Coleman - Committee of 300 & The State of the States:

RMPwdArjohM

[Blastolabs]

An excerpt from John Coleman's 1982 book: "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300":

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/158585343_10218937010925003_7187238545748727038_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=730e14&_nc_ohc=UOshncC2pLwAX9jcmUj&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=6ff9e59b61b6fd4a1912484f0ccbef89&oe=606F497C

I find it a bit hard to take the author of this book seriously when he seems to think the Rolling Stones and the Beatles are evil groups created by the sociopaths to destroy our values...

First red flag was him saying that most of the sociopaths are homosexuals in the first paragraph...

I am not saying I disagree with everything he says in his book but his vision of an ideal world seems to be that of 1950's America and I think most people here would not want us to go back to that mindset...

He goes on to say one of the sociopaths goals is
"To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which
includes rock "music" gangsters such as the filthy, degenerate Mick Jagger's "Rolling
Stones" (a gangster group much favored by European Black Nobility) and all of the
Tavistock-created "rock" groups which began with "The Beatles." "

I fail to see how the Beatles had a " bad influence on society with lyrics as real and positive as

Within You Without You

We were talking about the space between us all
And the people who hide themselves behind a wall of illusion
Never glimpse the truth, then it's far too late, when they pass away
We were talking about the love we all could share
When we find it, to try our best to hold it there with our love
With our love, we could save the world, if they only knew

Try to realise it's all within yourself
No one else can make you change
And to see you're really only very small
And life flows on within you and without you

We were talking about the love that's gone so cold
And the people who gain the world and lose their soul
They don't know, they can't see, are you one of them?

When you've seen beyond yourself then you may find
Peace of mind is waiting there
And the time will come when you see we're all one
And life flows on within you and without you"

[ExomatrixTV]

ALERT! Americans Now Assigned an "(Great Reset) ESG Score!" ... Do You Know? You Should Or You May Be Denied!:
x8XrIA7uE0g

[korgh]

We can emerge from this crisis a better world, if we act quickly and jointly, writes Professor Klaus Schwab.

The changes we have already seen in response to COVID-19 prove that a reset of our economic and social foundations is possible.

This is our best chance to instigate stakeholder capitalism - and here's how it can be achieved.

More here...
https://www.activistpost.com/2020/06/this-is-thegreatreset-you-have-been-warned.html?utm_source=Activist+Post+Subscribers&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=0fe9000cfa-RSS_EMAIL_CAMPAIGN&utm_term=0_b0c7fb76bd-0fe9000cfa-387770973

Viking


This is only the tip of iceberg..

[Gemma13]

Apologies if this has been shared.  A counter movement to The Great Reset - The Greater Reset.

https://thegreaterreset.org


In a world growing increasingly surveilled and controlled, the preservation of liberty and privacy has never been more threatened.

Governments, NGOs, and private corporations are working at break-neck speed to usher in a Fourth Industrial Revolution that aims to merge biology and technology with no amount of life on earth untracked.

Some may believe this “great reset” is inevitable, however we have a different outlook.

Paradoxically, while technology can be used to control people, it can also be used to liberate them. We are working to counter the Fourth Industrial Revolution with a First Decentralized Evolution, where free people, visionary entrepreneurs, and radical social organizations can cooperatively bring about a free society that respects and honors the privacy and sovereignty of everyone.

To that end, the Greater Reset team is proud to announce the Decentralized, Distributed, and Disruptive Tech Summit (D3).

D3 will bring together a diverse and powerful group of innovators, activists, and entrepreneurs with the goal of collaborating on common goals and inspiring participants to take control of their digital and physical lives.

The virtual event takes place April 24th and 25th, 2021.

Topics to be covered include….

Overcoming obstacles to the private acquisition and transfer of cryptocurrencyPrivacy and censorship considerations on social media networksDAOs – Visioning the Future of Social OrganizationThe DeFi DisruptionInternet Privacy and Encryption 101Onboarding into the Crypto Space

Join us for this evolutionary event.

Participants will gain a better understanding of decentralized, distributed, and disruptive technology and will leave the event with a new found hope for the future of humanity.

[Eva2]

https://scontent.fyvr1-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/164260619_10158861113771273_8611259734418898220_n.jpg?_nc_cat=101&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=825194&_nc_ohc=2cnH0ZWxVqAAX8bANmg&_nc_ht=scontent.fyvr1-1.fna&oh=44d1510ac7549642d6d1e2abb208673d&oe=608493E7

[greybeard]

My honest thought is that the Quantum Financial System is worthy of investigation as a positive alternative to the Great Reset.
It would seem one form or another of reset is inevitable.
There are videos to be found on Avalon of this system.
Chris

[ByTheNorthernSea]

Very interesting, thanks...I've subscribed


Apologies if this has been shared.  A counter movement to The Great Reset - The Greater Reset.

https://thegreaterreset.org


In a world growing increasingly surveilled and controlled, the preservation of liberty and privacy has never been more threatened.

Governments, NGOs, and private corporations are working at break-neck speed to usher in a Fourth Industrial Revolution that aims to merge biology and technology with no amount of life on earth untracked.

Some may believe this “great reset” is inevitable, however we have a different outlook.

Paradoxically, while technology can be used to control people, it can also be used to liberate them. We are working to counter the Fourth Industrial Revolution with a First Decentralized Evolution, where free people, visionary entrepreneurs, and radical social organizations can cooperatively bring about a free society that respects and honors the privacy and sovereignty of everyone.

To that end, the Greater Reset team is proud to announce the Decentralized, Distributed, and Disruptive Tech Summit (D3).

D3 will bring together a diverse and powerful group of innovators, activists, and entrepreneurs with the goal of collaborating on common goals and inspiring participants to take control of their digital and physical lives.

The virtual event takes place April 24th and 25th, 2021.

Topics to be covered include….

Overcoming obstacles to the private acquisition and transfer of cryptocurrencyPrivacy and censorship considerations on social media networksDAOs – Visioning the Future of Social OrganizationThe DeFi DisruptionInternet Privacy and Encryption 101Onboarding into the Crypto Space

Join us for this evolutionary event.

Participants will gain a better understanding of decentralized, distributed, and disruptive technology and will leave the event with a new found hope for the future of humanity.

[greybeard]

Difference between NESARA /GESARA and The Great Reset - re-release



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=26JkogRqGlM

[Delight]

Every day a new way to impose the screws


transportation secretary floats taxing drivers by the mile to pay for infrastructure bill
by zachary stieber march 27, 2021 updated: March 27, 2021 (https://www.theepochtimes.com/transportation-secretary-floats-taxing-drivers-by-the-mile-to-pay-for-infrastructure-bill_3751766.html?utm_source=morningbrief&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=mb-2021-03-28)

transportation secretary pete buttigieg on friday said a proposal that would tax americans for each mile they drive “shows a lot of promise.”

asked about various possible funding mechanisms for what’s expected to be a multi-trillion dollar infrastructure bill from the white house, buttigieg said a mileage tax looks promising.

“if we believe in that so-called user pays principle, the idea that part of how we pay for roads is you pay based on how much you drive, the gas tax used to be the obvious way to do it, it’s not anymore. So a so-called vehicle miles traveled tax, or mileage tax, whatever you want to call it, could be the way to do it,” he said during an appearance on cnbc’s “squawk box.”

other funding possibilities include a new set of bonds, a carbon tax, and an increase of the gas tax.

If the latter is featured in the legislative proposal, people should keep in mind it’s more of a temporary measure, buttigieg said.

“the gas tax has traditionally been part of how we fund the highway trust fund, but we know that it can’t be the answer forever, because we’re going to be using less and less gas. We’re trying to electrify the vehicle fleet. So if there’s a way to do it that doesn’t increase the burden on the middle class, we can look at it, but if we do, we’ve got to recognize that’s still not going to be a long-term answer,” he said.

The administration is working with congress on identifying “sustainable funding streams” for the package while keeping open using some deficit financing. President joe biden is generally supportive of using tax increases to fund the proposal, white house press secretary jen psaki has said.

Buttigieg told members of congress during a recent hearing that america faces “a trillion-dollar backlog of needed repairs and improvements, with hundreds of billions of dollars in good projects already in the pipeline.”

“we see other countries pulling ahead of us, with consequences for strategic and economic competition. By some measures, china spends more on infrastructure every year than the u.s. And europe combined,” he said.

The biden administration has been discussing infrastructure with both republicans and democrats in recent weeks, following the partisan approval of the president’s $1.9 trillion package that included covid-19 relief and funding for state and local governments.

Republicans have largely signaled opposition to the infrastructure proposal, which has yet to be formally rolled out because of its size, and because they say there are indications they’ll be frozen out of negotiations yet again.

“i’m very disappointed with what i’m reading because i’m envisioning that the same thing is going to happen that happened with our covid attempts to become a part of that,” sen. Shelly moore capito (r-w.va.) told reporters on capitol hill this week.

Some democrats have said they want to use budget reconciliation for a second time. The party used the budget process for the covid-19 bill, lowering the number of votes needed in the upper chamber from 60-50, effectively cutting out any requirement for republican support.

“i’m going to support certainly, the next infrastructure bill, to be voted on through reconciliation,” sen. Kirsten gillibrand (d-n.y.) said in washington on march 23.

[greybeard]

NESARA / GESARA vs The Great Reset (Part 3) re-release


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=akQjqphhXRI

[ExomatrixTV]

Great Reset: The Leaders Colluding To Make Us Powerless:

dgIYd23hemk

[ExomatrixTV]

THIS is Why So Many Companies Are "Going Woke" = Part of The Great Dystopian Reset!

1631619050378159


Have you noticed an insane number of companies “going woke” lately? There’s a big reason for why this is happening NOW, and it’s not just virtue-signaling. ESG scores are now being utilized to see which companies are the wokest, and redesigning society as we know it. And you’ll be surprised to learn which companies are actually doing poorly, and the frightening reasons why...


source (https://www.facebook.com/GlennBeck/videos/1631619050378159)

[Eva2]

The Greater Reset:
I haven't seen any of the videos from this org yet but I like the intention/idea of flipping the agenda in "our" favour:
'What Is The First Decentralized Evolution (1de)?

Friends,

Have you heard of the first decentralized evolution!?!

It's the people's response to the WEF's Fourth Industrial Revolution (4IR), which aims to further control the masses through the use of drones, AI, the internet of things, and centralized blockchain tech.

Just as we countered their Great Reset with the Greater Rest, we decided to go ahead and challenge their 4IR by doing what we can to accelerate the already booming decentralized and encrypted tech space.

The First Decentralized Evolution is upon us.

It's up to each and every one of us to take it to another level!

Technology is a tool and paradoxically technologies like blockchain can be used to enslave or to liberate.

The enemies of liberty are most definitely leveraging tech to cement their position of power.

So lets do what we can NOW to disappear from their Big Tech Matrix, take control of our private information, and opt out of the debt slavery fiat currencies!

In the video below, John Bush, co-producer of the Greater Reset, breaks down the ins and outs of the First Decentralized Evolution and motivates viewers and listeners to take an active role in building a more decentralized world!

Check it out!!!

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO THE PODCAST VERSION
We hope you will join us April 24th and 25th for the D3 Tech Summit where a radical group of innovators and activists will be brought together with the goal of collaborating on common goals and inspiring participants to take control of their digital and physical lives.

Stay activated friends!!!


Thanks

The Greater Reset Activation Team


P.S. - Be on the lookout for an email coming up soon containing some BIG speaker announcements for D3 and The Greater Reset II which takes place May 24th - 29th.

[Eva2]

I'm not sure how accurate this is but it does give some hope that the present circumstances will be flipped at some point in the near future. Anyway, its nice to read that some "actions" are (possibly) creating something positive out of something negative:

'Dear Freedom Fighters,

I am writing this real quick from my phone, to encourage all of you that so many beautiful things are happening worldwide.

How I wish that I was able to show it all with splendid videos and illustrated emails, but that is not possible right now. Hence, this simple text message.

Remember that I told you about the in depth report I released in the Netherlands, to expose how the government and royal family are deeply involved in the worst evil in the world: satanic abuse and murder of children.

This dossier went viral and is causing a stir now. All of a sudden some local newspapers are writing about it, bringing this evil under the attention of the Dutch people. The minister of justice always refused to investigate this (because he’s involved in it, of course). But now he was forced to at least say publicly he will start an investigation. All that is theatre of course, but... there is a big stir in the Netherlands.

From a leading medical expert I heard that they will now organize a round table with several lawyers, doctors and professionals to discuss how they can expose this evil to the whole nation.

And that is only the first effect of my report, that I know of. My experience is that whenever I release something powerful, the real effect is always unimaginably greater than I can ever see.

For some this may sound as not much, but I know the main thing is to awaken the people, and ignite a fire. Once the spark hits dry wood, it will start burning and that’s what is happening.

Due to the false covid pandemic thousands of intelligent people with influence, like medical experts, scientists and lawyers, are waking up to the insane wickedness of their governments. These well educated, smart people are not planning to sit around doing nothing.

For example: Andreas Kalcker is an internationally recognized scientist who developed a 100% effective cure for covid. He is working with 4,000 medical doctors and lawyers worldwide. And he is connected to the military of several nations. He told me that they are preparing tribunals and executions of all who are complicit in this worldwide crime.

One scientist is gathering thousands of doctors and lawyers, and is involved with military who want to defend their nation against the New World Order. That’s just one example!

The World Doctors Alliance is doing the same thing! They are connecting hundreds of thousands of health workers as well, worldwide. All to oppose the NWO.

Amazing...

This has never happened before in the history of humanity, that such large numbers of higher educated people are seeing the reality of the world they live in. Waking up and taking action.

That is very promising.

The fire that has been lit, will set more and more people on fire.

For example: the very fact that in the Netherlands local newspapers are writing about satanic abuse by governments, shows something interesting: the cabal may own all the major news outlets, but they can impossibly own all the thousands of smaller publications. Once the news starts getting out there, and journalists pick it up, something amazing can happen.

May countless of smaller journalists worldwide wake up!

I also heard from a young boy in Belgium - the heart of the European Union (which is at the heart of the New World Order) - has distributed NINE THOUSAND flyers of StopWorldControl.com So what happened? The Belgian NATIONAL NEWS talked about it, warning the people. That only creates more attention for it, of course.

In the Netherlands people also created HUGE banners of our website, which they hang on bridges of highways! Amazing...

All these are just signs that people are waking up and taking action to wake even more people up.

The report about the election fraud in the Netherlands also caused a big stir, because suddenly there are sounds all over the place that new elections are needed. Who knows what else will move...

Another great news from this nation is that more and more military police are coming forward with heart breaking stories. They are mentally traumatized from being forced to beat up innocent citizens. The stories they are sharing, are causing massive awakening yet again.

During recent mass protests in the Netherlands, hundreds of police and military veterans posted themselves in between the police and the protesters. They formed a live wall of protection, making it impossible for the MP to attack the protesters. Yet again an enormous sign for the people to see there is something significant going on.

I have seen similar things from other nations, like Poland, the Ucraine, etc. On my computer I have several video clips I hope to combine into an inspiring video later. Police choosing the side of the people!

Today I also heard a great encouragement and confirmation from two well known patriots in the USA, Dave Hayes and the X22 report that exactly confirmed what I felt in my own heart: Biden is only allowed to play fake President so the people would wake up more.

Sometimes you need to SHOW the people, because telling them is not enough.

That is happening now: in order to further shake the people awake, they HAVE to go through the darkness. Nothing else works.

That is also true for the vaccines. Telling the masses how bad vaccines are, doesn’t work. They have to see their beloved ones die and be crippled for life, before they wake up. Sad but true.

For decades there has been an awakening going on concerning vaccines. Millions know how bad they are, but... billions have no clue.

I believe the current mass vaccination will result in vaccines becoming banned altogether, in the end.

Millions of healthcare workers are waking up worldwide to the horror of the vaccines. Without the plandemic they would stay asleep forever.

In Argentina a brave reporter Veronica Ressia declared openly on national TV that the pandemic is planned and is a crime. She is supported by the Argentina Doctors for Truth (translate that to Spanish, and google them). Imagine the impact of that!

When I looked her up, I found several South American social media accounts with large followings who are revealing truth as well. This reminded me how the awakening is worldwide! Italy, Germany, Africa, South America, Asia...

Guys, we are witnessing the greatest positive movement of humanity in all of history. Are you aware of that?

It may look small to you, but every new day starts out as a bleak streak of light at a distant horizon. However m... once the sun starts rising, there’s no stopping it! The day will break forth.

I am working on a video that will show you how 28 nations in the world are joining together agains the New World Order. Hopefully I can soon finish this very encouraging video.

Another great news is that Mike Lindell announced an even more powerful exposure of the USA election fraud. He is determined to expose it to the whole world, and there’s no stopping him!

Mike also announced his new FREE SPEECH platform called FRANKSPEECH.com It will be like YouTube and Twitter in one. Sounds great!

Guys, the truth is marching on and every attempt to silence it, only makes it go louder and wider.

When Twitter removed millions of patriot accounts, these people swarmed to Parler. When Parler was ceased by the cabal, they all went to Telegram. And guess what: there are dozens of incredible groups on Telegram, with millions of users, who are exposing evil and wickedness of the government and cabal more than ever before.

Never in the history of humanity was there such a bright light as today. Groups dedicated to exposing the elite pedophilia, covid corruption, government tyranny, etc.

Recently I read the PROTOCOLS OF THE ELDERS OF ZION. A very dark series of statements by the satanists who are behind all this evil in the world. One of their statements shows what they fear most of all:

Individual initiative with genius behind it.

They are terrified of people like you and me, who are using our God given ‘super powers’ of creativity and intellect to expose evil and reveal truth.

Guess what... that exact thing has been happening like never before, in all of history! The documentary PLANDEMIC was a typical ‘individual initiative with genius behind it’. It was viewed almost a billion times! MAJOR BLOW TO THE STRONGHOLD OF DECEPTION!

And that’s one example... There are countless similar projects, in every language, all over the world.

The Protocols of the Elders of Zion also mention how their goal is to disconnect humanity from God, but making mankind materialistic. Again... what is happening? I hear this from people all over the world. Like this smart tech director from South Africa, or the creative author from Austria, or the ex military farmer from the USA, or the pastor from Holland... they all see the same thing: all over the world people are massively turning back to God. No, not to religion, to God, the source of love, truth and freedom.

So much wonderful things are happening right now. If only... we look in the right direction.

Of course there is a lot of bad stuff. Things may get very dark and messy for a while, in certain areas of the world. People are dying and suffering. But let’s be honest: that has always been the case.

Nobody knows the number of vaccine deaths every year, year after year,...

Now this horror is finally being revealed to more people than ever. And the awakening has only just started! The more evil they will throw at the world, the more people will wake up.

The more the satanic practices of the elite will be exposed, the more mankind will understand we truly need the source of love, light and truth to protect and help us. Massive spiritual awakening!

I believe we are at the beginning of a historic turning point in the existence of humanity and the world.

One of the significant things is that people are learning that WE ALL HAVE TO BE INVOLVED WITH POLITICS, EDUCATION, BUSINESS, HEALTH CARE, etc.

For centuries the people have been dependent on the ‘Big Guys’. This made us lazy, indifferent and therefor easy to submit to slavery. Now I see a worldwide movement happening where the people stand up, take action and begin to reform the world.

In America I see several patriot organizations being formed where citizens are educating themselves about the constitution and start attacking the corrupt judges and governors.

Again: all this is just starting.

The world is waking up.

So have hope. Have courage. Have faith. Stay alive and share love.

All the evil that is in full swing now, is being turned around by the One who is greater than all. As the Scriptures say: He became famous by defeating his enemies with their own weapons.

The pit they dig for the world, is their own grave. For real!

Keep sharing truth. Keep awakening others. Keep supporting the frontline warriors. Keep praying. Keep speaking words of life and freedom and hope. Keep opposing tyranny. Keep exposing evil.

We win. It’s destined. Darkness is being cast out. Even though it may get messy and nasty for a while, the light is greater than the darkness.

Read this message again and understand how all these encouragements are only the tiniest tip of an enormous iceberg of tremendously good things happening worldwide.

Be brave!

Much love from the frontlines,

David Sorensen
StopWorldControl.com

Ps: if you haven’t seen it yet, then make sure to check out the amazing report “PROOF THAT THE PANDEMIC WAS PLANNED”. And please, truth warriors, SHARE it everywhere you can!!!

Https://www.stopworldcontrol.com/proof

.

[Eva2]

A possible timeline for future events - on track so far :(
https://scontent.fyvr1-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/169151809_10158756917703141_4556512627919034013_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=825194&_nc_ohc=7FHwmEjjwecAX_K9dk1&_nc_ht=scontent.fyvr1-1.fna&oh=277a46a16929fa10fb202c9eb6a4a835&oe=6094D967

[Eva2]

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/171875853_10158763058163141_461062048497052445_n.jpg?_nc_cat=108&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=825194&_nc_ohc=gOIkRyK71dUAX_-I7yi&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=cc4eddbff55fb4343961c1dd94daa1e6&oe=60980D56

[Patient]

Jill, I wanted to add this to your post above about all of the positive things happening...

Yesterday while driving along a busy high traffic highway in Toronto Canada, I saw a very large flag on a high flag pole beside the highway which said "Fight for Freedom".

I do not know how long ago it was put up, but I do travel this highway often and this is the first time I saw it.

It made me feel good! It is very large and will be hard for people to not notice it.

[Eva2]

Jill, I wanted to add this to your post above about all of the positive things happening...

Yesterday while driving along a busy high traffic highway in Toronto Canada, I saw a very large flag on a high flag pole beside the highway which said "Fight for Freedom".

I do not know how long ago it was put up, but I do travel this highway often and this is the first time I saw it.

It made me feel good! It is very large and will be hard for people to not notice it.

Feels like Canada and Israel are big players in leading the charge and like so many, are totally fed up with it all, so its good to see that we have lots of company. Hope the flag stays up for a long time as a reminder and wakeup for travellers on that route.

[Eva2]

': today's selected QUOTE :
"[...] They’re turning us into production units and consuming entities. They can monitor us anytime ...5G is not about bringing you quicker downloads for your video games or for your movies. It’s about surveillance and control. It’s about taking all the data from your devices …so they know what you’re doing, what you’re buying, everything about you. That data is the new oil rush of the 21st century. …Gates has a chip that will turn on and off a woman’s menstrual process so she can and cannot have babies. ...Every part of our lives is now going to be subject to control. This disease is about engineering compliance. It’s about training us to do what we’re told, to not go to the beach unless we’re told, to not kiss our girlfriend unless we’re given permission. The other day in Malibu police were out on the beach giving thousand dollar tickets to surfers for using the ocean, and people are putting up with this. And when they get this 5G system in place you won’t even see that because they’ll know when you are at the beach by looking at your cell phone, by looking at your GPS, … and they’ll just withdraw one thousand dollars from your payroll account with cryto currency. They’re trying to get rid of all the money. That’s one of Gates’ things, to get rid of the cash economy. That way they can monitor and scrutinize every transaction that you make, and if they don’t like you, if you displease them, they can shut it all off. We need to understand that is what’s happening here. They are going to rob us not only of our democracy, our liberties, but they’re going to rob us of our souls. They’re going to inject us with the medicines that they want and they’re going to charge us for the diseases that they give us. They’re going to control our populations, they’re going to control our movements, control every part of our lives. If you are not part of this battle, then you are lost. We are the only things that are left for all the things that we value in our lives, all of the things that our country stood for. This is it. And what we’re doing at CHD [Children’s Health Defense] is we’re suing them. We’re using the last instruments of our democracy that are left. [...] We are in the last battle. This is the apocalypse. We are fighting for the salvation of humanity. We all knew this was coming at some point. I never believed it would come in my lifetime, but here it is. [...]"
by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.'

[Eva2]

Putin's warning for the world:

'Vlagyimir Putyin beszéde a világhoz
Ma fáradt vagyok, belefáradtam mindenbe. A világ minden oldalára akarok szólni. Mi a fene folyik itt? Milyen gonosz tervekről álmodsz? Mocskos politikád ártatlan lelkét és áldozatait feláldozod a világban a világon! Folyamatosan mosod az emberek agyát a főáramaiddal, ugyanaz nélkül és világszerte.
Tudok a sátáni terveidről, hogy csökkentsd a bolygó lakosságát. Igazán gonosz vagy, hogy a legsebezhetőbbet használd a terveidhez. Ha úgy gondolod, hogy az emberek egyszerűen alávetik magukat a mészárlás gondolatának, azonnal hagyd el a pozíciódat!
Ha az USA és Európa nem állítja le azonnal a terveit, nem csak Isten haragjával fogsz szembesülni, hanem az enyémmel is. Azonnal fejezd be a terved. Éljen Isten és a haza, és fogadja az ellenségeket a halál tárt karokkal.
Vlagyimir Putyin az olasz médiában
Vladimir Putin's speech to the world
I'm tired today tired of everything. I want to speak to all sides of the world. What the hell is going on here? What evil plans do you dream of? You sacrifice the innocent soul and victims of your dirty politics in the world! You keep washing people's brains with your mainstreams, without the same and worldwide.
I know your satanic plans to reduce the population of the planet. You are truly evil to use the most vulnerable to your plans. If you think people are simply subjecting themselves to the thought of massacre, leave your position immediately!
If the USA and Europe don't stop their plans immediately, you will not only face God's wrath, but mine too. Finish your plan right away. Long live God and the homeland and receive enemies with open arms of death.
Vladimir Putin in the Italian media'

[ExomatrixTV]

‘I’ve NEVER Seen Something Like This’: CEO Meeting PROVES the Great Reset Is UPON US | Glenn Beck:

I0-3_9wxZ4w

[greybeard]

Juan O Savin: Reset Battle Rages On - Crypto Black Hat Op - April 7, 2021

https://www.bitchute.com/video/07HJqVN7nNJj/


Juan O Savin explains GESARA NESARA
and QFS (Quantum Financial System)
One of my favourite subjects
Chris

[Journeyman]

I'm going to post this in the Q thread but I thought this may sit well here as well:

https://www.martingeddes.com/the-total-reset-of-everything/

[greybeard]

NESARA / GESARA - which reset will win


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rnHCvhXk2so

[Eva2]

'Trudeau’s Great Reset/Agenda21 Plans for Canada'

This is a report from Oct. 2020 which repeats what has already gone "public" in Canada. Clear intentions and outcomes are in the report. This leaked email was reported last year. If one scrolls down there is an inquiry from a committee meeting about what the consequences are for non-compliance of this twisted scheme and that is made clear. Much of this has already started playing out. Not sure how one should plan or what one can do at this particular stage if they choose not to participate. Lots of good links on this page that make clear what the plan is and how it will play out.

https://therealtruthnetworkcom.wordpress.com/2020/10/20/trudeaus-great-reset/?fbclid=IwAR16LVCAVeGgzDpulrsDNfBTcao95kXLoRl9ydKYfp8G8Wrg6r7qA2PHvZY

[greybeard]

Dinar Recaps
All your favorite Dinar stories in one place
"The RV Plan" by Ron Giles 4-16-2021


https://dinarrecaps.com/our-blog/the-rv-plan-by-ron-giles-4-16-2021

https://gesara.news/updates.html

"The RV Plan" by Ron Giles - 4.16.21

Entry Submitted by Ron Giles at 2:16 AM EDT on April 16, 2021

“Cue” says “Trust the Plan.” So, what is the RV Alliance plan anyway, and why is it so important to understand and trust?

These are good questions.

A plan is a set-in-motion process(s) that if followed, a person will arrive at a predetermined set of desired results. The adherence to the plan is, therefore, necessary to accomplish the results intended within the plan. If you don’t know the intended results, how can one determine the necessity to follow the plan? A plan helps to keep u-turns at a minimum.

This may seem a simple statement and yet why do so many people get confused and get carried around by every wind of doctrine (information) that comes along from the intel gurus they follow. There exist a set of results that must be understood so one can see for themselves the necessity of following the plan.

The Old Central Bank, banking system…why must it be replaced?

The Central Bank's financial system is designed to create inflation that destroys the currency and the people's assets and results in the necessity to re-establish a new currency to take the place of the old system. Inflation consumes the buying power of currency over time. When the buying power of currency is lost, people will turn to loans to solve financial problems. This creates a downward spiral into debt slavery.

In 1917 when the Central Bank's banking system (CB) took over the then-existing financial system of the US, the US dollar was worth 100 cents. When inflation deteriorates the buying power of the dollar, at a Fed desired rate of 2% inflation per year, then the dollar loses 2 cents of value per year.

After 50 years of 2% inflation, the dollar then loses 100% of its value when compared to when the cycle was started UNLESS it is reset and started over, which it has been due to the wars. A war messes up the supply chain and justifies the higher costs. The new prices hide the real inflation and blame it on the war when the real problem is inflation. Talk about hood-winked.

Couple this with the interest rates charged to use the money and the economy is on a collision course with near-complete destruction. It needs to be re-set, usually by a catastrophic war scenario or some other major public event, to hide the demise of the inflation-prone currency. The built-in design of the CB financial system is intended to last 50 – 70 years and then needs to be re-set to continue.

It is not hard to see why the Cabal, with their war hawks, are feverishly trying to start World War III? It is at the end of its cycle, and to continue, it needs the war to reset the CB financial system. This will not happen as the Alliance will not allow a World War to be started again. The CB financial system cannot carry the world debt without the re-set, so it will die of natural causes on its own.

The New Quantum Financial System (QFS) will replace the old Central Banking financial system.

As the last dying embers of the CB are being shown to the world, the Alliance is set to pull the trigger on the Fed and let the world know the CB is not needed anymore. They will not go peacefully into the trash, but into the trash, they will go.

The forced Fiat system of currency backed by nothing of value will be buried and the old Gold-based, real money systems will emerge like the Phoenix rising out of the dust, but with a more secure way of using gold to back currencies of the world.

Beyond the necessity of a financial structure that supports the economy, the CB has always been the limiting factor for national and international Economic Growth. With its millstone around the neck of the public, to inhibit the financial growth of both individuals and Corporations, the CB has been the culprit that has cost the people of earth dearly.

Of necessity, Governments have been complicit in supporting the CB with their bribery and extortions and all manner of illegal activities so that career politicians can become millionaires off the backs of people they are supposed to serve. The Government must keep the CB intact as the entity that controls and manipulates the Economy. It is a system that has created the DC swamp and must be returned to the Constitutional form of government that this nation was founded upon as well as the new National Economic Security And Reformation Act. (NESARA, GESARA for the world)

The QFS stands as a sentinel to allow the new financial system to be economically successful for the people. The CB loans money into existence with interest attached. This acts like a pick-pocket to society.

"The Plan" uses the "Transaction" of selling our currencies to the QFS to activate the Digital Gold Certificates that are just waiting to be activated. These funds are not taxed by governments but rather left in the hands of Humanitarians with the charge to invest in infrastructure and bypass the corrupt government programs that tax people's income and then do the most minimal degrees of maintaining the infrastructure. We Humanitarians take over and we build the roads, the bridges, etc., and do it for free.

The "lack- mentality," of the Cabal economic system gives way to allow the people to become "Abundant" and self-sufficient with all the money they need to not only survive but to thrive.

The RV is essential to the “plan.”

The new financial system must have the financial where-with-all (cash/currency) for every person to have what they need to take care of their own requirements without needing to go on the dole or borrow money to survive. The RV supports this premise. Certain things in the new financial system will need to be held inviolable.

The home and income should never be subject to foreclosure or loss that destroys the Family Unit and its security. Zim Benefactors must create provisions to avoid this problem, because it will not come from a Socialistic government, as in the dole. (LWS's RSS program).

Becoming responsible for ourselves and others will become the social norm instead of greed, hatred, dependancy, and divisions such as Race, Religion, Politics, Gender identity, etc. that destroy society. If you’re not willing to give up your prejudices you might not make it in this new system. These divisions separate we humans and are part of the Cabal takeover that supports the Central Bank financial system that is being moved to the trash bin. Holding on to these divisions will be detrimental to society as a whole and will alienate individuals from full participation in a Thriving Society. Question: are we Zim Benefactors up to the task of creating a new Economic System for Society?

Society functions well when the basic structures are protected with all peoples contributing to the whole as responsible individuals. This is not Socialism, nor is it greedy Cabal Capitalism. Everyone willing to do their part for society and their family unit will add to the whole by doing things within their uniqueness to contribute to society as they desire. Lazy people will not do well, but those willing to do their part will find great opportunity and comfort in the new economic system that is coming.

What is the “Plan” and what are the desired “results?”

The PLAN is to create an economic system where every person, who is willing, can find financial success and live lives worthy of being the Sovereigns that we, as children of God, are by inheritance. Sovereigns conduct their lives according to correct principles that allow all persons to THRIVE and meet the full measure of their Creation.

The RESULTS are a Financial System that supports each individual as a viable member of society, worthy of respect and honor as each person contributes their uniqueness to the whole. Without each person participating in the bounty, the whole is not complete. The answer is to love and serve one another.

Conclusion

There is a PLAN that when fully implemented will produce the desired RESULTS.

When you read information, use your inner discretion and ask yourself: "How does this fit into the plan?"

It might be misinformation or disinformation or it might go against the plan:

1. If the information does not support the demise of the CB financial system post RV, then disregard, (there are no bank charges or fees in the QFS, Banks will not survive.)

2. And, if the information creates doubts in the RV process, the negotiable rates, or the amount of the funds available, then disregard.

3. And, if the information given lowers the belief you have in yourself or your ability to do your humanitarian work or if it supports any outside control or power-over-you, then disregard. (We are Sovereigns and control ourselves by adhering to Correct Principles in harmony with other Sovereigns) (Telling Zim Holders they will only receive ??? millions for a 100 T note, reflects power-over-people by un-named Shills, don't stand for it)

4. And, if the information does not support the absolute security of our funds in the QFS, then disregard it.

5. And, if the information does not include a discussion of Re-Valued gold-backed currencies to be deposited into your accounts within the QFS and not in a bank, then disregard it.

6. And, if the information gives any expected dates for the RV or the release of the 800#, then disregard. (We are under a strategic, military disinformation protocol, we do not have a "need to know." So we are left to our discernment to guide us. Surprise! Surprise!)

7. And, if the information or person gives continuing unfulfilled-expected-dates which has destroyed the credibility of all gurus who participate in this travesty, then disregard.

8. And, if the information gives any expected exchange or redemption rates, then disregard. (We negotiate on our own rates, it's called Sovereign Rates.) The Alliance requires a Face-to-Face redemption appointment. No one bypasses this requirement.

9. And, if the information talks about tranches or the movement of bank funds, then disregard. (The QFS has no need to move funds for exchanges or redemptions, it will be an account to account transfer within the QFS) (Banks use codes, QFS uses direct personal access using PIN numbers)

10. And, if the information says fake Zim Bonds will not be redeemed, then disregard. (All Zim Bonds support humanitarian projects, even if they are fake.) There is no resale value of the Zim bonds. The Humanitarian is the value of the redemption, not the Zim Bonds.

11. And finally, and perhaps most importantly, if the information makes you feel uncomfortable in your heart or if it does not jive with what you already know to be correct, then disregard.

For we Humanitarians, there is a PLAN in place that is being meticulously followed with military precision. It will produce the RESULTS of a New Economic System that will inure to our benefit as we go about our Humanitarian Work. Let's be very careful about who we follow. If it is not the Alliance, we might lose our future financial freedoms.

I believe in the PLAN and expect the RESULTS to be far greater than we can presently comprehend.

Have a blessed day and "believe in things that are TRUE."

Ron Giles
QFS2020.com

NOTE: For those with suspected Fake Zim Bonds - if you paid for them the NPTB will fund your Humanitarian Projects, they know who you are.

https://inteldinarchronicles.blogspot.com/2021/04/the-rv-plan-by-ron-giles-41621.html

[Eva2]

What will central London look like in a 100 years.
'a new free 3D digital model, allows the public to explore the future of city centres, using Piccadilly Circus as its location. Launched today by Piccadilly-based think tank, Chatham House to mark its 100 year anniversary, the Futurescape London experience is intended to stimulate debate about the future of our cities over the next century.'

Looks like an introduction to a highly organized, sterile world:

https://www.chathamhouse.org/2021/04/what-will-central-london-look-100-years?fbclid=IwAR0RE0gzC5wK8XzArypOhyjamfFXtg-h62MdWo_W0r4UXdtrz5ddcR4EyiY

[Eva2]

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/174771663_10159963185744434_7857966669723528041_n.jpg?_nc_cat=101&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=8bfeb9&_nc_ohc=asn4R_ZZRZ0AX9BPBTb&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=8394a680705068130b0935338d7e9b5d&oe=60A1FA38

[greybeard]

TRUMP & THE GREAT RESET - THE BEST IS YET TO COME

https://www.bitchute.com/video/OW2Yaaxni2Fu/

Its a long pro Trumph video
Eventually it comes to finance and reading between the lines, I suspect he is talking about Quantum Financial System.
But then I would --smiling
Chris

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset IS HERE & it's all about CONTROL:

NxuKhv2qCJA

[Delight]

Interview with Carrie Medej talking about the agenda for

The vaccination war and Transhumanism.

nLBvQCUPaCQr/

[Delight]

watch this please

luHEq2Fnoss

[greybeard]

Great interview of the German Lawyer.
Where we are up to with legal proceedings.
He says it was never about health but about The Great Reset.

I find quite a lot of useful information on this channel.
Chris


https://new.awakeningchannel.com/14-international-network-of-lawyers-the-cv19-crisis-is-a-fraud-and-those-responsible-will-be-sued-part-14-14/

[Delight]

In the US, there will be a tour dedicated to bringing people together

resurrect faith, family, & freedom, and do so rooted in Constitutional Counties, #UNRIG Election Reform, & the Truth.

https://bigbatusa.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/20210424-New-Tour-Banner-768x768.jpg

Listening to this forum was invigorating!

ARISE USA! COUNTDOWN TO THE TOUR: LIVESTREAM BROADCAST (https://www.bitchute.com/video/dBIrKgqb2pxm/)

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset TAKES HOLD in Europe: Businesses May Be Forced To Comply | The Glenn Beck Program:

qrX2OkqaAeI
The World Economic Forum isn’t trying to hide their plans for The Great Reset — details to 'reset' the global economy have been published on their own website! But despite that AND the warning signs, many are still quick to refute this masterplan as a ‘conspiracy theory’ or as something that will never actually take hold. But it's happening NOW in Europe. A huge new development for the Great Reset could effect not only European businesses, but American ones as well. Businesses — and citizens — may be forced to comply earlier than you think...

[ExomatrixTV]

Great Reset: The Davos Cover-Up Of Facebook’s Global Agenda:

17IZPgxcQm8

[ExomatrixTV]

A Remote Viewer Looks Into The Future 👁 This is The Great Reset and The Great Rebuild:

dxUQQ5yP1UQ

[Eva2]

https://scontent.fyvr1-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/180736252_10159996934039434_3535989984978207260_n.jpg?_nc_cat=107&ccb=1-3&_nc_sid=8bfeb9&_nc_ohc=FgoYvIxv-MgAX-l7NKJ&_nc_ht=scontent.fyvr1-1.fna&oh=a86d6efcb69e9379725049bf9af0cb59&oe=60B061CE

[onawah]

Was the Pandemic Premeditated Before COVID-19 Emerged?
by Dr. Joseph Mercola
April 30, 2021
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2021/04/30/ronnie-cummins-truth-about-covid-book.aspx?ui=8d3c7e22a03f5300d2e3338a0f080d2da3add85bca35e09236649153e4675f72&sd=20110604&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1HL&cid=20210430_HL2&mid=DM871742&rid=1145521934
(Video interview with Ronnie Cummins of Organic Consumers Assoc.)

G2SBPMPIGPfP/

Interview Transcript: https://mercola.fileburst.com/PDF/ExpertInterviewTranscripts/RonnieCumminsInterviewsDrJosephMercola-TheTruthAboutCOVID19.pdf

"If you still believe that SARS-CoV-2 and the pandemic response 'just happened' and wasn't preplanned, you'll be stunned by this newly-released proof. The smoking gun is Event 201, the event that took place in October of 2019 and laid out our current reality in precise detail.

STORY AT-A-GLANCE
In October 2019, mere months before the pandemic was announced, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation co-hosted Event 201, in collaboration with the World Economic Forum and Johns Hopkins School of Public Health, funded by billionaire technocrat Michael Bloomberg. This tabletop exercise simulated the global response to a fictional coronavirus pandemic
Amid predictions that 65 million people were dying, mass lockdowns and quarantines were implemented around the world, and alternative viewpoints were suppressed through censorship under the guise of fighting “disinformation”
Event 201 confirms that even if the virus itself wasn’t preplanned, the unprecedented and draconian response to it was
The goal of this pandemic is to usher in the Great Reset, a strategy developed and promoted by the World Economic Forum. Previously referred to as the New World Order, this “reset” of the global economy and society as a whole has been carefully planned for decades
A key component of this agenda is the transfer of global wealth and assets into the hands of the wealthy

In this video, Ronnie Cummins, founder and director of the Organic Consumers Association, and I discuss “The Truth About COVID-19 — Exposing the Great Reset, Lockdowns, Vaccine Passports and the New Normal,” which we co-wrote.

The book was released yesterday. If you preordered, thank you! If you didn’t, you can now pick it up without delay.

Truth about COVID-19
Thanks for all your support with the book. This is going to be an overwhelming best seller, and likely No. 1 in the U.S. We preordered 50,000 copies, but Amazon told us a few weeks ago that they needed 100,000 copies, which only happens a few times a year for any new book. The orders were placed weeks ago, but this pandemic has massively disrupted the printing industry so it is taking far longer to print books than it used to.

For that reason, your books will be delivered just a bit later than anticipated. However, if you are like me and only read Kindle books, you can get the book now! The good news is that at least 50,000 of you will get the book next week and start to understand the deep web of deception you have been led into. I deeply appreciate all your support on this book and the project to educate the masses about the truth about COVID-19.

As mentioned by Cummins, the COVID-19 pandemic surprised a lot of people, but in researching this book, we learned that vaccine companies and their investors had been anticipating a scenario like this for a very long time.

Event 201 — A Prescient Foreshadowing
Interestingly enough, in October 2019, mere months before the pandemic was announced, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation co-hosted Event 201, in collaboration with the World Economic Forum and Johns Hopkins School of Public Health, funded by billionaire technocrat Michael Bloomberg. This tabletop exercise simulated the global response to a fictional coronavirus pandemic.

Amid predictions that 65 million people were dying, mass lock downs and quarantines were implemented around the world, and alternative viewpoints were suppressed through censorship under the guise of fighting “disinformation.” They even discussed the possibility of incarcerating people who question the pandemic narrative.

The need for radical censorship was perhaps one of the most striking foreshadowing in that exercise. In my view, Event 201, as a whole, confirms that even if the virus itself wasn’t preplanned, the unprecedented and draconian response to it certainly was, and Gates is a key figure in this scheme.

He may not be the mastermind, and he’s certainly not the only person involved, but he appears to be one of the front men for the technocratic elite who are using this pandemic to further their own agenda, which is nothing short of world domination through subjugation of the people.

Science and Facts Tossed by the Wayside
Many of the containment measures employed during this pandemic have never been used before, ever. Among them are the shutting down of businesses and forcing people to self-isolate at home for weeks and months on end — around the whole world! It’s quite unbelievable, and few would have thought it possible.

Clearly, it would not have been possible were it not for having spent long periods of time grooming the right people, infiltrating the right organizations and government agencies, influencing politicians and granting nongovernmental bodies global influence.

The goal of this pandemic is to usher in the Great Reset, a strategy developed and promoted by the World Economic Forum. Previously referred to as the New World Order, this “reset” of the global economy and society as a whole has been carefully planned for decades.
We’ve also never quarantined healthy people before. Usually, you isolate the sick and contagious. This is standard practice. But you don’t isolate non-sick people. This is a brand-new idea that has never been tried before and has no scientific basis whatsoever.

They were able to do all of this because the World Health Organization is the de facto ruler when it comes to global pandemics. What they say is what member nations will follow. And who’s the primary funder of the WHO? Not any nation, but Gates. He has, by the way, been involved with the WHO for over a decade, so this is not something he or anyone else dreamed up over some weekend event.

The End Goal Is to Usher in the Great Reset
As we describe in the book, the goal of this pandemic is to usher in the Great Reset, a strategy developed and promoted by the World Economic Forum. Previously referred to as the New World Order, this “reset” of the global economy and society as a whole has been carefully planned for decades.

A key component of this agenda is the transfer of global wealth and assets into the hands of the wealthy. According to a September 2020 economic impact report1 by Yelp, 163,735 U.S. businesses had closed their doors as of August 31, 2020, and of those, 60% — a total of 97,966 businesses — were permanent closures.2

Meanwhile, between March 18, 2020, and April 12, 2021, the collective wealth of American billionaires increased by $1.62 trillion — 55% — from $2.95 trillion to $4.56 trillion. One-third of the total wealth gains by billionaires since 1990 occurred in the last 13 months!3

As noted by Frank Clemente, executive director of Americans for Tax Fairness, “Never before has America seen such an accumulation of wealth in so few hands.”4 The primary benefactors of the pandemic measures include the finance and tech industries and the pharmaceutical and military-intelligence sectors.5

Vaccine Passport Is Your Ticket to Tyranny
As you’d expect, vaccine companies have been able to exploit this pandemic, in large part due to the heavy censoring of any and all preventive and early treatments. Without that censoring, I don’t believe as many people would be lining up to get these shots, seeing how they are experimental gene therapies miscategorized as vaccines.

None of the COVID-19 vaccines currently on the market has been licensed. They are all being used under emergency use authorization, and a condition for an EUA is that there are no other effective treatments available. This, I believe, is the real reason why effective prevention and alternative treatments were so heavily suppressed. They, quite simply, would have rendered the vaccine moot.

In the book, we also detail how inaccurate tests, used inappropriately, created the illusion of a highly infectious pandemic and served as the basis for the fearmongering spewed by the media. In reality, the vast majority of “cases” actually weren’t. They were false positives and/or people being counted multiple times because they kept being retested, and instead of counting people, they were counting tests.

Fatality statistics were also grossly inflated by suddenly changing how death certificates are filled out and marking any person who died having had a positive PCR test within the last month, or who was simply suspected of being positive, as a COVID-19 death. Even the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention admitted that 94% of COVID-19 deaths were people who died with the virus, not from it. The real cause of death was another underlying, often long-term chronic condition.

All of these statistics were artificially manipulated to make it appear we are in a sufficiently deadly and horrible situation to warrant vaccine passports, without which you won’t be allowed to participate in certain social activities or travel.

The irony is that the COVID-19 vaccines are not designed to prevent infection or spread of the virus, so being vaccinated won’t do a thing for public health. At best, it may protect the vaccinated individual from having a more serious case of COVID-19 if or when they do get infected. They encourage everyone to get vaccinated in order to ensure we reach herd immunity, yet these “vaccines” aren’t designed to provide immunity!

Since vaccination won’t prevent viral spread, the vaccine passport will fulfill but one purpose, and that is to usher in a digital surveillance mechanism that can then be expanded to encompass many other areas of life, including financial data. So, the vaccine certificate is not a passport to freedom. It’s your ticket to tyranny.

How to Take Control of Your Health
I believe your best bet, moving forward, is to address your foundational health, starting with your metabolic flexibility. You want to be metabolically flexible. What does that mean? It means that your body can seamlessly transition between burning fat and burning carbohydrates as its primary fuel. This is important, because when your body can do this, it means you are not insulin resistant.

When you’re insulin resistant, you’re more likely to have complications such as immune insensitivity, obesity, high blood pressure and distorted cholesterol patterns. Your risk for severe COVID-19 will also be dramatically increased. Thankfully, many of these issues can be simply reversed for no cost with time-restricted eating.

Secondly, you need to have enough vitamin D. For optimal health, you’ll want your vitamin D level, which you must measure using a simple blood test, to be between 60 ng/mL and 80 ng/mL (100 nmol/L and 150 nmol/L).

My peer reviewed published study6 on the “Evidence Regarding Vitamin D and Risk of COVID-19 and Its Severity” is available for free on the journal’s website. In the book, we go into more specific details about these strategies, and many others.

Freedom of Speech Is Officially Dead
“The Truth About COVID-19” will become all the more important to own and share in days to come, as I was recently forced to permanently remove all articles on vitamins D, C and zinc, as well as most articles on COVID-19, from my website. This book will now be a primary source of such information.

Over the past year, I’ve been researching and writing as much as I can to help you take control of your health, as fearmongering media and corrupt politicians have destroyed lives and livelihoods to establish global control of the world’s population, using the COVID-19 pandemic as their justification.

Through these progressively increasing stringent measures, I have refused to succumb to these relentless attacks. I have been willing to defend myself in the court of law, as I’ve had everything reviewed by some of the best attorneys in the country.

Unfortunately, threats recently became very personal and intensified to the point I could no longer preserve much of the information and research I’ve provided to you thus far. These threats are not legal in nature, and I have limited ability to defend myself against them.

Politicians in January 2021 managed to pass the COVID-19 Consumer Protection Act of the 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act.7 This piece of legislation was hidden in a 2,100-page bill8 that now provides the government with enormous legal authority to prosecute anyone for “crime” of disagreeing with the official narrative that the vaccine is the ONLY approved approach to treat or prevent COVID-19. Here is the relevant portion of this Act:

This Act makes it unlawful under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act for any person, partnership, or corporation to engage in a deceptive act or practice in or affecting commerce associated with the treatment, cure, prevention, mitigation, or diagnosis of COVID-19 or a government benefit related to COVID-19.
Remember, Hitler and Mussolini came to power LEGALLY, because they subverted the legal structures of their country. Folks, you are now seeing the same kind of subversion happening in real time in the U.S. It is obvious that this is the first assault, designed to remove your personal freedom and liberty. This law essentially abolishes the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution with respect to ANY dialogue on COVID-19."

Sources and References
1, 2 CNBC September 16, 2020
3 Nation of Change April 20, 2021
4 Children's Health Defense December 14, 2020
5 The Defender December 14, 2020
6 Nutrients October 31, 2020;12, 3361; doi:10.3390/nu12113361
7 COVID-19 Consumer Protection Act of the 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act
8 HR133

[Lone Eagle]

We can emerge from this crisis a better world, if we act quickly and jointly, writes Professor Klaus Schwab.

The changes we have already seen in response to COVID-19 prove that a reset of our economic and social foundations is possible.

This is our best chance to instigate stakeholder capitalism - and here's how it can be achieved.

More here...
https://www.activistpost.com/2020/06/this-is-thegreatreset-you-have-been-warned.html?utm_source=Activist+Post+Subscribers&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=0fe9000cfa-RSS_EMAIL_CAMPAIGN&utm_term=0_b0c7fb76bd-0fe9000cfa-387770973

Viking

We are leaving Age of Pisces.The biblical end times is really the end of an age, not the end of the world and it is purely astronomy. Beginning of Age of Aquarius 2021? The universe is a numerical program, it works in cycles. As hard as they try to recreate the golden age by squandering earth's resources they cannot stop the Age of Aquarius from coming and they know it. Belief systems will not be enough anymore as we come into the age of knowledge. The bubble above the earth (the dome) is so we can see the zodiac. Sometimes to start something fresh, everything must first fall apart (as it is when we change Ages). Such has been the energy of the pandemic laden year of 2020. Aquarius starts when the Vernal (Spring) Equinox moves out of the Constellation of Pisces into Aquarius. Seven celestial bodies move into Aquarius in February in 2021 which to me indicate this may be the year we move into the Aquarius Constellation. The Bible a book of metaphors and allegories created with esoteric knowledge for initiates. Sadly, it is interpreted literally by the masses. The current version of the Bible was put together in 1611 by King James 1st of England a 33rd degree Freemason who started the Masonic Lodge System and the Editor was Sir Francis Bacon a 32nd degree initiate perhaps the greatest story teller who ever lived. When it speaks about the end of days it is NOT the end of the earth but the end of the Age of Pisces. The final battle is the Sun (Son) leaving Pisces into Aquarius. The Son (Sun) of man appearing in the sky is the Sun appearing in Aquarius. It is the only sign that is a man, The Water Bearer.
Scriptural symbolism of previous ages: Leaving Age of Taurus Moses destroying golden calf it was the sun leaving Constellation of Taurus into Aires the ram so they blew the ram’s horn. After Aires the sun moves into Pisces where we are now, the sign of two fish, hence Christ feeding 5,000 with two fish also the washing of feet. Each constellation corresponds to a body part and with Pisces it is the feet (see Zodiac Man Chart). Soon we are heading to Aquarius Luke 22:10 “a man will meet you carrying a pitcher of water, follow him into the house which he enters”. We are leaving the time of I believe (Pisces) to the time of I know (Aquarius). Many people will fight the change just as they did when we left previous Ages. The second coming is that of the Spirit of Truth of Higher Consciousness

[Richter]

This article is posted in the spirit of forewarned is forearmed

Cyber Polygon
What Is Cyber Polygon
Cyber Polygon is an initiative of BI.ZONE (Sber Ecosystem) supported by
the World Economic Forum Center for Cybersecurity

It's a unique cybersecurity event that combines the world’s largest technical
training for corporate teams & an online conference featuring senior officials
from international organizations and leading corporations.

Every year, the training brings together a wide range of global businesses and
government structures while the live stream gathers millions of spectators from
across the world.

Strategic Goals
The annual training enables organizations to assess their cyber resilience, ex-
change best practices and bring tangible results to the global community:

- develop the teams’ skills in repelling cyber attacks
- expand the practical knowledge of technical specialists
- engage the management of international organizations and corporations in
the cybersecurity dialogue
- raise public awareness of cybersecurity

CONTINUE: https://cyberpolygon.com/about/%23link-s181/

[Mike Gorman]

Great Reset: The Davos Cover-Up Of Facebook’s Global Agenda:

17IZPgxcQm8

It is strange - what Russell says here about the individuals themselves is very true: each one could be considered a 'nice person' in their own right, they have seemingly benign intentions, to generate meaningful work/jobs, to educate and refine people, to offer food and shelter for humanity!
It is all very benevolent and terribly positive, but all of it based on authoritarianism, imposing a boilerplate reality, this is our vision and you will slot into it, in the way we deem necessary and appropriate!
Colonialism is definitely accurate, A Facebook defined internet (World) - I may projectile vomit, I feel a massive sense of claustrophobia, and 'existential vertigo'. They cannot imagine doing this in any other way, their vision, their shape of the world.
This is 'literally' Fascism, a corporate collaboration with politics, their morality and politics seems nice and positive, well-meaning, good intentioned: but it is absolute evil.

[s7e6e]

Is this for real?!?!

https://www.bitchute.com/video/HW7NWj2ZxRxU/

[greybeard]

Is this for real?!?!

https://www.bitchute.com/video/HW7NWj2ZxRxU/

Make no mistake this is outright war s7e6e.
The ultimate weapon --no money no food -- you are starved into submission.
I would not put anything past them.
I would advise having old-fashioned folding money to hand.
We will win this but wars do not end overnight particularly as the enemy is not clearly identified.
A normal war you could bomb their country but this is entirely different.
Chris

[ExomatrixTV]

Alex Jones Lays Out The Secrets To The Great Reset

608d994ed1b36608b6540780


source (https://banned.video/watch?id=608d994ed1b36608b6540780)

[Richter]

ANOTHER MYSTERIOUS BANKER DEATH…
By Joseph P. Farrell
May 4, 2021

There has been another mysterious banker suicide, and if you've been following that story over the last few years, this one will interest you - the banker death in question is that of the well-known French investment manager Charles de Vaulx. The picture is painted of a man who, far from "playing the market" for fast paper profits, was in it for long-term steadiness and genuine value to his shareholders and investors. Sadly, M. de Vaulx leaves behind a wife and two daughters, and it is these facts about his personality that make me suspicious; these traits - the steadiness of his personality, his attested kindness and willingness to work with other serious investors, and so on - does not to my mind paint a picture of a man prone to suicide.

Colour me suspicious. In this regard, I point out two things that seem mightily odd about his unfortunate and sad death. Firstly, the manner of his death, suicide by "jumping" from a height. How many times have we seen this in recent years? I've lost count: we've had accountants and managers for major banks allegedly committing suicide by jumping to their deaths in London, Hong Kong, New York, and Paris, in some cases to be impaled on iron-spikes on fencing around apartments. Given the type of mind manipulation technology I discussed yesterday, I have to wonder if these bankers have literally been driven mad by a kind of mental torture. By the same token, I have to wonder if they knew something, something so despairing they were driven to this step, or something so insightful that they had to be silenced before they could talk. Given the number of these types of deaths in recent years, I'm quite frankly suspecting that last alternative. One or two suicides I can buy. But a whole raft of them over recent years, often in the same way (or in other bizarre "suicides" such as leaping in front of trains), and I'm suspicious. As the old adage goes, one is a tragedy, two is a coincidence, and three or more is a pattern.

CONTINUE: https://gizadeathstar.com/2021/05/another-mysterious-banker-death/

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset Was NEVER Just A Theory, The Global Elite Are GLOATING As The Economy Collapses:

V93D1oZCWqI

[Journeyman]

ANOTHER MYSTERIOUS BANKER DEATH…
By Joseph P. Farrell
May 4, 2021

There has been another mysterious banker suicide, and if you've been following that story over the last few years, this one will interest you - the banker death in question is that of the well-known French investment manager Charles de Vaulx. The picture is painted of a man who, far from "playing the market" for fast paper profits, was in it for long-term steadiness and genuine value to his shareholders and investors. Sadly, M. de Vaulx leaves behind a wife and two daughters, and it is these facts about his personality that make me suspicious; these traits - the steadiness of his personality, his attested kindness and willingness to work with other serious investors, and so on - does not to my mind paint a picture of a man prone to suicide.

Colour me suspicious. In this regard, I point out two things that seem mightily odd about his unfortunate and sad death. Firstly, the manner of his death, suicide by "jumping" from a height. How many times have we seen this in recent years? I've lost count: we've had accountants and managers for major banks allegedly committing suicide by jumping to their deaths in London, Hong Kong, New York, and Paris, in some cases to be impaled on iron-spikes on fencing around apartments. Given the type of mind manipulation technology I discussed yesterday, I have to wonder if these bankers have literally been driven mad by a kind of mental torture. By the same token, I have to wonder if they knew something, something so despairing they were driven to this step, or something so insightful that they had to be silenced before they could talk. Given the number of these types of deaths in recent years, I'm quite frankly suspecting that last alternative. One or two suicides I can buy. But a whole raft of them over recent years, often in the same way (or in other bizarre "suicides" such as leaping in front of trains), and I'm suspicious. As the old adage goes, one is a tragedy, two is a coincidence, and three or more is a pattern.

CONTINUE: https://gizadeathstar.com/2021/05/another-mysterious-banker-death/

I read his obit.

In recent years he'd told his investors not to enter the market, that he couldn't find investments that satisfied his own high standards for security and long term value.

Which in itself tells us something...

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Satire/Parody Reset:

491222275655376


source (https://www.facebook.com/johnn.kuhless/videos/491222275655376)

[ExomatrixTV]

492884665489137


source (https://www.facebook.com/johnn.kuhless/videos/492884665489137)

[pueblo]

In this ad we can easily see the 'Great Reset' narrative being eased into mainstream consciousness...

This is what I can pick up from a quick viewing at half speed..

1. Title opens "The World has Reset", song lyrics " it's a new dawn, a new day, a new life for me, and I'm feeling good.." You can quickly see the association they are trying to make here between the reset and everything being just hunky dory.

2. Next title on screen"Less Toxic", images of CCTV type street view with people.... I believe the connection here could be the agenda to make the individual (and the Sovereign rights that come with it) 'toxic'. The CCTV shots are telling us we are being watched, be a good citizen.

3. 'Less Toxic' fades into the next title "More Detox" with an image of something being thrown into a bin. This obviously represents the Green Agenda which as we know is planned to play a huge part in rolling out the 'Great Reset' agenda.

4. Next title "Less Me Me Me" ...clearly referencing Klaus Schwab/WEF and the war on the individual person, "you will own nothing and be happy"

5. Jump to the next title "More Us Ours We". This is just supporting the message above by using feel good, altruistic language to inform you that you will own nothing and be happy.

6. Pause at the 33sec mark, is it just me or does that look like a street scene from the movie 'They Live'? People watching massive screens on the street.

7. Next up "Less Blah Blah Blah" Now watch at the 34sec mark...A massive screen with people looking at it...on the screen a picture of what looks like a network of some kind. At the bottom of the screen is the name of the fictitious news channel 'Fake News' . No prizes for decoding the message here!

8. At the 39/40sec mark, city scene at night, dark apartment blocks, suddenly all the apartment lights start to come on one by one....everyone is home all at once? Lockdown?

9. Next title "More shut up and dance" , the 'shut up' they mean literally, censorship, control of media etc....dance? to our tune? to our Virus?

10. The dancing fades into the next title "Less Normal", we get it, the new normal is less normal.





Less Normal. More Mokka. This is Opel!

The world has reset, so have we. The new Opel Mokka is our bold and pure take on mobility. A self-confident, simply electrifying challenger. Or just less normal, more Mokka.

zpDK5WS31jY

[TargeT]

The US pipeline closure (ransom ware caused) was most likely a gov op (https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/darkside-hackers-reportedly-closing-down-after-retaliation-routs-their-infrastructure), to cause further uncertainty and chaos in the US economy.... (which is the global economy, indirectly)


there's a lot goin on that seems directly supportive of this "great reset"...... (Great scam)

[onawah]

TheGreaterReset is coming May 24-28
And Will Be Streaming in Multiple Languages
From: The Greater Reset Team hello@freedomcells.org
https://thegreaterreset.org/official-schedule/

(I have copied the schedule as follows, but it's much easier to read at the webpage https://thegreaterreset.org/official-schedule/ )

MAY 24TH
If we hope to build the next stage of humanity we must go beyond fighting for liberation in the external world. We must also seek to heal and empower our internal world. With this in mind, we will launch the 2nd Activation by focusing on solutions for our physical, mental, and spiritual health.
12:10 PM-12:40 PM
TALK
JOE MARTINO
SPEAKERS

Joe Martino

12:40 PM-1:10 PM
TALK
PEGGY HALL
SPEAKERS

Peggy Hall

1:15 PM-1:55 PM
TALK
SAYER JI
SPEAKERS

Sayer Ji

2:00 PM-2:40 PM
TALK
ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR.
SPEAKERS

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

2:45 PM-3:25 PM
TALK
KELLY BROGAN
SPEAKERS

Dr. Kelly Brogan

3:25 PM-4:00 PM
TALK
CHIEF GREY EAGLE
SPEAKERS

Chief Grey Eagle

4:00 PM-4:40 PM
TALK
DOLORES CAHILL
SPEAKERS

Prof Dolores Cahill

REGENERATE THE EARTH
MAY 25TH
Without learning to live in harmony and balance with the planet we will struggle to create a thriving world for future generations. Day 2 of the Activation will highlight speakers who are implementing permaculture, regenerative agriculture, and urban farming.
12:10 PM-12:45 PM
TALK
JOHNNY SCHAEFER
SPEAKERS

Johnny Schaefer

12:45 PM-1:00 PM
TALK
VEGANIC PERMACULTURE
SPEAKERS

Derrick Broze

1:05 PM-1:50 PM
TALK
MARJORY WILDCRAFT
SPEAKERS

Marjory Wildcraft

1:50 PM-2:35 PM
TALK
CHRISTIAN WESTBROOK
SPEAKERS

Christian Westbrook

2:40 PM-3:30 PM
TALK
PENNY LIVINGSTON
SPEAKERS

Penelope Livingston

3:30 PM-4:20 PM
TALK
CURTIS STONE
SPEAKERS

Curtis Stone

THE COUNTER ECONOMY
MAY 26TH
How can we hope to create a world without violence and coercion if our economic systems are built on debt and lies? The answer is to encourage individuals to opt out of the economic systems which hold us back. Tune in to hear a wide range of economic and financial solutions to help the average person break away from economic enslavement.
12:10 PM-12:40 PM
TALK
WISATE KLINKUSOOM
SPEAKERS

Wisate Klinkusoom

12:40 PM-1:10 PM
TALK
ROB OF THE PAGE FAMILY
SPEAKERS

White Walking Feather (Rob in the Pagé Family)

1:15 PM-1:50 PM
TALK
BRANDON SMITH
SPEAKERS

Brandon Smith

1:50 PM-2:35 PM
TALK
DERRICK BROZE
SPEAKERS

Derrick Broze

2:40 PM-3:25 PM
TALK
JOHN BUSH
SPEAKERS

John Bush

3:30 PM-4:45 PM
TALK
THE PYRAMID OF POWER: SEASON 1 PREMIERE
SPEAKERS

Derrick Broze

LIBERATING TECHNOLOGY
MAY 27TH
Technology – like all tools – is a double-edged sword that has the potential to spy and control, as well as empower and liberate. For day 4 of the Activation we will focus on digital communication technologies that provide encrypted methods for communicating. We will also examine tools which could finally bring about the original vision of a decentralized internet.
12:15 PM-12:45 PM
TALK
RAMIRO ROMANI
SPEAKERS

Ramiro Romani

12:45 PM-1:15 PM
TALK
MIKE SWATEK
SPEAKERS

Mike Swatek

1:20 PM-2:00 PM
TALK
COLIN PAPE
SPEAKERS

Collin Pape

2:00 PM-2:40 PM
TALK
ROY
SPEAKERS

Roy

2:45 PM-3:25 PM
INTERVIEW
WHAT IS QORTAL?
SPEAKERS

Mike Winner


Jason Crowe

3:25 PM-4:15 PM
ROUND TABLE
JOURNALISM IN THE AGE OF BIG TECH CENSORSHIP
SPEAKERS

Whitney Webb


RYAN CRISTIÁN


Derrick Broze

BUILDING COMMUNITY &
STRONG RELATIONSHIPS
MAY 28TH
How can we best implement the knowledge we have gained from the other themes? What practices and rituals are important to developing a healthy sense of self, family and community? The final day of the Activation will focus on how we can create intentional communities, eco-villages, and agoras which take a holistic approach to building the new world.
12:10 PM-12:40 PM
TALK
BENNY WILLS
SPEAKERS

Benny Wills

12:40 PM-1:10 PM
TALK
DALE BROWN
SPEAKERS

Commander Dale Brown

1:15 PM-1:30 PM
TALK
COMMUNITY BUILDING WITH JOHN BUSH
SPEAKERS

John Bush

1:30 PM-2:05 PM
TALK
LAINIE LIBERTI AND MIRO
SPEAKERS

Lainie Liberti & Miro Siegel

2:05 PM-2:45 PM
TALK
RICHARD GROVE
SPEAKERS

Richard Grove

2:50 PM-3:35 PM
ROUND TABLE
INTENTIONAL COMMUNITY PANEL
SPEAKERS

Rebecca Powers


Chloe Buzzotta

3:35 PM-4:10 PM
INTERVIEW
AARON HAWKINS
SPEAKERS

Aaron Hawkins

4:10 PM-4:55 PM
TALK
FOSTER GAMBLE
SPEAKERS

Foster Gamble

5:40 PM-5:50 PM
MUSIC
33
SPEAKERS

33

5:50 PM-6:20 PM
MUSIC
SO/BELOW
SPEAKERS

So/Below




Rosa Koire, The GREATER Reset, Transcript & Video
3/1/21
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/the-greater-reset-activation-the-agora-rosa-koire/

From Alexandra Bruce of Forbidden Knowledge:

"I've been getting some pushback whenever I publish stories about China, so I want to make my position very clear. I am certainly not referring to the Chinese people and I am not even referring to just the Chinese Communist Party, as the latter would NEVER have been able to accomplish what they have without the long term planning and rigging of the world by the Globalists and their treasonous American agents, who sold out their country for personal gain.

Lee Smith calls this elite that forms the nexus of public and private sector interests the "China Class", in the best article I've ever read on this topic of topics:

"And because it was true that China was the source of the China Class’ power, the novel coronavirus coming out of Wuhan became the platform for its coup de grace.

So Americans became prey to an anti-democratic elite that used the coronavirus to demoralize them; lay waste to small businesses; leave them vulnerable to rioters who are free to steal, burn, and kill; keep their children from school and the dying from the last embrace of their loved ones; and desecrate American history, culture, and society; and defame the country as systemically racist in order to furnish the predicate for why ordinary Americans in fact deserved the hell that the elite’s private and public sector proxies had already prepared for them.

For nearly a year, American officials have purposefully laid waste to our economy and society for the sole purpose of arrogating more power to themselves while the Chinese economy has gained on America’s. China’s lockdowns had nothing to do with the difference in outcomes. Lockdowns are not public health measures to reduce the spread of a virus.

They are political instruments...

That Democratic officials intentionally destroyed lives and ended thousands of them by sending the ill to infect the elderly in nursing homes is irrelevant to [them]. The job was to boost coronavirus casualties in order to defeat Trump and they succeeded.

I have said numerous times, "Communist China is a cut-out of the Globalist cabal" but Martin Geddes articulated it better than I in an email he sent to his followers the other day:
"The Chinese Communist Party is the front through which the globalist totalitarian banking aristocracy has been operating its plan to gain complete control of this planet."

Get it? Think about that and think about the Unconstitutional mass-surveillance being implemented, the Internet of Things, the Smart Grid and Smart Cities that have been in development for the past 20 years and think of the world of vaccine passports and social credit that the banksters are getting ready to deploy. All of this is really Agenda 21, which Rosa Koire describes thus:

"UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the comprehensive blueprint. It's the "action plan", as the UN calls it, to inventory and control all land, water, minerals, plants, animals, construction, means of production, energy, education, transportation, information and all human beings in the world. It's an inventory and control plan."

The Internet of Things seeks to create a complete digital facsimile of everything on the planet; to create a digital shadow of you, me, everyone and everything. Already, there is a digital strawman of you and allegedly, the algorithms "know" you better than you know yourself and can predict your next steps.

To fully execute their plan, the Globalists must end the US Constitutional Republic and impose the China model worldwide. Given the complete disintegration of the rule of law that we've witnessed in recent months and how all levels of our government are in thrall to blackmail and bribery – as exemplified by our Cadaver-in-Chief – it appears that they've already won.

Our government and the institutions we were supposed to trust have been corrupted so completely by the Globalists that they've devolved from mere kleptocracies into ministries of mass-genocide.

People like Andrew Cuomo and Gretchen Whitmer, whose illegal lockdowns have normalized autocracy have also served to discredit the American system, in the eyes of its citizens. This is exactly what the Globalists wanted and these governors are useful idiots.

The debt, the Endless Wars, the managed decline that we've seen for decades was always about taking out the US and moving the center of power to China.

The horrendous rolling coup and information warfare that we've lived with since the beginning of Trump presidency was all about how he was awakening us to them."

***

THE GREATER RESET ACTIVATION: THE AGORA – ROSA KOIRE
TRANSCRIPT
2/28/21

"In this time of stress and anger and fear and separation and limitation, we need to break out of the paralysis and the panic that's imposed on us and break into a set of positive workable solutions that could bring us closer together, in respect and love.

So, I know that's what we're all excited to be participating in today it's the declaration of taking back control of our life's direction...

My role today is to set the stage for the Greater Reset, by looking at the World Economic Forum's Great Reset, the Fourth Industrial Revolution, the UN Agenda 2030 and of course, the larger plan, within which all of this revolves, which is United Nations Agenda 21 Sustainable Development, where we can agree that we're witnessing the great purge.

It's the great concentration of wealth and power; the great reveal of willing dictators; the great reallocation of resources; the great digital revolution of the surveillance state. This is the agenda for the 21st century and beyond. It's the great rehash of the old plan, so I'm going to start there.

UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the comprehensive blueprint. It's the "action plan", as the UN calls it, to inventory and control all land, water, minerals, plants, animals, construction, means of production, energy, education, transportation, information and all human beings in the world. It's an inventory and control plan.

This is the agenda for the 21st century. It's a blueprint for 100 years and there are milestones at 2020, 2030, 2035 and 2050. Agenda 2030 is just a milestone within the main 100-year plan.

So Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the global plan for inventory and control it encompasses every aspect of your life and it's intended to be a wrenching transformation of your life.

That's what senator Al Gore called it when he took the United States group to the largest gathering of heads-of-state and national representatives that had ever been convened up to that time. That was in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992 for the Agenda 21 Conference. Representatives of 178 nations plus the Vatican agreed to this "action plan".

I know you're going to see on Wikipedia that it says it's a "non-binding voluntary agreement," except Agenda 21 is binding on you.

It's been written into the laws of your countries all the way from China, all Western and Middle Eastern nations, all over the world, through a collaboration of governments, corporations and organizations and foundations.

It's a global plan but it's not an international plan. "International" means "between nations" but this plan erases nations. It's global. It's a global plan that's implemented locally, so it has a different name everywhere but it's the same plan. Every aspect of your life is affected, so it's in your school curricula, it's in your planning and building department it's in your court system, in your health care system.

It's everywhere but they never call it "Agenda 21". You're going to see it as regional plans. Often that are called "Plan Bay Area" or "Four States, One Vision" or "Mexico 2030" or "Hanoi 2030" or "Horizon 2050" in Canada, for example.

They're all the same plan. They elevate major economic power centers to a supra-governmental status that is outside of and above the traditional representative government model. These are the mega-regions. They drive the economy and they overpower the nation-state. They combine parts of cities, of states they even combine pieces of nations together.

They destroy boundaries and they ignore legal jurisdictions by creating new economic princedoms. These are new fiefdoms. It's not government. It's governance.

Governance: it's a system made up of public sector agencies, nonprofits, business organizations, advocacy groups, foundations and corporations. What do they have in common? You don't vote for any of that. The larger the entity, the further away it is from you, the less power you have. You get literally taken out of the picture.

This is the new Global State, in which you are a Global Citizen, OK? So, the new state is the means by which you have to serve others for the "common good" and that's defined by the state. It's supposedly from the bottom up. It's something you want but really it's an end-run against you, around your sovereignty. Your sovereignty is eroded, piece by piece.

The question is, "What is the Agenda 21 plan?" When you see it in the public, it's primarily a land use plan. It's the rallying cry for "sustainable development". What do they say? That we're "killing the planet" with our CO₂ emissions. The plan is designed to corral populations into what the UN calls "Islands of human habitation". Human settlements.

Of course., once you're in that concentrated "island of human habitation" formerly called a "city", you're more easily-managed, controlled and surveilled. It might be a city, like the one that Sidewalk Labs, a subsidiary of Google's parent company, Alphabet, a city like they had planned for an area of Toronto. That city was to have had sensors embedded everywhere, literally. And the residents would have their services restricted, unless they exposed every aspect of their lives digitally

If, for example as a resident, you refused to have your data linked to your identity, you would have less rights than others. This is a Smart City. It's a city where I believe Virtual- and Augmented Reality will replace real life and actually be more more appealing. Ultimately, people may spend their entire lives living virtually and those lives are going to be short.

So, what's the justification for this dystopia? The story is that your Greenhouse Gas emissions will be reduced by consolidating populations into these dense city centers, where energy and water usage can be limited. This is going to get you out of the rural areas, where you can basically do what you want, raise your livestock, grow food with water from your well, drive your farm truck and own a firearm.

But in order to implement Agenda 21, your country, state, county, parish, canton, city – whatever – is imposing this land use plan locally, because think about this: where you live has a lot to do with how you live and what your life will be.

So your old life has to be transformed. "Transform". That's code for "destroyed and rebuilt". That's the New Normal. This includes both what they call the "built environment" and the way that you use that physical space. Your beliefs and your expectations have to be transformed and rebuilt, as well your energy use, water use, food consumption, social structure, work, health and your life expectancy views – all of that has to be transformed. And much of that is determined in that regional plan that you've got, right there where you live. I suggest you check it out.

So, how do they destroy your rights? You don't vote for it. You DO pay for it though. That regional plan gets paid for with federal and state grants that pay for consultants, who basically contract to push this through the community. And the few concerned citizens who show up to the "visioning meetings" and the "charettes", as they call them to object, the consultants are there to block opposition. They're basically there to indoctrinate the public. The consultants are trained "change agents" and organizational managers. They're there to give the impression that they've listened to the public and the public approves the plan.

It's all an act. I think you're going to agree that this is a real big deal. It's a tough sell and a huge management problem, even with the deception and the collusion of the corporate media. I should say the partnership, the ownership. It's not easy to destroy nearly 500 years of the nation-state, so it has to be done incrementally, using all of the power and influence of government corporations and organizations, including all tech, entertainment, media and education.

This is a totally mega-corporate plan. It's a joint partnership. It's a public-private partnership between government, the world's largest corporations, banking conglomerates, the big money foundations, like the Ford and Rockefeller Foundations, groups like the World Wildlife Fund and the National Religious Partnership for the Environment. It's a closed circle. It only includes you when you agree with their plan.

Of course that's what's meant by getting the approval of "the community". "The community" is anyone who agrees with the plan. If you don't agree, you're not "the community". Dissent is not permitted. These major foundations, they give grants to thousands of startup organizations. They train and they fund spin-off groups that look like benevolent non-profits and neighborhood associations.

This whole system, it acts as the lower bureaucracy for the new system and this is basically the ultimate enemy of the individual. So to make Agenda 21 happen, it requires the full integration of systems in order to control them centrally. That's the standardization of all systems and the new currency is information and energy.

In order to have centralized control, full globalization, it's necessary to standardize all law, all education, all culture, all finance. In order to merge, it has to be standardized. This was impossible until the advent of the Computer Age. Now, it's inevitable. This is why every schoolchild is given a computer and the internet is now in tiny villages in every nation.

Your educational system is used to manipulate you into thinking of yourself as a "global citizen". I hope you don't, because a global citizen is not a citizen, at all and has no rights. Under UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development. What's termed a "right" is really a "privilege" and it can be taken away or granted at any time.

Of course conversely, punishment can be imposed without redress. So, this explains how the UN can call universal internet connectivity a "human right". During COVID, Unicef the UN Children's Educational Fund, they created a project called GIGA and the goal is to get every school in the world to do online classes and the term for this is "direct instruction". Nothing comes between the child and the computer. It makes standardized indoctrination really easy.

And of course, you all know that as a startup, Google was funded by the intelligence community, in order to spy on people who searched specific topics on the internet. So then, they could identify those people. Basically turns the tables on us and exposes us to surveillance. Now, billions of people voluntarily carry a surveillance device at all times.

When you hear the term "Smart", whether it's a smartphone or smartcar or smarthome or whatever – this is an acronym: S-M-A-R-T: Sustainability, Monitoring, Assessing, Rating and Tracking. You.

GIGA, the Children's Universal Connectivity Project has digitalized more during 10 weeks of covet than in the last 10 years. For this they need 5G and for that they need decentralized energy production that enables digitalized experimentation and spying on large populations without their consent or knowledge. Sort of a digital colonization.

Mega-corporations are out there, they're searching for people who add value, who are innovators. Corporations want to own innovation. Not everybody has value in this system, this new system. Most of you don't. Most likely, you're worth less than your student loan. Your value, your social credit score is based on whether you produce more than you consume and whether you serve or obstruct the state.

Government has overcome our Constitutional rights by merging with private corporations who can operate without restraint in secret, punishing, purging and disappearing dissidents, like Facebook and Google and Twitter and Amazon have done virtually; this is globalization.

Globalization erases the boundaries, going from the city all the way up to the nation. It's the end of representative government.

Now, I know you might think that government is an obstacle, it's a danger and it doesn't represent you, anyway, so who cares, right? Well, I do know who I'm speaking to, here and actually, I agree. But at least in the United States, government was originally conceived as representative. It was like you were a busy farmer or a merchant and you elected a representative who agreed to give up a few years of their life to handling that stuff, so you didn't have to.

These positions were never intended to be lifelong gigs. Now, people like Pelosi and McConnell are in government for 50 years. Well, why is that? It's because they keep getting voted in. The money that elects them keeps them there. At the top, power has no party.

So what do the Globalist controllers want? Agenda 21 is designed for management efficiency. mega-corporations want to have harmonized, integrated laws and regulations and as few as possible, so they don't have to change their business or retool to sell in different markets. They want no borders and open markets. They want to kill competition, no matter how small and engineer demand. They want to deal with as few decision-makers as possible, ideally, just one.

They want to merge with government. They want workers suited for the work needed and easily discarded. They want to own innovation, so they want direct connection with universities. They want to control all resources, human and natural, because you know, humans are a resource – or more likely, you're a hindrance.

Mega-corporations need full control and total information. This is the digital revolution. It's the Fourth Industrial Revolution. It is the Great Reset. The previous three industrial revolutions mainly focused on energy and hardware. Whether it was steam or gas or electronics, these new energies radically restructured society, all the way from the family, to work, to cities to government – everything, completely restructured.

This is the Fourth Industrial Revolution now, the Digital Revolution. It's the explosion of technology moving faster than the speed of ethics and oversight and it eclipses all previous three revolutions. From Artificial Intelligence having the potential to change the nature of the human being, to robotics being used for policing, to smartbuildings and sensors that monitor us continuously.

This revolution enables an uncertain future. The Fourth Industrial Revolution, in the context of the first three represents a phenomenal acceleration, in terms of time and the ability to control the masses, transform and disrupt, "Build Back Better". When you hear that, know that you can't rebuild it unless you break it, first.

They call it the "New Social Contract" – the one you didn't agree to! The Great Reset concept, that "You won't own anything", you'll rent anything you need, you've got to look at that through the lens of private property. *You* are your most important private property. To lose ownership of your Freedom of Speech, of -Movement – basically, of your Free Will – that means you lose what is most important to you. It reduces your expectations for a full life and forces you into a new era of austerity, of scarcity.

That ain't easy. It's not easy to do this. The loss of freedom in the most vital of ways, the independence and privacy of the body and mind that demands what they call the "New Normal", you don't come to that place without a major crisis.

The self-styled Globalist controllers who intended to totally disrupt the future, they considered what kind of a crisis would be necessary to make one world governance a reality? One that expands beyond the corporations into our homes and our bodies? The way I look at it, global crisis requires a global response – and that justifies global governance.

It really takes a major crisis – a global crisis – to break the identification with your nation and your culture – something like Climate Change, right? It creates an existential terror that "we're destroying the planet" and our entire way of life is a threat to its continued existence. Hey, that ain't science! Science is made to fit the desired result, in this situation, it is the Green Mask. So behind that mask of environmental concern, you find the lust for global, centralized, totalitarian control.

The Climate Change threat is a stage, it's a phase. It's designed to prepare us for more restrictions and limitations and now we're experiencing, of course a much more pervasive and restrictive threat. They brought out the Big Gun, the new existential threat is COVID 19.

In fact, the World Wildlife Fund says that COVID is, quote "Nature's response to man's abuse of the environment" unquote. Are they serious? Nature is a terrorist. So, invisible, colorless, odorless, scarcely-detectable, COVID is the new mask for the New Normal.

9/11 was the justification for the Security State. COVID enables the surveillance state. COVID justifies global enforcement. Truly tailor-made for the New World Order, COVID has issued in house arrest purges of truth-tellers, economic collapse, the full empowerment of these mega-corporations.

And of course, how could I forget? The lineup of the willing dictators, from Macron in France, to Ardern in New Zealand, to Trudeau in Canada to Harris in the US, to Cuomo, Newsom, Whitmer, Garcetti, Lightfoot and dozens of others, all across the world.

In the competition for the rule of the mega-regions, the willing collaborators are stepping up locally, as well, of course and this is really what the last four years have been about: separate the wheat from the chaff, the loyal from the dissidents. That's how it's done. Mao Zedong did this in China, with his "Let 100 Flowers Bloom" campaign. He encouraged his loyal followers to critique his programs, so that he could make them better, but really he did it to identify and purge his critics – which he did.

So what I'm talking about here is power. Those with power want to keep it. Those without it want it. There have always been people who wanted to control the world. What's changed is the capacity for control has expanded in velocity and scope, in a way that has never before been possible.

So now, as I conclude, I want to encourage you. I want to encourage you to be brave; to find the joy in simply being alive. Ask yourself: "What do I value?" Recognize you, yourself are part of the reason that we're in this situation. Have you preferred convenience to liberty? The Free World requires liberty with responsibility and that takes work.

The work we do can be full of pitfalls, full of controlled opposition, which appears to be the answer but instead is a sort of a green-washed, candy-coated twisted circle of propaganda that goes back to the Green Mask. So you gotta stop and think.

Never go along to get along. Know that there will be no Switzerland in this New World, no place to hide. So the time to resist is now. Refuse to collaborate. Don't carry a smartphone. Don't volunteer to give your biometrics or DNA. Don't cooperate. Opt out, while you can and please, prepare to work to stay free. It takes all of us working to make this happen.

Above all, my friends, remember who you are, laugh, dance and love and join us in creating the Greater Reset.

Thank you so much."

[Denise/Dizi]

The whole notion of some "global reset", in my opinion, is a pipe dream of the over burdened, carrying the weight of the masses upon their shoulders. Even the sweetest of grannies you know, aren't going to give away everything they have, so everyone ends up on an "equal and level playing field in the end..." Sorry to be so blunt, but has the government, bankers, or 1% ever given away ANYTHING to ease the suffering of the "slave force" of humanity on this planet? Why would they start now?

The fact that people are still even discussing this, while we are dealing with Covid, which I believe was a manmade, and very deliberate virus, is astounding.

I have heard things ranging from people owning homes being "forgiven their debt to their lenders", those who want homes being given cash, debts being eliminated, etc.. Folks, it isn't going to happen. There is no way that anyone can reset an economy based upon a ponzie scheme to begin with...

Those who worked three times as hard to pay their debts, and lived by "scrimping by" their entire lives, aren't going to take kindly to "pony tailed youngsters" just being given homes without debt. Those who went to the grave at a young age, so their families didn't go without hot meals, and taught that to their children, aren't going to take kindly to just finishing off paying for 4 kids to go through college, only to learn, that their neighbor just bought a Bentley, because his kids had their student debts forgiven. It would start a world wide war against eachother like no other.

If you thought we had hate and resentment among the masses before, just imagine those carrying the weight of their neighbors their entire lives, having those same neighbors then offer to buy their homes at a reduced price because of some "Reset"? It will never happen. The rich aren't going to start throwing cash like it's raining money, any more than those toiling in rough and dangerous jobs, agreeing that everyone should make the same wage, for the same amount of hours of work.

We are far from a Utopian society where the needs of everyone are met, in a way that everyone can afford.. It just isn't that simple. And within one generation, we would be worse off than we began, if this even happened on any small scale!

Right now we have people refusing to work, claiming they fear CoVid... So they're drawing an income, and refusing to work, while those that have obligations and a sense of responsibility, continue to go to work, and have all along..

If you believe that tensions won't eventually arise from this situation, you would be wrong. In my small area alone, employers cannot find anyone to fill positions, because the people are making more money on unemployment now, supplemented by stimulus, that it is going to set our economy back even further than we started out with. The hole doubled overnight...

People are lying about being independent contractors, justifying it with the need to survive, and hitting an over burdened system, when they didn't have the people to check these claims. By the time they do, and realize how many people lied and stole from the system, things will only get worse for EVERYONE... And they're more than willing to give away this fake money for just this reason. Things are going to not "RESET", they will CRASH, and CRASH HARD,...

Those that continued to work, paid their debts, and kept current, WILL NOT SUFFER so long as their funds aren't tied up in a market that WILL collapse...

Believe me, they aren't going to wipe anything clean. Those in positions of power and financial influence are now selling loans to people at reduced prices, and eventually they WILL expect their money back.. All the while, they're buying up everything we are selling to keep our kids fed. THEY will have more, we will end up even MORE in debt. Many will lose what they bought when they drive the prices up again.. It is a system that cannot sustain itself.

I may be wrong, I want to believe that all humans think like I do, but when I hear a "Get Rich" scheme on a video I quickly turn it off. I could have learned to sell real estate and profit on whatever reason my neighbor has to sell their property, etc... But I couldn't. It didn't seem right to me to profit from their hardships, while doing nothing but showing their dispair to someone willing to buy their life's work, at a loss, so they can fix it up and profit... That isn't the "American Dream"... It is preying on others who do not understand contracts, so they need someone to protect them who understands the paperwork. Sad but true.. Just like attorneys. I considered being a lawyer but refused to pledge any oath to the establishment... To protect a system, I found faulty...

Perhaps valor and honor are lost among the generations... But there will be no reset, and most of those making their money today are buying from the poor, marking it up and selling to the rich, just becoming middlemen in the chain, driving prices up... For inferior stuff. Sad if you ask me, and so long as we think that way, we won't be getting any great reset, until we can create one with well thought out end results... One's that won't be lost within a generation.

These are just my opinions, and I do believe we can get to a proper, and fair society... But expecting any reset isn't the way to go, we're going to have to want this and make changes ourselves folks.. NO ONE is going to help us but us, and it is going to take hard work. Nothing worth having was ever easy. But the rewards of our collective efforts? Those are invaluable. This world belongs to all of us an no one should get a pass for anything.. Expecting one, is well... ridiculous.

[greybeard]

I would suggest check out Quantum Financial System
Foster Gamble who has speakers on the list posted by onawah here https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset&p=1428568&viewfull=1#post1428568
has endorsed QFS and has seen gold set aside for this.
Talked to the Red Chinese Dragon who are part of this, its their gold setting this up.
For my money this is The Greater Reset.
Chris

[greybeard]

The NEW Quantum Financial System (QFS) has arrived - An update on the new Quantum Financial System.

Start about 8 minutes in to save time.
According to this QFS is fully backed by the Trump administration.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jgO-96yhNHw[/url]

[Elainie]

The NEW Quantum Financial System (QFS) has arrived - An update on the new Quantum Financial System.

Start about 8 minutes in to save time.
According to this QFS is fully backed by the Trump administration.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jgO-96yhNHw[/url]



It is gold backed, I can confirm this and is in it's final stages of set up (there are four stages, yesterday it was in the 3.something phase).

[greybeard]

The NEW Quantum Financial System (QFS) has arrived - An update on the new Quantum Financial System.

Start about 8 minutes in to save time.
According to this QFS is fully backed by the Trump administration.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jgO-96yhNHw[/url]



It is gold backed, I can confirm this and is in it's final stages of set up (there are four stages, yesterday it was in the 3.something phase).

Well thats at least two of us taking this seriously Elaine, Lol
Yesterday Santander Bank was not in operation on line here,
It came up with all kind of strange messages when I tried to access online.
I had attempted to buy vitamins on line -- all went well till I tried to pay using my credit card -- strange refusal from bank.

My daughter who is a Santander customer wet in to see what was happening.
The staff had no explanation -- even their backup had failed.
Thats an indicator something is happening

Simon Parkes talks at length about QFS
On his site go to 9th May current update on his web page

https://www.simonparkes.org/


Best wishes Chris

[wondering]

Elainie and Chris, I am taking it seriously, I just feel very ignorant about it at this point. I remember many years ago hearing that Chinese Elders were the guardians of the gold to be used for the people when the time came... thank you for posting the info. Diane

[greybeard]

Elainie and Chris, I am taking it seriously, I just feel very ignorant about it at this point. I remember many years ago hearing that Chinese Elders were the guardians of the gold to be used for the people when the time came... thank you for posting the info. Diane

While I have spent some time investigating this --I have no solid understanding -- it (my understanding) seems to be fluctuating.
So its wait and see, wondering..
Chris

[Delight]

Right Now - Gareth Icke Talks To Gal Shalev in Israel & Dr Andrew Rallis About The PCR Test Fraud

https://www.bitchute.com/video/MBVKGiCmu3jZ/

Gal Shalev is describing the situation of "manipulation" in Israel which sounds EXACTLY like the "ants shaken in a jar" metaphor. Brain washing is being used and this observer is able to articulate it eloquently "both sides are being used as pawns".

It is predicted in the US that we will have violence and obviously preplanned that way.


Police Departments Across America Preparing For “Violent Summer”
by Paul Joseph Watson
May 17th 2021 (https://www.infowars.com/posts/police-departments-across-america-preparing-for-violent-summer/)Police departments across America are reinforcing and developing new tactics in order to prepare for a “violent summer,” according to a WSJ report.

The prediction is partly based on the lifting of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, although they had little impact in reducing the plague of violence that swept American cities last summer after the death of George Floyd.

Rising gun crimes and a surge in firearms sales are also cited as evidence that the coming months could represent an explosive powder keg.

“Police departments in New York City and other large metro areas across the U.S. are bulking up patrols and implementing new tactics to prepare for what they say could be a violent summer,” states the report.

Cities with a population of at least one million saw a 32.2% spike in homicides during the last 3 months of 2020, while murders are all up significantly in New York, Dallas and Chicago compared to this time last year.

In NYC alone, there have been 451 year-to-date shootings, up by 86% compared to 2020, when there were 242 shootings.

“Keep in mind that New York saw its most violent summer last year since 1996,” reports Zero Hedge. “Meanwhile, the country currently finds itself extremely polarized over more than just police reform, as ongoing tensions in the Middle East have spilled over into US streets, and anti-lockdown activists around the world have been fiercely protesting economy-killing pandemic measures – which we imagine our ‘wise and benevolent’ leaders like New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D) won’t hesitate to re-implement if COVID-19 even thinks about surging again.”

As we previously highlighted, according to John Roman, a senior fellow at the economics, justice and society group at NORC at the University of Chicago, the lasting impact of COVID lockdowns in addition to loss of faith in police will lead to violent disorder this summer.

“Summer 2021 is going to be abnormally violent. And summer 2022 as well. It is the new normal,” wrote Roman.

[greybeard]

Restored Republic via a GCR: Update as of May 18, 2021.

Make of this what you will Chris

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PC-Tb1-8Auk

[Denise/Dizi]

The NEW Quantum Financial System (QFS) has arrived - An update on the new Quantum Financial System.

Start about 8 minutes in to save time.
According to this QFS is fully backed by the Trump administration.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jgO-96yhNHw[/url]



It is gold backed, I can confirm this and is in it's final stages of set up (there are four stages, yesterday it was in the 3.something phase).

My problem with any financial system is this, few control the assets. The way things are now, the"Gold" is owned by mining corporations, bankers, etc. As with all of the resources on this planet, either by scheme or wars. Gold is no different.

I live in a mining community, and the regulations for the typical sole miner, are so strict, that even they cannot properly recover the gold from the mines they hold claims to... And gold is no different than paper money really... So it is the same thing. SOMEONE owns the market... And it is not the masses.

I was thinking that the only way we could ever get past this money monopoly on this planet is to truly trade on efforts... A system where we all pitch in efforts, leaving the resources as the reward for all... No one person or corporation should own any resource that was put on this world for all of us... The only difference between gold and paper, is that paper has denominations printed upon it. Gold is rising and lowering in value daily. Depending on the "Market", which inevitably is controlled by someone other than the masses.

Technically we could trade tree bark and have the same system... But truly money is nothing more than a piece of paper that carries with it, a fair amount of effort of the individual to earn it, steal it, or fake it.

How many of you have precious metals on your property? And those who do, look up your deeds and property titles, upon those words, you should see something that implies that the government and its agencies, have the right to mine below the surface of your land for whatever they wish... NOT YOU..

In my area we have drop boxes, this is a start. In those boxes are foods, books, and clothing for those in need.. People sharing, without caring who receives it, so long as there is a need, it is there. Hopefully this sharing the planet and its resources will spread. Never does anyone ask for money for what they put in the drop boxes... While it seems airy fairy and "In a perfect world"... Think about that... This could be a perfect world if we took out those barriers that seperate everyone.

It won't be easy as those who live in cities have zero access to resources... And those in rural areas recognize that resources are being choked off from the masses... Even having to pay for water anymore...

I had a woman and her son come to my house awhile back, and she asked if I would mind if they planted some flowers on my property. I wanted to say no, because I wanted to choose the flowers that were on my land... They have since sprouted, and I probably still will have not found the time or energy to do it myself.. And when I look at those flowers, daily I remind myself, it only took one question.. "Can I beautify your land"... And she did it...

I now water flowers in town when I can, to keep it alive and pretty.. It isn't about money, we allow it to be about money...

I believe the "Reset", if there is one, isn't about a different kind of currency at all, but yet a different way of being, started by the few... Eventually money will lose it's value.

As it turns out my "Property" isn't mine at all, I am just the caretaker, and eventually someone else will be.... And we would all be better off to think this way...

[greybeard]

Denise/Dizi
Normally what you say would be 100% correct.
First there has to be a financial system but QFS is based on ethical principles -- you own your own money -- no one else can control it unlike the current one.
The video is fairly clear as to this.
Not claiming to be right but as far as I can see there is integrity behind this.
If it is based on NESARA GEASRA then it will be a good thing.
I dont expect it to faithfully follow all these principles.
Have a look
Chris



NESARA / GESARA

https://www.intothelight.news/knowledge-base/nesara/



The National / Global Economic Security & Reformation Act

NESARA is the most ground breaking reformation to sweep not only the United States of America but the whole planet (thus GESARA) in its entire history. The act does away with the Federal Reserve Bank, the IRS, the shadow government, and much more.
NESARA implements the following changes:

Zeros out all credit card, mortgage, and other bank debt due to illegal banking and government activities. This is the Federal Reserve’s worst nightmare, a “jubilee” or a forgiveness of debt.
Abolishes the income tax.
Abolishes the IRS. Employees of the IRS will be transferred into the US Treasury national sales tax area.
Creates a 14% flat rate non-essential new items only sales tax revenue for the government. In other words, food and medicine will not be taxed; nor will used items such as old homes.
Increases benefits to senior citizens.
Returns Constitutional Law to all courts and legal matters.
Reinstates the original Title of Nobility amendment.
Establishes new Presidential and Congressional elections within 120 days after NESARA's announcement. The interim government will cancel all National Emergencies and return us back to constitutional law.
Monitors elections and prevents illegal election activities of special interest groups.
Creates a new U.S. Treasury rainbow currency backed by gold, silver, and platinum precious metals, ending the bankruptcy of the United States initiated by Franklin Roosevelt in 1933.
Forbids the sale of American birth certificate records as chattel property bonds by the US Department of Transportation.
Initiates new U.S. Treasury Bank System in alignment with Constitutional Law
Eliminates the Federal Reserve System. During the transition period the Federal Reserve will be allowed to operate side by side of the U.S. treasury for one year in order to remove all Federal Reserve notes from the money supply.
Restores financial privacy.
Retrains all judges and attorneys in Constitutional Law.
Ceases all aggressive, U.S. government military actions worldwide.
Establishes peace throughout the world.
Releases enormous sums of money for humanitarian purposes.
Enables the release of over 6,000 patents of suppressed technologies that are being withheld from the public under the guise of national security, including free energy devices, antigravity, and sonic healing machines.

If you follow on the info on the link
(here again) you will find the history of GESARA NESARA
Its interesting to say the least.
The Cabal has tried there best to discredit this.

https://www.intothelight.news/knowledge-base/nesara/

[TargeT]

Y1pZKiTlF5E


now they are saying it's the "great reset" ?


sheesh

[Eva2]

'Greg Caton warns 2021 - 2024 will see "end times" global warfare to end the USA'


https://www.brighteon.com/dce835c6-2871-4414-bd50-4482dec87299


https://www.brighteon.com/dce835c6-2871-4414-bd50-4482dec87299

[Eva2]

On point:

Noam Chomsky, has drawn up the list of 10 media manipulation strategies.

'1-The strategy of distraction
The primordial element of social control is the distraction strategy which consists of diverting the public's attention from major problems and the changes decided by political and economic elites, through the flooding technique or flooding continuous distractions and insignificant information.
Distraction strategy is also essential to prevent the public from becoming interested in essential knowledge in the area of science, economics, psychology, neurobiology and cybernetics. Keeping the audience's attention deviated from real social problems, imprisoned by themes without real importance.
Keeping the public busy, busy, busy, with no time to think, back to the farm like other animals (quoted in the text ′′ Silent weapons for quiet wars ′′).
2-Creating problems and then offering the solutions.
This method is also called a ′′ problem-reaction-solution ". It creates a problem, a ′′ situation ′′ planned to cause a certain reaction from the public, with the aim that this is the source of the measures they want to accept. For example: letting urban violence intensify or intensify, or organize bloody attacks, with the aim of the public being those requiring security laws and policies to the detriment of freedom. Also: create an economic crisis to make social rights demotion and dismantle public services accept as a necessary evil.
3-The Strategy of Graduation.
To make an unacceptable measure accepted, you only need to apply it gradually, to dropper, for consecutive years. This is how radically new socioeconomic conditions (neoliberism) were imposed during the decades of the 80 s and 90 s: minimum state, privatisation, precariousness, flexibility, mass unemployment, wages that no longer guarantee dignified incomes , so many changes that would have brought about a revolution if they were implemented at once.
4-The Strategy of Deferring.
Another way to get an unpopular decision accepted is to present it as ′′ painful and necessary ", gaining public acceptance, in the moment, for future application. It is easier to accept a future sacrifice than an immediate sacrifice. First, because effort isn't that taken immediately. Second, because the public, the mass, always tends to naively hope that ′′ everything will be better tomorrow ′′ and that the required sacrifice could be avoided. This gives the audience more time to get used to the idea of change and accept it resigned when the time comes.
5-Reach to the public like children.
Most advertisements directed at the large audience use speeches, arguments, characters and a particularly childish intonation, many times close to weakness, as if the viewer was a few years old creature or a mental moron. When you try to deceive the viewer the more you tend to use a childish tone. Why? Why? ′′ If someone addresses a person as if they are 12 or under, then based on suggestionability, they will probably tend to a response or reaction even without a critical sense like that of a 12 person. years or less ′′ (see ′′ Silent Weapons for quiet wars ′′).
6-Using emotional aspect much more than reflection.
Take advantage of emotion it's a classic technique to provoke a short circuit on a rational analysis and finally the critical sense of the individual. Additionally, the use of emotional register allows the unconscious access door to implant or inject ideas, desires, fears and fears, compulsions, or induce behaviors.
7-Keeping the public in ignorance and mediocrity.
Making the public incapable of understanding the technologies and methods used for their control and slavery.
′′ The quality of education given to lower social classes must be as poor and mediocre as possible, so that the distance of ignorance that plans between lower classes and upper classes is and remains impossible to fill from the lower classes ".
8-Stimulating the public to be complacent with mediocrity.
Pushing the audience to think it's fashionable to be stupid, vulgar and ignorant...
9-Strengthening self-guilt.
Making the individual believe that he is only the culprit of his disgrace, because of his insufficient intelligence, skills or efforts. So, instead of rebelling against the economic system, the individual devalues himself and blames himself, which in turn creates a depressive state, one of whose effects is the inhibition of his action. And without action there is no revolution!
10-Knowing individuals better than they know themselves.
Over the past 50 years, science's rapid progress has generated a growing gap between public knowledge and those possessed and used by dominant elites. Thanks to biology, neurobiology, and applied psychology, the ′′ system ′′ has enjoyed advanced knowledge of the human being, both in its physical and psychological form. The system has managed to learn better about the common individual than he knows himself. This means that, in most cases, the system exercises greater control and greater power over individuals, greater than that which the same individual exercises over himself. '

[greybeard]

The Greater Reset -- 5 days of top speakers



The Greater Reset Activation is the world’s collective response to the World Economic Forum’s Initiative: The Great Reset.

We offer an alternative to the WEF’s top-down, centralized, authoritarian vision. Our desire is to help all people find community and liberty by providing practical steps and knowledge for co-creating a world that respects individual liberty, bodily autonomy, and choice.

We invite you to join us for 5 days of discussion about the diverse opportunities available for those who seek to live in harmony with humanity and the planet, while respecting our innate freedom.


https://thegreaterreset.org/

[onawah]

Insider Exposes Freemasonry as the World’s Oldest Secret Religion and the Luciferian Plans for The New World Order
5/22/21
https://healthimpactnews.com/2021/insider-exposes-freemasonry-as-the-worlds-oldest-secret-religion-and-the-luciferian-plans-for-the-new-world-order/

https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2021/05/symbolic-language-of-freemasonry.jpg

"Commentary by Brian Shilhavy

Altiyan Childs is a former Australian Rock musician, and a former Freemason. In 2010 he won The X Factor talent show award, which boosted his career in music to stardom status.

In a video he released last month, he announced that he has now put his life on the line to renounce his secret Freemason vows.

His life has recently changed after being awakened in a speeding car that was heading straight into a brick wall because the driver had fallen asleep. He says he heard a whisper in his ear that woke him from a deep sleep, and that he was able to grab the steering wheel and avoid the crash.

“I shouldn’t be here today,” he states.

The penalty for renouncing your vows in Freemasonry is death, but he feels compelled to expose Freemasonry for what it is: the oldest religion in the world.

According to Childs, almost every notable person running the world today, from politics to business to entertainment, got there through Freemasonry.

And his 5 plus hour video was produced to convince you that this is true, from an insider perspective, and to warn about what is soon coming: the implementation of the Luciferian New World Order, which includes a significant reduction of the world’s population.

It took me a few days to watch the entire 5 hours, and when I finished earlier today, I told my friend who recommended the video to me:

“My life will never be the same after watching this. I will not sleep tonight until I publish this (on Health Impact News).”

While I have come to know much of what is in this presentation over the years, there was much more that I did not know and learned from this video.

This video is not for everyone. It falls into the Created4Health category of Health Impact News.

Much of what we have published for the past year plus on the Plandemic, and the coming New World Order, will now make much more sense once you finish viewing this video.

Think of this as the spiritual perspective, the driving force behind the plan to reduce the world’s population dramatically, by killing off many of the world’s inhabitants.

You will be able to better understand why people can be so evil, and invent things like the bioweapon COVID-19 shots that are designed to kill off a significant portion of the world’s population.

For me, having covered our Medical Kidnapping topic including child sex trafficking for over 6 years now, this video tied together some loose ends for me to give me a fuller understanding of the child trafficking business.

There are certain verses in the Bible that have puzzled me for years that also became clear after watching this, such as the laws about building altars to worship God like this one:

If you make me an altar of stone, you shall not build it of hewn stones, for if you wield your tool on it you profane it.
(Exodus 20:25)

It is well worth the 5 hours of investment in your time, I guarantee. If I were to produce something like this, if even I could with knowledge of where to find these resources to look up and gather the information, which I do NOT have, I would guess that it would take me more than 1000 hours to present something like this.

And I have no doubt that the final product that is just over 5 hours was probably significantly edited by Altiyan Childs to make it even this short.

Only an insider from the world of Freemasonry could produce something like this, and the world owes a great deal of gratitude to Altiyan Childs for taking the time to present this.

It may very well cost him his life (physical), and he knows it.

I am NOT exaggerating when I say that your life may very well depend on knowing what is contained in this video for what is about to happen in our world, and taking action accordingly.

Everyone in the World has been Affected by Freemasonry
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2021/05/Bush-signing-bill-for-Noahide-Laws.jpg

Everyone reading this article has been affected in one way or another by Freemasonry, so it is worth your investment in time to spend the 5 hours watching this incredible video.

There are 33 initiation levels in Freemasonry, and even many within Freemasonry, although sworn to secrecy on penalty of death, truly do not know everything that Freemasonry is about, because it is a “secret society.”

Those who reach the 33rd level do, and it is from this group that many of the world’s leaders are chosen.

https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2021/05/Georgia-Guidestones.jpg

You will learn who built the Georgia Guidestones, and what that message means.

At around the 4 hour 35 minute mark in the video, he plays a trailer for a film that was never published, because the film producer was murdered, along with his family, before it could be finished.

I fact-checked the story and found that it is true. See this article published in 2015:

‘Gray State’ filmmaker and his family found dead in ‘apparent murder-suicide’ in Minnesota
The trailer from 2012 is still on YouTube and has over 3.5 million views.

See if you can find the alleged “hidden message” in the trailer that may have caused his death and the death of his family.
Gy7FVXERKFE
If not, skip ahead to about the 4 hour 35 minute mark of Altiyan Childs’ video to find out.
bZ4NTdSK5ac
We are also uploading it to our Rumble channel, and it should also be on our Bitchute channel soon.
https://rumble.com/vhgzmp-insider-exposes-freemasonry-as-worlds-oldest-religion-and-luciferian-plans-.html
WARNING: There is VERY GRAPHIC material in this video. For mature audiences ONLY!
https://rumble.com/vhgzmp-insider-exposes-freemasonry-as-worlds-oldest-religion-and-luciferian-plans-.html

[Delight]

D3 Greater reset

Conscious Conversation: Overcoming the Great Reset w/ Love and Creation - Sayer Ji and John Bush
May 11th, 2021 (https://odysee.com/@Truth_will_set_You_Free:0/Conscious-Conversation---Overcoming-the-Great-Reset-w_-Love-and-Creation---Sayer-Ji-and-John-Bush:5)

the summit is free here....
APRIL 24TH TO 25TH – DECENTRALIZED, DISTRIBUTED, AND DISRUPTIVE TECH SUMMIT (D3)
PHASE OF THE GREATER RESET
APRIL 24TH - 25TH, 2021 (https://thegreaterreset.org/event-phase/decentralized-distributed-and-disruptive-tech-summit-d3/)

[TargeT]

RLrTx0IhgWU
Major Cyberattack Just CRIPPLED US Meat Supply As Democrat Spending Pushes Dollar Toward Collapse. We knew the first cyber attack in the news would only encourage more and its happening.

After the colonial pipeline hack fears of more cyber attacks proved true as now its impacting a large portion of the US meat supply at a time when there are already shortages of chicken and beef.

Joe Biden is struggling to secure our infrastructure and Democrat spending is igniting fear that the dollar is on track to collapse.

[gord]

8200 would be my guess, but made to appear to be coming from elsewhere

[Eva2]

This is a rather chilling video from 4 years ago and pretty much lays out what is happening now - this was all being planned when Carter and Pierre Trudeau were in office
'FEMA CAMPS They're planning to kill everyone and heres how WAKE UP!'

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VZaDKwm7yWk

[greybeard]

Your Guide to The Great Convergence

The Corbett Report

SHOW NOTES AND MP3: https://www.corbettreport.com/convergence/

Haven't heard of The Great Convergence yet? Oh, it's just the plan to merge biology with digital technology and redefine what it means to be human, that's all. Today on the podcast James covers the biodigital convergence that is already being rolled out and what it means for the future of homo sapiens.

https://www.bitchute.com/video/aGowEjhfO379/

aGowEjhfO379

[Tintin]

I don't have my speakers on at the moment so can't determine in what context this story has been framed but it is of interest that this made a mainstream news outlet, but when is difficult to tell from the segment. Is this very recent or from a few months ago?

https://twitter.com/Rainbowandsteel/status/1402617927614992384

[ExomatrixTV]

Exclusive Interview with Mel K "What The Heck is Going On?":
sulfxQtFD2o


Ultra "Red Pill" Video ;)

[ExomatrixTV]

'Get Ready To Be Angry' Says Klaus Schwab & CDC Confirms Vaccines Triggering Massive Side Effects & Deaths (https://banned.video/watch?id=60c522df1e7b6f029c1eeae9):

60c522df1e7b6f029c1eeae9

[ExomatrixTV]

Are You Ready for The Great Reset (https://www.bitchute.com/video/zz5G8e5aalpB/) >> Banned by YouTube:

zz5G8e5aalpB

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset just had A ‘GIGANTIC DEVELOPMENT’ forward:

_iaGSm3N3kY
During Joe Biden’s recent G7 presser, the president made several comments that clearly show his administration is dedicated to moving The Great Reset forward as quickly as possible — likely in low and middle-income countries first. Glenn explains how the stated ‘top priorities’ of the G7 — like equity, inclusive global economic recovery, and fighting climate change — show a ‘gigantic development’ forward for the World Economic Forum’s masterplan.


Sarcasm Alert

[Gekko]

The Great Reset just had A ‘GIGANTIC DEVELOPMENT’ forward:

_iaGSm3N3kY
During Joe Biden’s recent G7 presser, the president made several comments that clearly show his administration is dedicated to moving The Great Reset forward as quickly as possible — likely in low and middle-income countries first. Glenn explains how the stated ‘top priorities’ of the G7 — like equity, inclusive global economic recovery, and fighting climate change — show a ‘gigantic development’ forward for the World Economic Forum’s masterplan.

Thank goodness they're looking after us. Missed you, Exo

[ExomatrixTV]

Thank goodness they're looking after us. Missed you, Exo


Sarcasm Alert

[Gekko]

Thank goodness they're looking after us. Missed you, Exo


Sarcasm Alert

Sorry, snowflake.

[ExomatrixTV]

Thank goodness they're looking after us. Missed you, Exo


Sarcasm Alert

Sorry, snowflake.

i was talking about the video, not you ...

snowflake? hilarious ... as I am known to be unapologetic (most of the time) all my life ... am also known to be "rude", blunt & no filters and that may "hurt" many sensitive snowflakes feelings but always unintentionally ;) <<< I just want to be brutally honest to myself thus also to others (goes hand in hand).


cheers,
John

[onawah]

Is a “Climate Lockdown” on the horizon?
by Kit Knightly
OffGuardian.org
6/15/21
https://vaccineimpact.com/2021/is-a-climate-lockdown-limiting-consumption-of-red-meat-and-gasoline-usage-for-private-vehicles-coming-next/

"If and when the powers-that-be decide to move on from their pandemic narrative, lockdowns won’t be going anywhere. Instead it looks like they’ll be rebranded as “climate lockdowns”, and either enforced or simply held threateningly over the public’s head.

At least, according to an article written by an employee of the WHO, and published by a mega-coporate think-tank.

Let’s dive right in.

THE REPORT’S AUTHOR AND BACKERS
The report, titled “Avoiding a climate lockdown”, was written by Mariana Mazzucato, a professor of economics at University College London, and head of something called the Council on the Economics of Health for All, a division of the World Health Organization.

It was first published in October 2020 by Project Syndicate, a non-profit media organization that is (predictably) funded through grants from the Open society Foundation, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, and many, many others.

After that, it was picked up and republished by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD), which describes itself as “a global, CEO-led organization of over 200 leading businesses working together to accelerate the transition to a sustainable world.”.

The WBCSD’s membership is essentially every major company in the world, including Chevron, BP, Bayer, Walmart, Google and Microsoft. Over 200 members totalling well over 8 TRILLION dollars in annual revenue.

In short: an economist who works for the WHO has written a report concerning “climate lockdowns”, which has been published by both a Gates+Soros backed NGO AND a group representing almost every bank, oil company and tech giant on the planet.

Whatever it says, it clearly has the approval of the people who run the world.

WHAT DOES IT SAY?
The text of the report itself is actually quite craftily constructed. It doesn’t outright argue for climate lockdowns, but instead discusses ways “we” can prevent them.

As COVID-19 spread […] governments introduced lockdowns in order to prevent a public-health emergency from spinning out of control. In the near future, the world may need to resort to lockdowns again – this time to tackle a climate emergency […] To avoid such a scenario, we must overhaul our economic structures and do capitalism differently.

This cleverly creates a veneer of arguing against them, whilst actually pushing the a priori assumptions that any so-called “climate lockdowns” would a) be necessary and b) be effective. Neither of which has ever been established.

Another thing the report assumes is some kind of causal link between the environment and the “pandemic”:

COVID-19 is itself a consequence of environmental degradation

I wrote an article, back in April, exploring the media’s persistent attempts to link the Covid19 “pandemic” with climate change. Everybody from the Guardian to the Harvard School of Public Health is taking the same position – “The root cause of pandemics [is] the destruction of nature”:

The razing of forests and hunting of wildlife is increasingly bringing animals and the microbes they harbour into contact with people and livestock.

There is never any scientific evidence cited to support this position. Rather, it is a fact-free scare-line used to try and force a mental connection in the public, between visceral self-preservation (fear of disease) and concern for the environment. It is as transparent as it is weak.

“CLIMATE LOCKDOWNS”
So, what exactly is a “climate lockdown”? And what would it entail?

The author is pretty clear:

Under a “climate lockdown,” governments would limit private-vehicle use, ban consumption of red meat, and impose extreme energy-saving measures, while fossil-fuel companies would have to stop drilling.

There you have it. A “climate lockdown” means no more red meat, the government setting limits on how and when people use their private vehicles and further (unspecified) “extreme energy-saving measures”. It would likely include previously suggested bans on air travel, too.

All in all, it is potentially far more strict than the “public health policy” we’ve all endured for the last year.

As for forcing fossil fuel companies to stop drilling, that is drenched in the sort of ignorance of practicality that only exists in the academic world. Supposing we can switch to entirely rely on renewables for energy, we still wouldn’t be able to stop drilling for fossil fuels.

Oil isn’t just used as fuel, it’s also needed to lubricate engines and manufacture chemicals and plastics. Plastics used in the manufacture of wind turbines and solar panels, for example.

Coal isn’t just needed for power stations, but also to make steel. Steel which is vital to pretty much everything humans do in the modern world.

It reminds me of a Victoria Wood sketch from the 1980s, where an upper-middle class woman remarks, upon meeting a coal miner, “I suppose we don’t really need coal, now we’ve got electricity.”

A lot of post-fossil utopian ideas are sold this way, to people who are comfortably removed from the way the world actually works. This mirrors the supposed “recovery” the environment experienced during lockdown, a mythic creation selling a silver lining of house arrest to people who think that because they’re having their annual budget meetings over Zoom, somehow China stopped manufacturing 900 million tonnes of steel a year, and the US military doesn’t produce more pollution than 140 different countries combined.

The question, really, is why would an NGO backed by – among others – Shell, BP and Chevron, possibly want to suggest a ban on drilling for fossil fuel? But that’s a discussion for another time.

AVOIDING A “CLIMATE LOCKDOWN”
So, the “climate lockdown” is a mix of dystopian social control, and impractical nonsense likely designed to sell an agenda. But don’t worry, we don’t have to do this. There is a way to avoid these extreme measures, the author says so:

To avoid such a scenario, we must overhaul our economic structures and do capitalism differently […] Addressing this triple crisis requires reorienting corporate governance, finance, policy, and energy systems toward a green economic transformation […] Far more is needed to achieve a green and sustainable recovery […] we want to transform the future of work, transit, and energy use.

“Overhaul”? “reorienting”? “transformation”?

Seems like we’re looking at a new-built society. A “reset”, if you will, and given the desired scope, you could even call it a “great reset”, I suppose.

Except, of course, the Great Reset is just a wild “conspiracy theory”. The elite doesn’t want a Great Reset, even if they keep saying they do…

…they just want a massive wholesale “transformation” of our social, financial, governmental and energy sectors.

They want you to own nothing and be happy. Or else.

Because that’s the oddest thing about this particular article, whereas most fear-porn public programming at least attempts subtlety, there is very definitely an overtly threatening tone to this piece [emphasis added]:

we are approaching a tipping point on climate change, when protecting the future of civilization will require dramatic interventions […] One way or the other, radical change is inevitable; our task is to ensure that we achieve the change we want – while we still have the choice.

The whole article is not an argument, so much as an ultimatum. A gun held to the public’s collective head. “Obviously we don’t want to lock you up inside your homes, force you to eat processed soy cubes and take away your cars,” they’re telling us, “but we might have to, if you don’t take our advice.”

Will there be “climate lockdowns” in the future? I wouldn’t be surprised. But right now – rather than being seriously mooted – they are fulfilling a different role. A frightening hypothetical – A threat used to bully the public into accepting the hardline globalist reforms that make up the “great reset”.

Many thanks to all the people on social media who brought this to our attention.

Read the full article at OffGuardian.org: https://off-guardian.org/2021/06/10/is-a-climate-lockdown-on-the-horizon/"

[kfm27917]

Here is a slightly different view of the WEF
https://www.ft.com/content/3177eb28-6fb1-459a-83a1-837124b43e0e

[ExomatrixTV]

Here it comes...:

8rYmcZFQgJw
This report fills you in on what Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates and the EU Commission president are up to and it breaks down the World Economic Forum's Cyber Polygon exercise that is coming at a very suspicious time.

When the powers that be predict global events, it seems that it's more likely that they're going to be the cause rather than merely people who predicted what was going to happen: The easy way to remember that is the simple childhood phrase "he who smelt it dealt it".

The event is scheduled for July 9th, and involves a simulated attack on the financial services and supply sector: The cratering of the economy and banks crashing, combined with the production & supply systems being knocked to a near halt would make the events from late 2019 to present look simple.

Since the elites would profit handsomely off this, allowing them to buy up everything for pennies on the dollar, assert power-grabs under the prospect of civil-unrest, suspend our civil liberties, tear down what's left of nations, and use various technological methods at their disposal to maintain order: This is a highly plausible scenario, regrettably speaking.

We've already seen several hacks (JBS and Colonial Pipeline) that shut down companies that seem consistent with test-runs for a larger, all-out attack that will likely take place after July 9th.

Generally, the only hope of preventing an obvious false-flag like this from being implemented is to raise awareness, share the message around, encourage others to do the same, and so on: Even if it were to fail, it would give people the important knowledge, such as getting some money out of the bank, stocking up on important goods, and taking steps to protect their electronic equipment.


From Event 201 to Cyber Polygon (https://unlimitedhangout.com/2021/02/investigative-reports/from-event-201-to-cyber-polygon-the-wefs-simulation-of-a-coming-cyber-pandemic/): The WEF's Simulation of a Coming Cyber Pandemic

[ExomatrixTV]

Monopoly: An overview of The Great Reset (1080p quality video!).

D2t4u_tEefM

This informative video gives an overview of what is currently happening in the world in just 1 hour. The video shows the modern global systems, and focusses on the situation in the Netherlands. We believe though, that people from all over the world will recognise this situation. In consultation with Tim Gielen, the maker of this video, and in cooperation with others who strive for freedom, we translated it into English. We think it is a very important video to share with the world, so we can change things for the better. The maker sees this video as an open source project. Feel free to use parts of it, add to it or subtitle it into your own language.


You can download it here (https://t.me/VvVmonopoly)

Much Love, Vrouwen voor Vrijheid Women for Freedom The Netherlands Wish to know more about us?

Visit: https://linktr.ee/vrouwenvoorvrijheid (https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&redir_token=QUFFLUhqbjVrNEJYdHEzamRoLWFIaG81LWlGNnRyQW00Z3xBQ3Jtc0tuTzVpT1hxb0JnY01nVDktajI1XzVIdlZj NE9WekF3aDVuaUwzcUxGbzZVempsMTVTenF6QzFKT3k4SEs2RTlsODNhMjNMeF9nTHhNWmhMTkR2alh0YS11d1A5bnRTd196eHBF NHA0OFdtWXl6WFFBWQ&q=https%3A%2F%2Flinktr.ee%2Fvrouwenvoorvrijheid) If you’ve been wondering how the world economy has been hijacked and humanity has been kidnapped by a completely bogus narrative, look no further than this video by Dutch creator, Covid Lie.

What she uncovers is that the stock of the world’s largest corporations are owned by the same institutional investors. They all own each other. This means that “competing” brands, like Coke and Pepsi aren’t really competitors, at all, since their stock is owned by exactly the same investment companies, investment funds, insurance companies, banks and in some cases, governments. This is the case, across all industries. As she says: “The smaller investors are owned by larger investors. Those are owned by even bigger investors. The visible top of this pyramid shows only two companies whose names we have often seen…They are Vanguard and BlackRock. The power of these two companies is beyond your imagination. Not only do they own a large part of the stocks of nearly all big companies but also the stocks of the investors in those companies. This gives them a complete monopoly.

A Bloomberg report states that both these companies in the year 2028, together will have investments in the amount of 20 trillion dollars. That means that they will own almost everything.

Bloomberg calls BlackRock “The fourth branch of government”, because it’s the only private agency that closely works with the central banks. BlackRock lends money to the central bank but it’s also the advisor. It also develops the software the central bank uses. Many BlackRock employees were in the White House with Bush and Obama. Its CEO. Larry Fink can count on a warm welcome from leaders and politicians. Not so strange, if you know that he is the front man of the ruling company but Larry Fink does not pull the strings himself.

BlackRock, itself is also owned by shareholders. Who are those shareholders? We come to a strange conclusion. The biggest shareholder is Vanguard. But now he gets murky. Vanguard is a private company and we cannot see who the shareholders are. The elite who own Vanguard apparently do not like being in the spotlight but of course they cannot hide from who is willing to dig.

Reports from Oxfam and Bloomberg say that 1% of the world, together owns more money than the other 99%. Even worse, Oxfam says that 82% of all earned money in 2017 went to this 1%.

In other words, these two investment companies, Vanguard and BlackRock hold a monopoly in all industries in the world and they, in turn are owned by the richest families in the world, some of whom are royalty and who have been very rich since before the Industrial Revolution. Why doesn’t everybody know this? Why aren’t there movies and documentaries about this? Why isn’t it in the news? Because 90% of the international media is owned by nine media conglomerates.

Covid Lie asks, “Who sponsors the organization and press agencies that produce our news? With Project Syndicate, we see the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation and the European Journalism Centre. The organizations that bring the news get paid by non-profit organizations, of the same elite that also owns the entire media but also a part of taxpayers money is used to pay them.”

Or, as George Carlin said, “It’s a small club and you ain’t in it.”

So when Lynn Forester de Rothschild (https://creativedestructionmedia.com/video/2021/04/13/meet-the-rothschild-socialite-behind-the-100-ceo-pro-voter-fraud-call/) wants the United States to be a one-party country (like China) and doesn’t want voter ID laws passed in the US, so that more election fraud can be perpetrated to achieve that end,what does she do?

She holds a conference call with the world’s top 100 CEOs and tells them to publicly decry as “Jim Crow” Georgia’s passing of an anti-corruption law and she orders her dutiful CEOs to boycott the State of Georgia, like we saw with Coca-Cola and Major League Baseball and even Hollywood star, Will Smith. In this conference call, we see shades of the Great Reset, Agenda 2030, the New World Order.

The UN wants to make sure, as does Schwab that in 2030, poverty, hunger, pollution and disease no longer plague the Earth. To achieve this, the UN wants taxes from Western countries to be split by the mega corporations of the elite to create a brand new society. For this project, the UN says we need a world government – namely the UN, itself.

And it is clear that the “pandemic” was orchestrated in order to bring this about. This video does an incredible job of explaining how it is all being done.


TRANSCRIPT:

As you are watching millions fall into poverty because of the corona measures of the past year, even if the greatest economic crisis in history has not affected you yet, it will only be a matter of time until the rippling effects will hit you, as well.

This is not fear-mongering but it’s a harsh reality. I also think we might mitigate the damage and may even do better, provided we are informed correctly about our situation. This is why I would like to show you a few facts you can easily check facts that are of crucial importance.

Less than a handful of big corporations dominate every aspect of our lives. That may seem exaggerated but from the breakfast we eat to the mattress we sleep on and everything we wear and consume in between is largely dependent on these corporations.

Those are huge investment companies that determine the course of money flow. They are the main characters of the play that we are witnessing. I know your time is valuable, so I summarize the most important data.
How does it work?


THE FOOD INDUSTRY

Let’s take Pepsico as an example. It is the parent company of many soda companies and snack companies. The so-called competitive brands are from factories from a few corporations who monopolize the entire industry. In the packaged food industry, there are a few big companies, like Unilever, the Coca-Cola Company, Mondelez and Nestlé.

In the picture, you see that most brands in the food industry belong to one of these corporations. The big companies are on the stock market and have the big shareholders in the board of directors.

On sources like Yahoo Finance, we can see detailed company info, such as who the biggest shareholders actually are. Let’s take Pepsico again, as an example. We see about 72% of stock is owned by no less than 3,155 institutional investors. These are investment companies, investment funds, insurance companies, banks and in some cases, governments.

Who are the biggest institutional investors of Pepsico? As you can see, only 10 of the investors own together nearly one third of the stock. The top 10 of investors together amount to a value of $59 billion dollars but out of those ten, only three own more stock than the other seven. Let’s remember them and look up who owns the most stocks of the Coca-Cola Company, the biggest competitor of Pepsi.

The biggest lump of stock is again owned by institutional investors. Let’s look at the top 10 and start at the bottom six of them. Four of these institutional investors we also saw at the bottom six of Pepsico. These are Northern Trust, JP Morgan-Chase, Geode Capital Management and Wellington Management. Now, let’s look at the four biggest stock owners. They are BlackRock, Vanguard and State Street. These are the world’s biggest investment firms, so Pepsico and Coca-Cola are not competitors, at all.

The other big companies that own a myriad of brand names, like Unilever, Mondelez and Nestlé are from the same small group of investors. But it’s not only in the food industry that their names come up. Let’s find out on Wikipedia, which are the biggest tech companies.


Big Tech

Facebook is the owner of Whatsapp and Instagram. Together with Twitter, they form the most popular social media platforms. Alphabet is the parent of all Google companies, like YouTube and Gmail but they are also the biggest investor in Android, one of the two operating systems for nearly all smartphones and tablets. The other operating system is Apple’s IOS. If we add Microsoft, we see four companies making the software for nearly all computers, tablets and smartphones in the world.

Let’s see who are the biggest shareholders of these companies. Take Facebook: we see that 80% of the stock is owned by institutional investors. These are the same names that came up in the food industry; the same investors are in the top three. Next, is Twitter. It forms with Facebook and Instagram the top three. Surprisingly, this company is in the hands of the same investors, as well. We see them again, with Apple and even with their biggest competitor, Microsoft.

Also, if we look at other big companies in the tech industry that develop and make our computers, TVs, phones and home appliances, we see the same big investors, that together own the majority of the stock. It’s true for all industries. I’m not exaggerating.


THE TRAVEL INDUSTRY (AND ENERGY & MINING)

One last example, let’s book a holiday on a computer or smartphone. We search for a flight to a sunny country on Skyscanner or Expedia. Both are from the same small group of investors. We fly with one of the many airlines. Many of which are in the hands of the same investors and of governments, as is the case with Air France, KLM. The plane we board is, in most cases a Boeing or an Airbus, also owned by the same names. We book through Booking.com or AirBnB and when we arrive we go out for dinner and place a comment on Tripadvisor.

The same big investors show up in every aspect of our trip and their power is even bigger, because of the kerosene is from their oil companies or refineries. The steel from which the plane is made comes from their mining companies. This small group of investment firms and funds and banks are namely also the biggest investors in the industry that dig for raw materials.

Wikipedia shows that the biggest mining companies have the same big investors that we see everywhere. Also, the big agricultural businesses, on which the entire food industry depends; they own Bayer, the parent company of Monsanto, the biggest seed producer in the world but they are also the shareholders of the big textile industry. And even many popular fashion brands who make the clothing out of the cotton are owned by the same investors.

Whether we look at the world’s biggest solar panel companies or oil refineries, the stocks are in the hands of the same companies. They own the tobacco companies that produce all the popular tobacco brands but they also own all big pharmaceutical companies and the scientific institutions that produce medicine. They own the companies that produce our metals and also the entire car, plane and weapons industry, where a great deal of the metals and raw materials are used. The own the companies that build our electronics, they own the big warehouses and online markets and even the means of payments we use to buy their products.

To make this video as short as possible, I only showed you the tip of the iceberg. If you decide to research this with the sources I just showed you, then you will see that most popular insurance companies, banks, construction companies, telephone companies restaurant chains and cosmetics are owned by the same institutional investors we have just seen.


BLACKROCK & VANGUARD

These institutional investors are mainly investment firms banks and insurance companies. In turn, they, themselves are owned by shareholders and the most surprising thing is that they own each other’s stocks.

Together, they form an immense network comparable to a pyramid. The smaller investors are owned by larger investors. Those are owned by even bigger investors. The visible top of this pyramid shows only two companies whose names we have often seen by now. They are Vanguard and BlackRock. The power of these two companies is beyond your imagination. Not only do they own a large part of the stocks of nearly all big companies but also the stocks of the investors in those companies. This gives them a complete monopoly.

A Bloomberg report states that both these companies in the year 2028, together will have investments in the amount of 20 trillion dollars. That means that they will own almost anything.

Bloomberg calls BlackRock “The fourth branch of government”, because it’s the only private agency that closely works with the central banks. BlackRock lends money to the central bank but it’s also the advisor. It also develops the software the central bank uses. Many BlackRock employees were in the White House with Bush and Obama. Its CEO, Larry Fink can count on a warm welcome from leaders and politicians. Not so strange, if you know that he is the front man of the ruling company. But Larry Fink does not pull the strings, himself.

BlackRock, itself is also owned by shareholders. Who are those shareholders? We come to a strange conclusion. The biggest shareholder is Vanguard. But now he gets murky. Vanguard is a private company and we cannot see who the shareholders are. The elite who own Vanguard apparently do not like being in the spotlight but of course they cannot hide from who is willing to dig.

Reports from Oxfam and Bloomberg say that 1% of the world, together owns more money than the other 99%. Even worse, Oxfam says that 82% of all earned money in 2017 went to this 1%.

Forbes, the most famous business magazine says that in March 2020, there were 2,095 billionaires in the world. This means that Vanguard is owned by the richest families in the world. If we research their history, we see that they have always been the wealthiest. Some of them, even before the start of the Industrial Revolution, because their history is so interesting and extensive, I will make a sequel.

For now, I just want to say that these families of whom many are in royalty are the founders of our banking system and of every industry in the world, these families have never lost power but due to an increasing population, they had to hide behind firms, like Vanguard, which the stockholders are the private funds and non-profits of these families.


NGOs AND FOUNDATIONS AND THEIR OWNERSHIP OF BIG PHARMA

To clarify the picture, I have to explain briefly what non-profits actually are. These appear to be the link between companies, politics and media. This conceals the conflicts of interests a bit. Non-profits, also called “foundations” are dependent on donations they do not have to disclose who their donors are they can invest the money in the way they see fit and do not pay taxes as long as the profits are invested again in new projects. In this way, non-profits keep hundreds of billions of dollars among themselves according to the Australian government, non-profits are an ideal way of financing terrorists and of massive money-laundering.

The foundations and funds of the families that are the richest stay in the background as much as possible. For issues that get much attention, the foundation of philanthropists are used that are lower in rank but very rich.

I want to keep it short, so I will show you the three most important ones that connect all industries in the world. They are the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation of the controversial multi-billionaire, Soros and the Clinton Foundation. I will give you a very short introduction to show you their power.

According to the website of the World Economic Forum, the Gates Foundation is the biggest sponsor of the WHO. That was after Donald Trump quit USA financial support to the WHO in 2020. So the Gates Foundation is one of the most influential entities in everything that concerns our health. The Gates Foundation works closely with the biggest pharma companies, among which are Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Johnson & Johnson, Biontech and Bayer.

And we have just seen who their biggest shareholders are. Bill Gates was not a poor computer nerd who miraculously became very rich. He’s from a philanthropist’s family that works for the absolute elite. His Microsoft is owned by Vanguard, BlackRock and Berkshire Hathaway. But the Gates Foundation, after BlackRock and Vanguard is the biggest shareholder in Berkshire Hathaway. He was even the member of the board there.

We would need hours if we wanted to uncover everything in which Gates, the Open Society Foundation of Soros and the Clinton Foundation are involved. They form a bridge to the current situation, so I had to introduce them.


THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA

We need to start the next topic with a question. Someone like me, who never makes videos can, with an old laptop objectively show that only two companies hold a monopoly in all industries in the world. My question is, why is this never talked about in the media?

We can choose daily between all sorts of documentaries and TV programs but none of them cover this subject. Is it not interesting enough or are there other interests at play? Wikipedia, again gives us the answer. They say that about 90% of the international media is owned by nine media conglomerates. Whether we take the monopolist Netflix and Amazon Prime or enormous concerns that own many daughter companies, like Time-Warner, the Walt Disney Company, Comcast, Fox Corporation, Bertelsmann and Viacom, CBS, we see that the same names own stocks.

These corporations not only make all the programs, movies and documentaries but also own the channels on which those are broadcast. So, not only the industries but also the information is owned by the elite.

I will show you briefly how this works in the Netherlands. To start with, all the Dutch mainstream media are owned by three companies. The first one is De PersGroep [DPG Media], the parent company of the following brands (. Apart from the many newspapers and magazines, they also own Sanoma, the parent company of some of the big commercial Dutch channels. Many media outlets from abroad, like VTM are also owned by the De PersGroep.

The second one is Mediahuis, one of Europe’s biggest media concerns. In the Netherlands, Mediahuis owns the following brands. Until 2017, also Sky Radio and Radio Veronica were owned by Mediahuis, as were Radio 538 and radio 10.

And then there is Bertelsmann, which is one of the 9 biggest media firms. This company owns RTL, that owns 45 television stations and 32 radio stations in 11 countries. But Bertelsmann is also co-owner of the world’s biggest book publisher, Penguin Random House.

The stocks of these companies are owned by private funds of three families. Those are the Belgian Van Thillo family, the Belgian Leysen family and the German Bertelsmann-Mohn family. All three families sided with the Nazis in the War.

According to Wikipedia, for this reason, the Telegraaf, the Leysen newspaper was temporarily forbidden in the Netherlands after the war.


THE FAKE NEWS

To complete this overview, look at where the news comes from. The daily news of all these media outlets the diverse news media do not produce news. They use information and footage from the press agencies, .ANP and Reuters. These agencies are not independent. .ANP is owned by Talpa, John de Mol. Thomson-Reuters is owned by the powerful Canadian Thomson family.

The most important journalists and editors working for these agencies are members of a journalism agency, like the European Journalism Centre. These are one of the biggest European sponsors of media-related projects. They educate journalists, publish study books, provide training spaces and press agencies and work closely together with the big corporations, Google and Facebook.

For journalistic analysis and views, the big media use Project Syndicate. This is the most powerful organization in the field. Project Syndicate and organizations like I mentioned are together with the press agencies. The link between all worldwide media outlets when news anchors reap from their autocues [teleprompters], chances are that the text stems from one of these organizations. That is the reason that worldwide media shows synchronicity in their reporting.

And look at the European journalism center, itself. Again, the Gates Foundation and the Open Society Foundation. They are also heavily-sponsored by Facebook, Google, the Ministry of Education and Science and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

Who sponsors the organization and press agencies that produce our news? With Project Syndicate, we see the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation and the European Journalism Centre. The organizations that bring the news get paid by non-profit organizations, of the same elite that also owns the entire media but also a part of taxpayers money is used to pay them.

In Belgium, there are protests regularly, since Mediahuis and De Persgroep receive millions of euros from the government, while many are abroad…


THE DANGER WE ARE IN NOW

Well, this was a lot to chew on and I tried to make it as short as I could. I only used examples that I thought were necessary to create a clear overview. This helps to better understand our current situation, that can shed new light on past events

There will be enough time to dive into the past, but now let’s talk about today but my goal is to inform you about the danger we are in now. The elite governs every aspect of our lives, also, the information we get and they depend on a coordination, cooperation to connect all industries in the world to serve their interests. This is done through the World Economic Forum, among others, a very important organization.
Every year in Davos, the CEOs of big corporations meet national leaders, politicians and other influential parties, like UNICEF and Greenpeace. On the supervisory board of the WEF is former Vice President, Al Gore, our own minister, Sigrid Kaag, Feike Sijbesma, Chairman of the Royal Dutch State Mines and the Commissioner of the Dutch bank, Christine Lagarde, the Chairwoman of the European Central Bank. Also, politician, Ferdinand Grapperhaus’ son works for the WEF.

Wikipedia says that the annual fee for members is 35,000 euros “but over half of our budget comes from partners who pay the cost for politicians who otherwise could not afford membership.”

According to critics, the WEF is for rich businesses to do business with other businesses or with politicians. For most members, the WEF would support personal gain instead of being a means to solve the world’s problems. Why would there be many world problems if the industry leaders, bankers and politicians from 1971 onwards have gathered every year to solve the world’s problems?

Isn’t it illogical, that after 50 years of meetings between environmentalists and the CEOs of the most polluting companies, nature is gradually doing worse, not better; that those critics are right, it’s clear, when we look at the main partners that together make up more than half of the budget of the WEF. Because these are BlackRock, the Open Society foundation, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and many big companies, from which Vanguard and BlackRock own the stocks.

Chairman and founder of the WEF is Klaus Schwab, a Swiss professor and businessman. In his book, The Great Reset, he writes about the plans of his organization. The coronavirus is, according to him a great “opportunity” to reset our societies. He calls it “Build Back Better”. The slogan is now on the lips of all Globalist politicians in the world.

Our old society must switch to a new one, says Schwab. The people own nothing but work for the state to have their primary needs met. The WEF says it’s necessary for the consumption society the elite forced upon us is not sustainable anymore. Schwab says in his book that we will never return to the old normal and the WEF published a video recently to make clear that by 2030, we will own nothing but we will be happy.


THE GREAT RESET = THE NEW WORLD ORDER

You probably heard of the New World Order. The media wants us to believe that this is a conspiracy theory, yet it has been talked about by leaders for decades. Not just George Bush Senior, Bill Clinton and Nelson Mandela but also world-famous philanthropists, like Cecil Rhodes, David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger and even George Soros.

The UN presented in 2015 their controversial Agenda 2030. It is almost identical to the Great Reset of Klaus Schwab. The UN wants to make sure, as does Schwab that in 2030, poverty, hunger, pollution and disease no longer plague the Earth.

Sounds nice but wait till you read the small print. The plan is that Agenda 2030 will be paid by us, the citizens. Just like they ask of us now to give away our rights for public health, they will ask us to give away our wealth to battle poverty. These are no conspiracy theories. It is on their official website. It comes down to this: The UN wants taxes from Western countries to be split by the mega corporations of the elite to create a brand new society. The new infrastructure, because fossil fuels are gone in 2030.

For this project, the UN says we need a world government, namely the UN, itself.

The UN agrees with Schwab that a pandemic is a golden chance to accelerate the implementation of Agenda 2030.

It is worrisome that the WEF and the UN openly admit that pandemics and other catastrophes can be used to reshape society. We must not think lightly about this and do thorough research.

source (http://greeknewsondemand.com/2021/05/10/monopoly-an-overview-of-the-great-reset-follow-the-money/)

[ExomatrixTV]

tinyurl.com/Climate-Lockdowns-Agenda2030 (http://tinyurl.com/Climate-Lockdowns-Agenda2030)

[ExomatrixTV]

tinyurl.com/Global-Technocratic-Tyranny (http://tinyurl.com/Global-Technocratic-Tyranny)

[gini]

The Dutch parlamentairy opposition party leader Thierry Baudet: Vaccine passports are a step towards mass surveillance

The Dutch vaccine passport phone app brings us one step closer to digital dictatorship. The Chinese social credit system has come to the Netherlands. From vaccines for access to CO2 reduction for access?

Thierry Baudet: "Reject this dystopian future. Choose freedom! 26 June

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9Y0SJ6TXWJI

[ExomatrixTV]

‘The great reset will dramatically expand the surveillance state via real-time tracking’: Ron Paul

The Great Reset, Digital Identity & the Internet of Bodies: Humans as a Commodity, Citizens as Inventory, People as Products: perspective

https://sociable.co/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/digital-surveillance-750x450.jpg


source (https://sociable.co/government-and-policy/the-great-reset-will-expand-surveillance-state-via-real-time-tracking-ron-paul/)

[ExomatrixTV]

What’s Up with the Great Reset? | Part One | Kate Wand:

MgMJzJNy68M


What’s Up with the Great Reset? | Part Two | Kate Wand:

kHrbx17OXcE




World Economic Forum makes Censorship Pledge (https://www.infowars.com/posts/world-economic-forum-makes-censorship-pledge-to-tackle-harmful-content-and-conduct-online/) to “tackle harmful content and conduct online”

[ExomatrixTV]

Great Reset: Technocrat Agenda (http://technocracy.news) To Steer Global Society Towards Massive 5G (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?100537-Stop-5G-before-it-s-irreversible-&p=1375942&viewfull=1#post1375942) Surveillance And Control

https://www.technocracy.news/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/screenshot-wef-777x437.jpg

The WEF’s planned Great Reset is the main column of attack in the battle to implement Technocracy on a global scale. It is a return to frontal assault after 4 decades of “end run around national sovereignty.” Its plans for scientific dictatorship are laid bare by its own actors.Note that the author of this article calls it “a technocratic agenda that waited years for a global crisis to exploit” and a “vision of a technocratic Utopia.” Technocracy News & Trends has warned for several years that Technocracy is the clear and present danger and now it has stepped into the limelight. Few, however, realize that the threat is real and that it is deadly. If Technocracy’s coup d’etat is successful, the concepts of freedom and liberty will be gone from the face of the earth. ⁃ TN Editor

In the face of a global pandemic, an un-elected body of global bureaucrats based in Davos, Switzerland has asked the world to trust its vision of a technocratic “great reset,” knowing full well the public would never go for such a request had it not been for the golden opportunity they’d all been waiting for.

When the head of the World Economic Forum (WEF), Klaus Schwab, announced in June (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/06/now-is-the-time-for-a-great-reset/) that “Now is the time for a great reset,” it wasn’t the first time he called for it.
In fact, he called on the WEF to start the great reset over five years ago (see video below), but this year he’s saying that COVID-19 is the most urgent reason to restructure all of society and the global economy.
RAjYAXYGPuI
The great reset agenda was already in place long before the coronavirus pandemic, and the WEF was just waiting for a crisis to exploit it.

Prior to this year, implementing worldwide lockdowns that destroy businesses, wreck the economy, and leave people destitute and stripped of their constitutional rights while trying to enact invasive contact tracing, immunity passports, and otherwise massive bio-electronic surveillance apparatuses would never have been accepted by the citizens of a free society.

The so-called great reset is an old ideology touted for decades by globalists like Henry Kissinger, who opined in 2014, “Never before has a new world order had to be assembled from so many different perceptions, or on so global a scale.”


The great reset is the proposed mechanism for setting in motion a new global order, but it wouldn’t be possible to bring forth such a bold plan without a global crisis, be it manufactured or of unfortunate happenstance, that shocks society to its core.
“The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future” — Klaus Schwab, WEF
In this story, I will attempt to dissect:


What types of invasive surveillance technologies will be required by the great reset
Why the great reset is being re-branded and pushed in 2020
How the Davos crowd is trying to sell the great reset Utopia
Who will be asked to give up their privacy for the common good
When humans become hackable
Where you have the power to choose

With the arrival of the coronavirus pandemic, the WEF has the perfect excuse to quickly enact its vision for steering society towards a more invasive and intrusive, technocratic future in the name of serving the common good.

The un-elected architects of the great reset envision a Utopian world of inclusivity, equality, and sustainability that will require trust in emerging technologies like AI, 5G, Blockchain, and robotics, in order to usher in their golden dawn.

https://sociable.co/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/WEF-great-reset-agenda-1200x1098.png


Great Reset Will Require Trust in Invasive Surveillance Tech: WEF Promotes Health Passports & Contact Tracing

In order to bring about the great reset, it will require trust in the technology, and to be more specific, the WEF would like to have greater trust in “crisis-relevant tech,” which includes developing digital health passports and contact tracing, under a new form of internet governance.

“The Great Reset will require new institutions and business models, and new digital technologies to build them,” wrote (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/06/the-great-reset-and-digital-trust-3-lessons-on-digital-tools-from-the-covid-19-crisis/) the WEF Head of Corporate Governance and Trust, Daniel Dobrygowski, in a blog post. “The necessary collaboration, however, is only possible if we solve the digital trust problem,” he added.

According to the Dobrygowski, “The use of digital technology during the COVID-19 crisis offers clear lessons,” one of those being, “Target mistrust broadly to enable specific crisis-relevant tech.”

The WEF openly supports the development of so-called “crisis-relevant tech” as evidenced by its backing the development of health passports, which act as digital records of your health status to determine whether or not you are free to travel or even go outside.

Earlier this year the WEF announced it was supporting the development and launch of CommonPass (https://www.weforum.org/projects/commonpass) — a platform whose mission is “to develop and launch a standard global model to enable people to securely document and present their COVID-19 status (either as test results or an eventual vaccination status) to facilitate international travel and border crossing while keeping their health information private.”

The WEF also lent its support to another health passport initiative called CovidPass, which was built by one of the WEF’s own “Young Global Leaders,” Mustapha Mokass (https://www.weforum.org/people/mustapha-mokass), who used to be an advisor at the World Bank.

CovidPass (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/07/covid-19-passport-app-health-travel-covidpass-quarantine-event/) “uses blockchain technology to store encrypted data from individual blood tests, allowing users to prove that they have tested negative for COVID-19.”
In supporting both CommonPass and CovidPass, the Davos elite have made it clear they want “crisis-relevant tech” like health passports to be part of the great reset solution.

Ask yourself, would the idea of being forced to electronically prove your current health status in order to travel or even leave your own home have been acceptable 10 months ago?


Why is this happening now?

The die was cast years ago, but only now do the Davos elite see a shrinking, yet golden opportunity, to create a new world order out of the coronavirus chaos.
COVID Presents a ‘Shrinking, Golden Opportunity’, Great Reset Is Not a Response to the Coronavirus

In June Prince Charles praised the great reset agenda for its potential to “make people more receptive to big visions of change” after having suffered through “unprecedented schockwaves.”

“We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis — its unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change,” the prince told the WEF.

“Would the idea of being forced to electronically prove your current health status in order to travel or even leave your own home have been acceptable 10 months ago?”

Prince Charles may have let on more than he cared to share, or thought you would notice. Again, he’s telling you that the great reset was always the plan. COVID-19 is the excuse.

In other words, the coronavirus crisis presents a golden opportunity for the global establishment to further its agenda upon a frightful and angry population that has been so beaten down by the pandemic and subsequent lockdowns that they will have become more susceptible to giving over their freedoms to the idea of greater centralized power and control.
BucTwPegW5k
Prince Charles went on, “As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path. It is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again.”

The British royal’s words echo those of WEF Director Schwab, who said, “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future.”
Again, why is the window of opportunity so narrow? Could the seeds of their grand strategy only flower while the world was distracted and divided amidst the chaos?


The Lure of Utopia Has Many Hooks: Giving Up Privacy & Freedom for the Common Good

Prior to this year, implementing worldwide lockdowns that destroy businesses, wreck the economy, and leave people destitute and stripped of their constitutional rights while trying to enact invasive contact tracing, immunity passports, and otherwise massive bio-electronic surveillance apparatuses would never have been accepted by the citizens of a free society.


But the coronavirus pandemic has opened a “narrow window” for a “golden opportunity,” and once this crisis is over, the Davos club fears that the window may be shut forever.

The WEF admits in its own contact tracing governance framework that “Contact tracing apps can be powerful weapons against the virus – but they can also be tools for state surveillance.”

Yet, the WEF believes that people should balance certain freedoms to serve the common good. It is a global vision without a clear end, and it is one that flies in the face of constitutional republics that protect certain unalienable rights.

According to the WEF framework (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/08/contact-tracing-apps-privacy-framework-appa-data-governance/), enacting contact tracing technology would “not be easy and will require a new social consensus that embraces the use of technology to resolve problems for the good of all.”

Additionally, “This new mindset would balance concerns over privacy and other issues with the potential to create value and improve lives.”

In order to enact invasive technologies upon the population, citizens of the world will have to realize that it’s for the greater good and that they should change their mindsets to be less concerned about “privacy and other issues” and more excited about “the potential to create value and improve lives.”

Just about every proponent of contact tracing and health passports, including the WEF, all declare that technology should be used and governed ethically (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/07/why-covid-19-contact-tracing-must-be-efficient-effective-and-responsible/), but you hardly see any mention of winning the consent of the people.

Instead, they lobby stakeholders and policymakers to carry the torch in imparting the global vision from the top of the capstone and on-down.

If the coronavirus were to disappear from the earth today, would the WEF have to wait for a new global crisis, or would it push-on with the same reset agenda, regardless?
According to the WEF director, the great reset “will require stronger and more effective governments […] and it will demand private-sector engagement every step of the way.”
“The world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions,” he added. “We must build entirely new foundations for our economic and social systems.”

In creating order out of the coronavirus chaos, the great reset promises to bring about “a more secure, more equal, and more stable world.”

Is that how they plan to win our trust? By promising us a Utopia if we just go along with it?


Bio-Electronic Surveillance and Hackable Humans

We haven’t even gotten into how the great reset would affect the world’s money system and the role of blockchain and digital payments, but when you look at digital health passports and contact tracing apps, you are looking at sophisticated form of bio-electronic surveillance that the world has never been seen before.

“We are no longer mysterious souls; we are now hackable animals” — Yuval Harari, WEF

When you combine biological data with advanced computing power, what you get is the ability to hack humans.

Speaking in Davos over the past few years, historian Yuval Harari has stated that “organisms are algorithms” (https://sociable.co/technology/hack-human-algorithms-davos-wef/) and that “new technologies will soon give some corporations and governments the ability to hack human beings.”
eOsKFOrW5h8
“The power to hack human beings can of course be used for good purposes like provided much better healthcare,” said Harari, adding (https://sociable.co/technology/hackable-humans-godlike-digital-dictators-data-colonies-wef/), “but if this power falls into the hands of a 21st Century Stalin, the result will be the worst totalitarian regime in human history, and we already have a number of applicants for the job of 21st Century Stalin.”
“In Stalin’s USSR the State monitored members of the Communist elite more than anyone else. The same will be true of future total surveillance regimes.”

The great reset calls to restructure every aspect of society, and it can only do so if people trust the increasingly invasive, bio-electronic surveillance technology they wish to deploy.

The more people know that someone is watching them, the more they will change their behavior (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gPr8nComZVg). Just being aware that someone is monitoring your every digital transaction, will cause you to conform to certain norms.

As a population grows-up under massive surveillance, it will adapt its behavior to appear normal to society but compliant to authority. Over time, the citizens will police themselves out of fear.
Take a look at Communist China’s surveillance state (https://sociable.co/?s=CHINA), and you will see what I mean.


The WEF Wants to Win Your Trust, You Have a Choice

Tyranny arrives in subtle stages. It’s slow at first, but before you realize it even exists, it has already won.

That is what I see happening with the unholy merger of “the great reset” with “the new normal.”

Those who pull the strings have been begging for a global crisis to unleash their worldwide restructuring of society and the economy.

This year, in the face of a global pandemic, an un-elected body of global lobbyists based in Davos, Switzerland has asked you to have faith in their vision of a technocratic Utopia, knowing full well they could never issue such a request had it not been for the golden opportunity they had all been waiting for. And that is where your power lies, dear reader. It’s your choice.

You can believe the WEF vision shared by some of the world’s most influential bureaucrats, or you can be skeptical of the whole establishment agenda that asks you to just trust the plan.


Read full story here… (https://sociable.co/technology/skeptical-great-reset-technocratic-agenda-waited-years-crisis-exploit/)

[All is one]

Here in Belgium this was in the news today

https://www.thecherawchronicle.com/the-government-wants-to-make-flanders-a-european-hotspot-for-medical-technology-interior/

(Dutch article: https://www.hln.be/binnenland/regering-wil-van-vlaanderen-europese-hotspot-voor-medische-technologie-maken~ad9c4597/ )

They are planning to make the Dutch part of Belgium the hotspot of technological health care.

Sounds like more 5G; surveillance and unhealthy care to me.

I myself am very sensitive to & get really sick from any type of wireless radiation.
Thus would like to look into other places to go to maybe …

I’ve heard that the world economic forum is planning to test out different approaches to their eventual goals in each country.

Does anyone know what exactly they’ll want to test out in which country?

[greybeard]

NESARA / GESARA - (QFS update for 07/07/21)


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CnbrOQJTsjY

[greybeard]

Now hear this --Lol
NCSWIC! "Trump Will Be Sworn In As The 19th President of the Restored Republic!" Must See Lin Wood..

At 22 minutes in Lin is asked about NESARA-GESARA --He says the law is real and he believes Donald Trump will enact this
Chris


https://www.bitchute.com/video/gqo4MjkNlJZB/

[onawah]

The latest from C.A. Fitts here: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?101087-Catherine-Austin-Fitts-all-things-Fitts&p=1439256&viewfull=1#post1439256

[greybeard]

QFS Quantum Financial System vs. SWIFT Financial System | NESARA & the Value of Gold, Value of Money

QFS Quantum Financial System vs. SWIFT Financial System | NESARA & the Value of Gold, Value of Money

What is the QFS Quantum Financial System? What's the difference between QFS Quantum Financial System and SWIFT Financial System? How does the SWIFT Financial System of The Federal Reserve transfer money? How will the Fiat Currency to the Gold Standard transfer occur? What is the Value of Gold and the Value of Money? Are my investments safe in the NESARA Law money? What is Hyperinflation? Will Hyperinflation affect me?


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P_vtSpy3bLE

[Tintin]

"Unsurprisingly, their three current programs are poised to develop incredibly invasive tech-focused, and in some cases overtly transhumanist, medical technologies, including a program exclusively focused on using artificial intelligence (AI), mobile sensors, and wearable brain-mapping tech for children three years old and younger. " - Whitney Webb, June 2021

----------------

A “Leap” toward Humanity’s Destruction
The world’s richest medical research foundation, the Wellcome Trust, has teamed up with a pair of former DARPA directors who built Silicon Valley’s skunkworks to usher in an age of nightmarish surveillance, including for babies as young as three months old. Their agenda can only advance if we allow it.

BY WHITNEY WEBB | JUNE 25, 2021 | 27 MINUTE READ

Summary extract: This Unlimited Hangout investigation explores not only the four current programs of Wellcome Leap but also the people behind it. The resulting picture is of an incredibly sinister project that poses not only a great threat to current society but to the future of humanity itself. An upcoming Unlimited Hangout investigation will examine the history of the Wellcome Trust along with its role in recent and current events.

_____________

I would and can recommend very strongly reading this article (some 26 pages or so) and digesting its contents as thoroughly as is possible to do.

Source: Unlimited Hangout (https://unlimitedhangout.com/2021/06/investigative-reports/a-leap-toward-humanitys-destruction/)

The related conversation between James Corbett and Whitney Webb can also be heard here:

https://avalonlibrary.net/World_Economic_Forum_%28WEF%29/2021-07-07_Whitney_Webb_Dissects_the_Wellcome_Leap_into_Transhumanism_w_James_Corbett.mp3

[mountain_jim]

Whitney Webb is a treasure as a fearless researcher/writer, and this summary is a scary window into the future these transhumanists are preparing for - makes me think an agrarian-society-producing-cataclysm might not be such a bad thing for the continuation of Humanity, not this modified genetic, child-monitoring/affecting -AI **** they are trying to build out.



In other words, this Wellcome Leap program and its authors seek to develop “non-invasive” and, likely, wearable technology capable of monitoring an individual’s mood, facial expressions, social interactions, effort and motivation, and potentially even thoughts in order to “directly interrogate human brain state.” To think that such a device would stay only in the realm of research is naive, especially given that WEF luminaries have openly spoken at Davos meetings about how governments plan to use such technology widely on their populations as a means of pre-emptively targeting would-be dissent and ushering in an era of “digital dictatorships.”

The focus on treating only the aspects of depression that interfere with a person’s work further suggests that such technology, once developed, would be used to ensure “perfect worker” behavior in industries where human workers are rapidly being replaced with AI and machines, meaning the rulers can be more selective about which people continue to be employed and which do not. Like other Wellcome Leap programs, if completed, the fruits of the Multi-Channel Psych program will likely be used to ensure a population of docile automatons whose movements and thoughts are heavily surveilled and monitored.

.....

The over-riding question is: Will we allow ourselves to continue to be manipulated into allowing transhumanism and eugenics to be openly pursued and normalized, including through initiatives like those of Wellcome Leap that seek to use babies and toddlers as test subjects to advance their nightmarish vision for humanity? If well-crafted advertising slogans and media campaigns painting visions of utopia such as “a world without disease” are all that is needed to convince us to give up our future and our children’s future to military operatives, corporate executives, and eugenicists, then there is little left of our humanity to surrender.

[EarthGirl]

I'm standing right beside you mountain_jim these Barstewards have no 'soul' ...
I sincerely wish that at least a parent will read/listen/watch and realise what is going on ...

Am I asking too much ?


Whitney Webb is a treasure as a fearless researcher/writer, and this summary is a scary window into the future these transhumanists are preparing for - makes me think an agrarian-society-producing-cataclysm might not be such a bad thing for the continuation of Humanity, not this modified genetic, child-monitoring/affecting -AI **** they are trying to build out.



In other words, this Wellcome Leap program and its authors seek to develop “non-invasive” and, likely, wearable technology capable of monitoring an individual’s mood, facial expressions, social interactions, effort and motivation, and potentially even thoughts in order to “directly interrogate human brain state.” To think that such a device would stay only in the realm of research is naive, especially given that WEF luminaries have openly spoken at Davos meetings about how governments plan to use such technology widely on their populations as a means of pre-emptively targeting would-be dissent and ushering in an era of “digital dictatorships.”

The focus on treating only the aspects of depression that interfere with a person’s work further suggests that such technology, once developed, would be used to ensure “perfect worker” behavior in industries where human workers are rapidly being replaced with AI and machines, meaning the rulers can be more selective about which people continue to be employed and which do not. Like other Wellcome Leap programs, if completed, the fruits of the Multi-Channel Psych program will likely be used to ensure a population of docile automatons whose movements and thoughts are heavily surveilled and monitored.

.....

The over-riding question is: Will we allow ourselves to continue to be manipulated into allowing transhumanism and eugenics to be openly pursued and normalized, including through initiatives like those of Wellcome Leap that seek to use babies and toddlers as test subjects to advance their nightmarish vision for humanity? If well-crafted advertising slogans and media campaigns painting visions of utopia such as “a world without disease” are all that is needed to convince us to give up our future and our children’s future to military operatives, corporate executives, and eugenicists, then there is little left of our humanity to surrender.

[QuantumSoul]

What I don't understand is why would the NWO want to get rid of people? Aren't we a commodity for them? Don't they need us as slaves to keep the machine going? If they eliminate us, then the system will break down, and their "empire" that they've built-up for all these hundreds of years will collapse.

The only thing I can think of is that they're expecting some sort of celestial calamity (asteroid) or natural seismic event (Yellowstone) that will wipe most of us out, and maybe they would be hiding off planet or heading deep underground, so they might be reducing the "herd" in order to save on limited food and water supplies.

One other theory that I read recently is that they want to convert humanity into some type of hybrid cyborg, where we would all be connected to some very dark super powerful A.I. entity. For what purpose I can only begin to speculate.

[onawah]

Meet the World Economic Forum
by Dr. Joseph Mercola
July 16, 2021
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2021/07/16/klaus-schwab-world-economic-forum.aspx?ui=8d3c7e22a03f5300d2e3338a0f080d2da3add85bca35e09236649153e4675f72&sd=20110604&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1ReadMore&cid=20210716_HL2&mid=DM937430&rid=1209735574
GB62Yu5Xp40


Corbett Report: "The World Economic Forum does not run the world, but in this time of The Great Reset and The Fourth Industrial Revolution you’d be forgiven for thinking so. Today on The Corbett Report podcast, join James for a wild ride through the murky origins of the WEF’s past into the nightmarish future it is seeking to bring about . . . and how we can use this information to better understand and derail its agenda.""STORY AT-A-GLANCE
The COVID pandemic is a ruse to usher in a new system of global centralized governance by unelected leaders, the so-called Great Reset
The founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), Klaus Schwab, has emerged as the front man of the Great Reset and the Fourth Industrial Revolution, which has an unmistakable transhumanist component
The Great Reset is a rebranding of what in the last decade became known as the New World Order. The Fourth Industrial Revolution refers to the merging of digital, physical and biological systems, and the reliance on technological surveillance rather than the rule of law to maintain public order
The Fourth Industrial Revolution will transform not only how we live and interact but who we are as a human species.
Man will ultimately be merged with machine. The COVID shots may well be the very first step into this transhumanist mass transformation
Members and stakeholders of the WEF include world government leaders, corporate leaders, nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), journalists, activists, cultural leaders and artists, all of whom collaborate to push the WEF’s technocratic, transhumanist missions forward
Over the past year and a half, I’ve written many articles detailing the evidence supporting the claim that the COVID pandemic is a ruse to usher in a new system of global centralized governance by unelected leaders, the so-called Great Reset. While the World Economic Forum (WEF) may not necessarily be the very top of this pyramid of technocratic elitists, it certainly appears to be a central power player.

Its founder and executive chairman, Klaus Schwab, has emerged as the front man of the Great Reset and the Fourth Industrial Revolution, which has an unmistakable transhumanist component, or merging of biological or physical technologies in the human body,1 through his speeches and books on these topics, which include “The Fourth Industrial Revolution” (2016), “Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution” (2018) and “COVID-19: The Great Reset”2 (2020).

In the featured Corbett Report, “Meet the World Economic Forum,”3 independent journalist James Corbett takes a deep-dive into the WEF’s history and “the nightmarish future it is seeking to bring about.” Corbett also offers suggestions for how we can use this knowledge to derail this enslavement agenda.

New World Order Rebranded
As noted by Corbett, the Great Reset is nothing but a rebranding of what in the last decade became known as the New World Order. Of course, the creation of a New World Order was considered a conspiracy theory believed only by tinfoil hat-wearing kooks with too much time to surf the internet and too active an imagination.

Today, we can see that the New World Order was in fact real, and that the name-calling was simply a way to make sure the cat didn’t leap from the bag too soon. In June 2020, Schwab publicly announced the Great Reset,4 so there’s no way to dismiss it now. It’s happening.

As noted in a July 21, 2020, World Economic Forum article,5 the economic devastation caused by COVID-19 pandemic shutdowns “has the potential to hobble global prosperity for generations to come.” The answer is to come up with stimulus measures, such as infrastructure development, that can allow countries to move forward.

But while at it, countries are urged to make sure the economic system is “built back better.” Make no mistake, this catchy slogan is part and parcel of the Great Reset plan and cannot be separated from it, no matter how altruistic it may sound.

Part of the “building back better” is to shift the financial system over to an all-digital centrally controlled currency system, which in turn is part of the system of social control, as it can easily be used to incentivize desired behaviors and discourage undesired ones.

While Bitcoin is decentralized and a rational strategy to preserve your personal financial freedom and opt out of the existing central bank controlled system, the central bank digital currency (CBDC) will be centralized and completely controlled by the central banks and will have smart contracts that allow the banks to surveil and control your life.

You’ll Own Nothing
There’s even talk of programming the currency such that they can control how you spend your money. The money may even have expiration dates, so you lose what you don’t spend within a certain time frame. One of the WEF’s promises is that by 2030, you will own nothing,6 and needless to say, if the central bank can control how and when you spend your money, they can eliminate your ability to save up for large purchases, such as, say, a house or a car.

The idea is that we will have to rent everything. Corbett shows a video clip from a lecture where the presenter explains that the direction we’re going in is “from products to services.” “Every product is a service waiting to happen,” she says.

What she means is that instead of buying something once and owning for as long as you please, eventually, you won’t have the option to buy anything outright. Your only option will be to lease the product you want, which means paying a fee every month for as long as you keep it.

And who owns all the items that we the public rent? “They” do. But who are “they”? Identifying the actual individuals who are pulling the strings and laying down these long-term plans is extremely difficult.

We can, however, identify organizations that play important roles, based on their ideologies and actions, and from there, specific people within those organizations who seem to wield a great deal of influence. We can also tell that the Great Reset is a technocratic agenda, so it stands to reason that those involved are referred to as technocrats. The WEF is undoubtedly part of this agenda, and Schwab is undoubtedly a technocrat of the highest order.

The Fourth Industrial Revolution — A Technocratic Agenda
Aside from the slogan “Build Back Better,”7 the “Fourth Industrial Revolution”8 is yet another term that goes hand in hand with the Great Reset. This refers to the merging of digital, physical and biological systems, and the reliance on technological surveillance rather than the rule of law to maintain public order.

The Fourth Industrial Revolution will transform not only how we live and interact but who we are as a human species. Man will ultimately be merged with machine. The COVID shots may well be the very first step into this transhumanist mass transformation.
Just like the Great Reset is a rebranding of the New World Order, the Fourth Industrial Revolution is nothing but a rebranding of technocracy, melded with the transhumanist movement. While many are still blind to this, the transhumanist agenda is being rolled out worldwide through COVID-19 gene modification injections. Seemingly without much thinking, about half the U.S. population has already signed up to become first generation transhumans.

As noted by Schwab in a video clip in the featured report, the Fourth Industrial Revolution will transform not only how we live and interact but who we are as a human species. Man will ultimately be merged with machine. The COVID shots may well be the very first step into this transhumanist mass transformation.

In this paradigm, your body is viewed as a combination of hardware and software, your genes being “the software of life,” which can be updated through a simple injection of mRNA.

Ultimately, everything, including our physical bodies, will be incorporated into an “ecosystem driven by big data,” Schwab explains (which is what 5G and 6G are ultimately for). What he does not mention is how this will eliminate human rights and personal freedoms. That these will be taken from you, however, is clear for anyone with eyes to see.

What Is the World Economic Forum?
Schwab founded the WEF in 1971, and the organization is clearly a family affair and a family legacy. Its regulations state that Schwab, as the founder, is the ex officio member of the board of trustees and only he, or an immediate family member, can designate his successor. In other words, the only people who will always have a seat at the table and cannot be kicked out are Schwab’s heirs.

Members and stakeholders of the WEF include world government leaders, corporate leaders, nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), journalists, activists, cultural leaders and artists, all of whom collaborate to push the WEF’s technocratic, transhumanist missions forward. And, as noted by Corbett, there’s hardly a single topic currently being discussed in the media that isn’t pushed and promoted by the WEF or someone with direct ties to the WEF.

Examples of areas the WEF is spearheading and pulling strings on include global cyber security problems and solutions, the reengineering of the global food system, the rewriting of a social contract.

This has never existed in the first place and appears to be part and parcel of the plan to control populations through social engineering and a social credit score, the education of our children, the resetting of the global monetary system, reimagining health care using nanotechnology and synthetic biology and much more.

It’s quite clear that the WEF serves as a central hub for the implementation of this new global social order through its public-private partnerships. The fact that people don’t announce their connections to the WEF makes it appear as though the technocratic, transhumanist movement is somehow organic, popping up here, there and everywhere, more or less organically.

In reality, however, there is nothing organic about it at all. It’s well-coordinated propaganda. Here’s how Corbett explains the WEF’s role in the future governance of world affairs:9

“The World Economic Forum has always sought to be, and is increasingly becoming, that organization that situates itself at the nexus of the public-private cooperation that will be governed by the ESGs [Environmental, Social and Governance.

This is an umbrella term for ‘sustainable investing’’] and other sorts of frameworks that the World Economic Forum is spearheading, by which they are going to tell the world exactly what they can and cannot, should or should not be doing in their individual business efforts to be part of this stakeholder capitalism.

Because you don’t own what you own. No, the society at large owns it and we all have to listen to society’s interests in these things. But you can’t talk to society, so you might as well talk to the World Economic Forum, who will tell you what society thinks.”

International Man of Mystery
So, who is this “international man of mystery,” Klaus Schwab? As noted by Corbett, Schwab’s online history has been thoroughly sanitized to leave few traces and threads to unravel. One of the more revealing investigations into Schwab’s past is Johnny Vedmore’s Unlimited Hangout report, “Schwab Family Values.”10

In it, he reveals Schwab as “the son of a Nazi collaborator who used slave labor and aided Nazi efforts to obtain the first atomic bomb.” The Schwab family was also involved in South Africa’s illegal nuclear program, Vedmore claims, as well as the European eugenics movement. He writes:11

“Especially revealing is the history of Klaus’ father, Eugen Schwab, who led the Nazi-supported German branch of a Swiss engineering firm into the war as a prominent military contractor. That company, Escher-Wyss, would use slave labor to produce machinery critical to the Nazi war effort as well as the Nazi’s effort to produce heavy water for its nuclear program.

Years later, at the same company, a young Klaus Schwab served on the board of directors when the decision was made to furnish the racist apartheid regime of South Africa with the necessary equipment to further its quest to become a nuclear power.

With the World Economic Forum now a prominent advocate for nuclear non-proliferation and “clean” nuclear energy, Klaus Schwab’s past makes him a poor spokesperson for his professed agenda for the present and the future.

Yet, digging even deeper into his activities, it becomes clear that Schwab’s real role has long been to ‘shape global, regional and industry agendas’ of the present in order to ensure the continuity of larger, much older agendas that came into disrepute after World War II, not just nuclear technology, but also eugenics-influenced population control policies.

… through the World Economic Forum, Schwab has helped to rehabilitate eugenics-influenced population control policies during the post-World War II era, a time when the revelations of Nazi atrocities quickly brought the pseudo-science into great disrepute.

Is there any reason to believe that Klaus Schwab, as he exists today, has changed in any way? Or is he still the public face of a decades-long effort to ensure the survival of a very old agenda?”

The Green Agenda Was Invented to Justify Depopulation Agenda
Aside from the WEF, there are many other organizations that work toward technocratic goals. These include the Club of Rome, the Aspen Institute, the Trilateral Commission, the Atlantic Institute, the Brookings Institute and other think tanks. According to Vedmore, the Club of Rome actually inspired the creation of the WEF and its annual symposium that takes place in Davos, Switzerland.

The Club of Rome is a scientific think tank that, like the WEF, promotes “a global governance model led by a technocratic elite.” It was founded only three years before the WEF, during a private meeting between Italian industrialist Aurelio Peccei and Scottish chemist Alexander King at a Rockefeller family residence in Italy. Vedmore writes:12

“Among its first accomplishments was a 1972 book entitled ‘The Limits to Growth’ that largely focused on global overpopulation, warning that ‘if the world’s consumption patterns and population growth continued at the same high rates of the time, the earth would strike its limits within a century’ …

[In 1973], the Club of Rome would publish a report detailing an ‘adaptive’ model for global governance that would divide the world into ten, inter-connected economic/political regions. The Club of Rome was long controversial for its obsession with reducing the global population and many of its earlier policies, which critics described as influenced by eugenics …

However, in the Club’s infamous 1991 Book, ‘The First Global Revolution,’ it was argued that such policies could gain popular support if the masses were able to link them with an existential fight against a common enemy.”

The common enemy the Club came up with was mankind itself. An excerpt from “The First Global Revolution” reads, “In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the bill.”13

It may be quite chilling for some to realize that the climate change threat narrative was cooked up in the late 1980s for the sole purpose of being able to implement a global depopulation agenda without stirring up excessive resistance. As noted by Corbett, depopulation and eugenics are “always at the heart of what they do,” referring to the WEF and any number of other organizations, including the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

As disturbing as all of this might be, it’s important not to stick our heads in the sand and pretend it’s not happening. It is happening. The COVID pandemic was used to roll out a clearly transhumanist, technocratic agenda, and the WEF is driving the rollout.

In closing, the sleuths among you can start tying the threads of this web together by making use of the WEF’s website, www.weforum.org (http://www.weforum.org). Corbett provides the following example in his report. Simply look up any company currently in the news, and see if they have any ties to the WEF.

For example, the world’s largest meat supplier, JBS, claimed it was hit by a cyberattack in June 2021, forcing it to shut down its distribution.14 Looking at the WEF’s partner list, you’ll find JBS is in fact one of its partners. As noted by SilView Media, “JBS, a WEF member, coincidentally fulfills Klaus Schwab’s Cyber Polygon 2020 fantasies, ahead of Cyber Polygon 2021.”15

What has Schwab been predicting? Cyberattacks that threaten global transportation, distribution systems and the food supply. What are we seeing more and more of right now? Cyberattacks on transportation, distribution systems and the food supply. Coincidence? Or predictive programming? You decide."

+ Sources and References
1 Britannica, Transhumanism
2 COVID-19: The Great Reset (PDF)
3, 9 Corbett Report Meet the Economic Forum
4 WEF June 3, 2020
5 World Economic Forum July 21, 2020
6 Medium December 8, 2020
7 UN.org April 22, 2020
8 Gov.uk The Fourth Industrial Revolution
10, 11, 12, 13 Unlimited Hangout February 20, 2021
14 CBS June 2, 2021
15 Silview.media June 11, 2021

[Bill Ryan]

This video might belong on this thread.

Aristocrat Klaus Schwab's Nazi ties: Family Fortune built on Holocaust Forced Labor

ZJbse1tbQk9F

[muxfolder]

Are those who are involved in WEF our future leaders? To me it seems like that because politicians are exactly doing what they say. Remember when we questioned who made Bill Gates a doctor and the expert of vaccines with zero experience? At least I know I did.

[holcaul]

Does anyone know when did WEF replace the Bilderberg "convention" as the planners of the world events?

[Tintin]

An excerpt from

They Thought They Were Free: The Germans, 1933-45
Milton Mayer

Book can be purchased here: https://press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/book/chicago/T/bo27509064.html

______________________________


But Then It Was Too Late

"What no one seemed to notice," said a colleague of mine, a philologist, "was the ever widening gap, after 1933, between the government and the people. Just think how very wide this gap was to begin with, here in Germany. And it became always wider. You know, it doesn’t make people close to their government to be told that this is a people’s government, a true democracy, or to be enrolled in civilian defense, or even to vote. All this has little, really nothing, to do with knowing one is governing.

"What happened here was the gradual habituation of the people, little by little, to being governed by surprise; to receiving decisions deliberated in secret; to believing that the situation was so complicated that the government had to act on information which the people could not understand, or so dangerous that, even if the people could not understand it, it could not be released because of national security. And their sense of identification with Hitler, their trust in him, made it easier to widen this gap and reassured those who would otherwise have worried about it.

"This separation of government from people, this widening of the gap, took place so gradually and so insensibly, each step disguised (perhaps not even intentionally) as a temporary emergency measure or associated with true patriotic allegiance or with real social purposes. And all the crises and reforms (real reforms, too) so occupied the people that they did not see the slow motion underneath, of the whole process of government growing remoter and remoter.

"You will understand me when I say that my Middle High German was my life. It was all I cared about. I was a scholar, a specialist. Then, suddenly, I was plunged into all the new activity, as the university was drawn into the new situation; meetings, conferences, interviews, ceremonies, and, above all, papers to be filled out, reports, bibliographies, lists, questionnaires. And on top of that were the demands in the community, the things in which one had to, was ‘expected to’ participate that had not been there or had not been important before. It was all rigmarole, of course, but it consumed all one’s energies, coming on top of the work one really wanted to do. You can see how easy it was, then, not to think about fundamental things. One had no time."

"Those," I said, "are the words of my friend the baker. ‘One had no time to think. There was so much going on.’"

"Your friend the baker was right," said my colleague. "The dictatorship, and the whole process of its coming into being, was above all diverting. It provided an excuse not to think for people who did not want to think anyway. I do not speak of your ‘little men,’ your baker and so on; I speak of my colleagues and myself, learned men, mind you. Most of us did not want to think about fundamental things and never had. There was no need to. Nazism gave us some dreadful, fundamental things to think about—we were decent people—and kept us so busy with continuous changes and ‘crises’ and so fascinated, yes, fascinated, by the machinations of the ‘national enemies,’ without and within, that we had no time to think about these dreadful things that were growing, little by little, all around us. Unconsciously, I suppose, we were grateful. Who wants to think?

"To live in this process is absolutely not to be able to notice it—please try to believe me—unless one has a much greater degree of political awareness, acuity, than most of us had ever had occasion to develop. Each step was so small, so inconsequential, so well explained or, on occasion, ‘regretted,’ that, unless one were detached from the whole process from the beginning, unless one understood what the whole thing was in principle, what all these ‘little measures’ that no ‘patriotic German’ could resent must some day lead to, one no more saw it developing from day to day than a farmer in his field sees the corn growing. One day it is over his head.

"How is this to be avoided, among ordinary men, even highly educated ordinary men? Frankly, I do not know. I do not see, even now. Many, many times since it all happened I have pondered that pair of great maxims, Principiis obsta and Finem respice—‘Resist the beginnings’ and ‘Consider the end.’ But one must foresee the end in order to resist, or even see, the beginnings. One must foresee the end clearly and certainly and how is this to be done, by ordinary men or even by extraordinary men? Things might have. And everyone counts on that might.

"Your ‘little men,’ your Nazi friends, were not against National Socialism in principle. Men like me, who were, are the greater offenders, not because we knew better (that would be too much to say) but because we sensed better. Pastor Niemöller spoke for the thousands and thousands of men like me when he spoke (too modestly of himself) and said that, when the Nazis attacked the Communists, he was a little uneasy, but, after all, he was not a Communist, and so he did nothing; and then they attacked the Socialists, and he was a little uneasier, but, still, he was not a Socialist, and he did nothing; and then the schools, the press, the Jews, and so on, and he was always uneasier, but still he did nothing. And then they attacked the Church, and he was a Churchman, and he did something—but then it was too late."

"Yes," I said.

"You see," my colleague went on, "one doesn’t see exactly where or how to move. Believe me, this is true. Each act, each occasion, is worse than the last, but only a little worse. You wait for the next and the next. You wait for one great shocking occasion, thinking that others, when such a shock comes, will join with you in resisting somehow. You don’t want to act, or even talk, alone; you don’t want to ‘go out of your way to make trouble.’ Why not?—Well, you are not in the habit of doing it. And it is not just fear, fear of standing alone, that restrains you; it is also genuine uncertainty.

"Uncertainty is a very important factor, and, instead of decreasing as time goes on, it grows. Outside, in the streets, in the general community, ‘everyone’ is happy. One hears no protest, and certainly sees none. You know, in France or Italy there would be slogans against the government painted on walls and fences; in Germany, outside the great cities, perhaps, there is not even this. In the university community, in your own community, you speak privately to your colleagues, some of whom certainly feel as you do; but what do they say? They say, ‘It’s not so bad’ or ‘You’re seeing things’ or ‘You’re an alarmist.’

"And you are an alarmist. You are saying that this must lead to this, and you can’t prove it. These are the beginnings, yes; but how do you know for sure when you don’t know the end, and how do you know, or even surmise, the end? On the one hand, your enemies, the law, the regime, the Party, intimidate you. On the other, your colleagues pooh-pooh you as pessimistic or even neurotic. You are left with your close friends, who are, naturally, people who have always thought as you have.

"But your friends are fewer now. Some have drifted off somewhere or submerged themselves in their work. You no longer see as many as you did at meetings or gatherings. Informal groups become smaller; attendance drops off in little organizations, and the organizations themselves wither. Now, in small gatherings of your oldest friends, you feel that you are talking to yourselves, that you are isolated from the reality of things. This weakens your confidence still further and serves as a further deterrent to—to what? It is clearer all the time that, if you are going to do anything, you must make an occasion to do it, and then you are obviously a troublemaker. So you wait, and you wait.

"But the one great shocking occasion, when tens or hundreds or thousands will join with you, never comes. That’s the difficulty. If the last and worst act of the whole regime had come immediately after the first and smallest, thousands, yes, millions would have been sufficiently shocked—if, let us say, the gassing of the Jews in ’43 had come immediately after the ‘German Firm’ stickers on the windows of non-Jewish shops in ’33. But of course this isn’t the way it happens. In between come all the hundreds of little steps, some of them imperceptible, each of them preparing you not to be shocked by the next. Step C is not so much worse than Step B, and, if you did not make a stand at Step B, why should you at Step C? And so on to Step D.

"And one day, too late, your principles, if you were ever sensible of them, all rush in upon you. The burden of self-deception has grown too heavy, and some minor incident, in my case my little boy, hardly more than a baby, saying ‘Jewish swine,’ collapses it all at once, and you see that everything, everything, has changed and changed completely under your nose. The world you live in—your nation, your people—is not the world you were born in at all. The forms are all there, all untouched, all reassuring, the houses, the shops, the jobs, the mealtimes, the visits, the concerts, the cinema, the holidays. But the spirit, which you never noticed because you made the lifelong mistake of identifying it with the forms, is changed. Now you live in a world of hate and fear, and the people who hate and fear do not even know it themselves; when everyone is transformed, no one is transformed. Now you live in a system which rules without responsibility even to God. The system itself could not have intended this in the beginning, but in order to sustain itself it was compelled to go all the way.

"You have gone almost all the way yourself. Life is a continuing process, a flow, not a succession of acts and events at all. It has flowed to a new level, carrying you with it, without any effort on your part. On this new level you live, you have been living more comfortably every day, with new morals, new principles. You have accepted things you would not have accepted five years ago, a year ago, things that your father, even in Germany, could not have imagined.

"Suddenly it all comes down, all at once. You see what you are, what you have done, or, more accurately, what you haven’t done (for that was all that was required of most of us: that we do nothing). You remember those early meetings of your department in the university when, if one had stood, others would have stood, perhaps, but no one stood. A small matter, a matter of hiring this man or that, and you hired this one rather than that. You remember everything now, and your heart breaks. Too late. You are compromised beyond repair.

"What then? You must then shoot yourself. A few did. Or ‘adjust’ your principles. Many tried, and some, I suppose, succeeded; not I, however. Or learn to live the rest of your life with your shame. This last is the nearest there is, under the circumstances, to heroism: shame. Many Germans became this poor kind of hero, many more, I think, than the world knows or cares to know."

I said nothing. I thought of nothing to say.

"I can tell you," my colleague went on, "of a man in Leipzig, a judge. He was not a Nazi, except nominally, but he certainly wasn’t an anti-Nazi. He was just—a judge. In ’42 or ’43, early ’43, I think it was, a Jew was tried before him in a case involving, but only incidentally, relations with an ‘Aryan’ woman. This was ‘race injury,’ something the Party was especially anxious to punish. In the case at bar, however, the judge had the power to convict the man of a ‘nonracial’ offense and send him to an ordinary prison for a very long term, thus saving him from Party ‘processing’ which would have meant concentration camp or, more probably, deportation and death. But the man was innocent of the ‘nonracial’ charge, in the judge’s opinion, and so, as an honorable judge, he acquitted him. Of course, the Party seized the Jew as soon as he left the courtroom."

"And the judge?"

"Yes, the judge. He could not get the case off his conscience—a case, mind you, in which he had acquitted an innocent man. He thought that he should have convicted him and saved him from the Party, but how could he have convicted an innocent man? The thing preyed on him more and more, and he had to talk about it, first to his family, then to his friends, and then to acquaintances. (That’s how I heard about it.) After the ’44 Putsch they arrested him. After that, I don’t know."

I said nothing.

"Once the war began," my colleague continued, "resistance, protest, criticism, complaint, all carried with them a multiplied likelihood of the greatest punishment. Mere lack of enthusiasm, or failure to show it in public, was ‘defeatism.’ You assumed that there were lists of those who would be ‘dealt with’ later, after the victory. Goebbels was very clever here, too. He continually promised a ‘victory orgy’ to ‘take care of’ those who thought that their ‘treasonable attitude’ had escaped notice. And he meant it; that was not just propaganda. And that was enough to put an end to all uncertainty.

"Once the war began, the government could do anything ‘necessary’ to win it; so it was with the ‘final solution of the Jewish problem,’ which the Nazis always talked about but never dared undertake, not even the Nazis, until war and its ‘necessities’ gave them the knowledge that they could get away with it. The people abroad who thought that war against Hitler would help the Jews were wrong. And the people in Germany who, once the war had begun, still thought of complaining, protesting, resisting, were betting on Germany’s losing the war. It was a long bet. Not many made it."

----------------


Copyright notice: Excerpt from pages 166-73 of They Thought They Were Free: The Germans, 1933-1945

[gord]

An excerpt from

They Thought They Were Free: The Germans, 1933-45
Milton Mayer

Book can be purchased here: https://press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/book/chicago/T/bo27509064.html

______________________________


But Then It Was Too Late

snip!

I bought a paperback copy of this some time in the 90s. It's a great book, and pdfs of it are easily found on line.

"What no one seemed to notice," said a colleague of mine, a philologist, "was the ever widening gap, after [pick a year], between the government and the people. Just think how very wide this gap was to begin with, here in [pick a country]. And it became always wider. You know, it doesn’t make people close to their government to be told that this is a people’s government, a true democracy, or to be enrolled in civilian defense, or even to vote. All this has little, really nothing, to do with knowing one is governing.

"What happened here was the gradual habituation of the people, little by little, to being governed by surprise; to receiving decisions deliberated in secret; to believing that the situation was so complicated that the government had to act on information which the people could not understand, or so dangerous that, even if the people could not understand it, it could not be released because of national security. And their sense of identification with [pick a leader], their trust in him, made it easier to widen this gap and reassured those who would otherwise have worried about it.

Impfen macht frei!

[Bill Ryan]

I'd been unaware of this lineage, sent to me by a kind Avalon guest. (Is this accurate?)

https://projectavalon.net/Klaus_Schwab_and_the_Rothschilds.jpg

[Alan]

Here is some info I found on Marianne Rothschild. It says she married Fred Schwab in 1945, so the chart seems bogus.

https://www.holocaustcenter.org/visit/library-archive/oral-history-department/schwab-rothschild-marianne/

While in New York she became re-acquainted with Fred Schwab whom she had known in Frankfurt. Mr. Schwab had since immigrated to Detroit and was then serving in the U.S. Army. Following a period in which their relationship grew, Mr. Schwab proposed to Marianne and they were married at the end of the war in September 1945. They have two children, Dr. Leslie Schwab and Madeleine Gerrish, and four grandchildren, two from each offspring.

[ExomatrixTV]

207277217887978


source (https://www.facebook.com/watch/?v=207277217887978)

[kfm27917]

https://www.sott.net/article/456444-Covid-Climate-Change-And-The-Great-Reset-A-Cover-And-Solution-To-The-Wests-Failing-Financial-System

[Eva2]

https://www.intellectualtakeout.org/blog/7-disturbing-eugenics-quotes/
'7 Disturbing Eugenics Quotes
H.G Wells, Margaret Sanger, Bernard Shaw, John Maynard Keynes, Justice Holmes were all eugenicists
By Devin Foley 3 ½ min
In the name of science and the advancement of the human race, many prominent individuals sincerely called for government eugenics programs in the early 20th century. It was only after the horrors of the Holocaust were revealed to the world that talk of eugenics quickly subsided.

These quotes serve as a strong reminder of the dangerous places individuals will go in their thinking in the name of progress. The individuals pictured above are Carrie Buck and her mother. Carrie was forcibly sterilized after losing the U.S. Supreme Court case Buck v. Bell 1927.

"The aim of eugenics is to represent each class or sect by its best specimens; that done, to leave them to work out their common civilization in their own way." - Francis Galton, Eugenics: Its Definition, Scope, and Aims, 1904



"The time has already come when each country needs a considered national policy about what size of population, whether larger or smaller than at present or the same, is most expedient. And having settled this policy, we must take steps to carry it into operation. The time may arrive a little later when the community as a whole must pay attention to the innate quality as well as to the mere numbers of its future members."

- John Maynard Keynes, The End of Laissez-Faire, 1926



"What we must fight for is freedom to breed the race without being hampered by the mass of irrelevant conditions implied in the institution of marriage. If our morality is attacked, we can carry the War into the enemy's country by reminding the public that the real objection to breeding by marriage is that marriage places no restraint on debauchery as long as it is monogamic, whereas eugenic breeding would effectually protect the mothers and fathers of the race from any abuse of their relations. As to the domestic and sympathetic function of marriage, or even its selfishly sexual function, we need not interfere with that. What we need is freedom for people who have never seen each other before, and never intend to see one another again, to produce children under certain definite public conditions, without loss of honor. That freedom once secured, and the conditions defined, we have nothing further to say in the matter until the necessarily distant time when the results of our alternative method of recruiting will be able to take the matter in hand themselves, and invite the world to reconsider its institutions in the light of experiments, which must, of course, in the meantime run concurrently with the promiscuity of ordinary marriage."

- George Bernard Shaw



"The way of nature has always been to slay the hindmost, and there is still no other way, unless we can prevent those who would become the hindmost being born. It is in the sterilization of failures, and not in the selection of successes for breeding, that the possibility of an improvement of the human stock lies."

- H. G. Wells



"Every single case of inherited defect, every malformed child, every congenitally tainted human being brought into this world is of infinite importance to that poor individual; but it is of scarcely less importance to the rest of us and to all of our children who must pay in one way or another for these biological and racial mistakes."

- Margaret Sanger, The Pivot of Civilization, 1922



"Society must concern itself not chiefly with the isolation, temporary or permanent, of the individual murderer, thief, or forger, but with the extermination or repair of the genetic, educational, or industrial defects which cause the production of criminals."

- Charles Eliot, The New York Times, December 28, 1915



"It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind....Three generations of imbeciles are enough."

- U.S. Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr., Buck v. Bell, 1927

Devin Foley

Devin is the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Charlemagne Institute, which operates Intellectual Takeout, Chronicles: A Magazine of American Culture, and the Alcuin Internship. He is a graduate of Hillsdale College where he studied history and political science. Prior to co-founding Charlemagne Institute, he served as the Director of Development at the Center of the American Experiment, a state-based think tank in Minnesota.

Devin is a contributor to local and national newspapers, a frequent guest on a variety of talk shows, such as Minneapolis' KTLK and NPR's Talk of the Nation, and regularly shares culture and education insights presenting to civic groups, schools, and other organizations. In 2011, he was named a Young Leader by the American Swiss Foundation.'



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FQXAqP6ReqY[/url]

[Sérénité]

I'd been unaware of this lineage, sent to me by a kind Avalon guest. (Is this accurate?)

https://projectavalon.net/Klaus_Schwab_and_the_Rothschilds.jpg

A friend sent me this too and I had a bit of a dig around.

There is very little to be found on Marianne. But what I found interesting is that on genealogy sites where Louis and Melanie Rothschild are listed, it’s shows they had two children.

One male and one female.

It shows the son to be an Eduard Erhard Rothschild.
Born March 26, 1921 in Frankfurt am Main, Hessen, Germany. He died aged 21-Nov 12 1942 - in Mauthausen concentration camp.

Everywhere I checked only showed his name.
The daughters name was either showing as ‘daughter’ or ‘private’.

For whatever reason, it’s appears as though Louis and Melanies other child’s details have been intentionally hidden and all record of her name removed.

[Merkaba360]

Apparently Klaus Schwab's father was the managing director for Escher Wyss around 1938 when Klaus was born. Can't find his name. Wikipedia of course doesnt mention his parents. lol Suspicious. They scrubbed his lineage before he started yapping about the great reset?

[Sérénité]

Apparently Klaus Schwab's father was the managing director for Escher Wyss around 1938 when Klaus was born. Can't find his name. Wikipedia of course doesnt mention his parents. lol Suspicious. They scrubbed his lineage before he started yapping about the great reset?

I found this:
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201812/19/WS5c19a0c4a3107d4c3a0018e4.html

It states that Klaus was a Member of the management board of Sulzer Escher Wyss AG, Zurich in 1967-70 before starting up the WEF in ’71.

And;
“Born in Ravensburg, Germany, in 1938, Schwab grew up in the tumultuous postwar reconstruction period. His father was managing director of a Swiss machinery company and led several industry associations”

But again, no direct mention of a name for his father...

[Sérénité]

This article;

https://www.google.co.uk/amp/s/niqnaq.wordpress.com/2021/02/20/everything-you-always-feared-was-the-truth-regarding-klaus-schwab/amp/

States;

“In this investigation, the past that Klaus Schwab has worked to hide is explored in detail, revealing the involvement of the Schwab family, not only in the Nazi quest for an atomic bomb, but apartheid South Africa’s illegal nuclear programme. Especially revealing is the history of Klaus’ father, Eugen Schwab, who led the Nazi-supported German branch of a Swiss engineering firm into the war as a prominent military contractor. That company, Escher-Wyss, would use slave labor to produce machinery critical to the Nazi war effort as well as the Nazi’s effort to produce heavy water for its nuclear program. Years later, at the same company, a young Klaus Schwab served on the board of directors when the decision was made to furnish the racist apartheid regime of South Africa with the necessary equipment to further its quest to become a nuclear power. With the WEF now a prominent advocate for nuclear non-proliferation and “clean” nuclear energy, Klaus Schwab’s past makes him a poor spokesperson for his professed agenda for the present and the future.”

Also;

https://www.fbcoverup.com/docs/library/2021-03-31-Klaus-Martin-Schwab-Family-Tree-Anonymous-Patriots-compiled-Mar-31-2021.pdf

Seems it is a little sketchy with regards to who really is Klaus’ birth mother...

[Eric J (Viking)]

Is this part of the reset...

YouTube reinstated this Video after we let them know that We the People are now in charge!

$500 Trillion Lawsuit against FEDERAL GOVT-140 MONOPOLISTS via our Constitutional Convention & Court


https://friendsoftheoriginalconstitution.org/

kehSwzq9mSs

Viking

[ExomatrixTV]

234870435179007


source (https://www.facebook.com/SkyNewsAustralia/videos/234870435179007)

[Tintin]

"The key to such massive social change is what the Behavioural Insights Team call “radical incrementalism”. Consider it like compound interest, or “boiling a frog”: tiny changes meet little resistance but make a huge difference over time. This is how the government has operated under COVID-19. Whether it’s lockdowns, face masks, or vaccine passports, politicians have followed the same three-stepped approach: deny, then debate, then demand. The initial denial puts people’s fears at bay, while seeding the idea so that it is more palatable in the future; then, once the foot is in the door, the dial is slowly turned up. Just a few months ago, the government denied that vaccine passports would happen; today, they are introducing them, while denying that they would be used in supermarkets." - Patrick Fagan

Source: The Critic (https://thecritic.co.uk/passport-to-your-soul/)

_____________________________

Passport to your soul
Opening the door to vaccine passports could lead to years of oppression, says Patrick Fagan

Have you ever watched a naughty video online?

Have you ever asked Google your most private thoughts; or left a YouTube comment you’d rather your colleagues didn’t see? Well, Boris Johnson knows – and he’s going to use it against you to make sure you behave yourself.

While Brits have been fuming about vaccine passports this week, a story from the States has gone under the radar. Earlier in the year, Monsignor Jeffrey Burrill, the general secretary of the US Conference of Catholic Bishops, strongly supported a measure for the Catholic Church to deny Joe Biden communion based on his abortion stance. This week, a small Catholic blog released an article in which they had bought anonymous user data from Grindr (a gay sex app) and de-anonymised it using location inferences (i.e., knowing where the Monsignor lived). Burrill was outed as gay, and a hypocrite, and his life and political potency were crushed. It seems someone had rid Biden of this meddlesome priest.

In short, personal data had been used to silence a political dissident.

This is why vaccine passports will destroy liberal democracy as we know it. They will be like Cambridge Analytica on crack. I should know: I used to be the Lead Psychologist there, and yet vaccine passports’ ramifications for data privacy and psychological manipulation are so concerning that even I have a problem with them.

To begin with, one must understand just how powerful data analytics already are. For instance, Spotify owns a patent to determine personality not only from your music but also your passive usage data, and to use that insight to send targeted recommendations and ads. An academic paper revealed, by way of illustration, that conscientious people are less likely to listen to comedy on Spotify, and more likely to have a premium account (Anderson et al., 2020). Elsewhere, personality has been linked to things like Facebook likes, app usage, email addresses, book reviews, Tweets, and much more (e.g., Hinds & Joinson, 2019). Those conscientious people are more likely to save money, read history books, and like law enforcement groups on Facebook (Annalyn et al., 2018; Gladstone, Matz & Lemaire, 2019; Kosinski, Stillwell & Graepel, 2013).

Elsewhere, the paper Can Machines Read our Minds? (https://www.researchgate.net/publication/332048896_Can_Machines_Read_our_Minds/link/5fbee259458515b7976fa7c6/download) (Burr & Cristianini, 2019) outlined how data can be used to predict things like intelligence, wellbeing, mood, politics, autism and depression. What’s more, computer judgements of personality tend to be more accurate than those of humans (Hinds & Joinson, 2019), and one algorithm based on Facebook likes could, on average, predict personality better than your colleague, roommate, friend, or family member (Youyou, Kosinski & Stillwell, 2015). The only person who knows you better is your spouse — unless the algorithm has 300 or more of your Facebook likes.

Moreover, these algorithms can not only estimate your personality, but they can actually read your mind. You know that Facebook can guess your politics; well, your politics are linked to your sexual preferences, with liberals being more likely to prefer threesomes and conservatives spanking (McLaughlin, 2017). In theory, Mark Zuckerberg knows what you like in the bedroom. Indeed, academic research has shown that your sexuality can even be predicted from your profile picture (Wang & Kosinski, 2018). The predictive algorithms can get right inside your head and capture the things you might not want them to know.

Ultimately, these predictive insights can be (and are) used for hyper-personalised nudging. Imagine how effective ads could be if they knew your most personal desires and insecurities. It is clear that cognitive biases, aesthetic preferences, and content consumption differ by personality type — such that a conscientious person, for example, is more likely to be influenced by simple aesthetics, utilitarian arguments, and commitment and consistency appeals (Chamorro-Premuzic et al., 2010; Chen & Lee, 2008; Motzek, Kos & Gupta, 2011). One study found that Facebook ads had up to 50% higher conversion rates when they targeted personality (Matz et al., 2017).

Bear in mind that this capability is all based on rather simple behavioural data. The growing ubiquity and sophistication of biometrics like facial coding will only make the algorithms even more invasive and accurate, and the nudges even more influential. It recently emerged that Spotify won a patent to analyse ambient noise to predict in-the-moment music preferences. For a true glimpse into the future, consider that Elon Musk’s Neuralink claims to have enabled chimpanzees to play Pong against one another using only chips threaded into their brains. In just a few years, the algorithms will perhaps be able to read your mind directly from the source.

Klaus Schwab, co-founder of the World Economic Forum, pioneered the Fourth Industrial Revolution and Great Reset concepts — essentially arguing that all human life will be digitised, and that COVID-19 presents a unique opportunity to make it happen. This is no kooky conspiracy theory: the UK’s health secretary Matt Hancock even gave a glowing speech on the Fourth Industrial Revolution to Parliament in October 2017. Discussing technology in the near future, Schwab has written that “the Fourth Industrial Revolution will lead to a fusion of our physical, digital and biological identity… [This will be a result of technology which] will almost certainly become implantable in our bodies and brains…”

There is a significant risk that this technology will be malign. A study found that transcranial stimulation — that is, exposing certain parts of the brain to magnets — could be used to disable threat-processing and accordingly change political attitudes, making people less religious and more open to immigration (Holbrook, Gordon & Iacoboni, 2018).

This will be the Cambridge Analytica of the future. Your digital footprint and biometric traces will let algorithms know if you’re so much as thinking of voting for the wrong candidate, and you will be nudged out of it with messages so subtle and persuasive you didn’t even know they were there; or perhaps you will have your mind changed, literally, by your embedded Neuralink device.

These tech advances must be considered alongside social changes. Protest and even speech are being criminalised under the guise of security and misinformation — Biden recently said Facebook is “killing people” for not imposing censorship — while technology makes detecting and suppressing this “wrong thinking” ever more possible, even in private conversations. People are being “cancelled” and “deplatformed” for their views (on all sides of the political spectrum), and this is not just limited to the internet: people are losing their jobs and even being banned from payment processors like Visa.

Imagine — the year is 50 PR (Post Reset). You are trying to get into an Amazon supermarket to buy a bug burger for dinner. The facial recognition software scans your face and flashes red; the door locks and denies you access. Your smartphone recently overheard you speaking critically of the government: you must go home and quarantine, where your smart lock will only allow you out once it has been determined that you are no longer at risk of spreading these contagious ideas. You have to do your part to flatten the curve of viral misinformation, after all. It’s for the greater good.

Vaccine passports are the lynchpin for this Hellish vision because they provide a central identity against which all of your data will be mapped (“Facebook as your birth certificate”). Your purchases, your Facebook likes, the locations you visit, the people you see, and even the content of your conversations, will all be connected to a single online identity. Already, we are seeing movements to allow social media access only with a verified ID. Vaccine passports are also a huge leap forward in terms of social engineering: by allowing or denying access to services (both on- and offline), the passports act as a behaviourist’s paradise, conditioning people with punishment and reward.

The key to such massive social change is what the Behavioural Insights Team call “radical incrementalism”. Consider it like compound interest, or “boiling a frog”: tiny changes meet little resistance but make a huge difference over time. This is how the government has operated under COVID-19. Whether it’s lockdowns, face masks, or vaccine passports, politicians have followed the same three-stepped approach: deny, then debate, then demand. The initial denial puts people’s fears at bay, while seeding the idea so that it is more palatable in the future; then, once the foot is in the door, the dial is slowly turned up. Just a few months ago, the government denied that vaccine passports would happen; today, they are introducing them, while denying that they would be used in supermarkets.

The government will say anything to get people to accept vaccine passports in principle today — including that they will be temporary and will only apply to certain venues. Once the vaccine passports are accepted, politicians will be able to move the goalposts with the minimum of resistance. In reality, the passports are likely to be only for nightclubs in the same way that the lockdowns were to be only for a few weeks.

In The Gulag Archipelago, Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn elucidates on this “foot-in-the-door” technique: “At what point, then, should one resist? When one’s belt is taken away? When one is ordered to face into a corner? When one crosses the threshold of one’s home? An arrest consists of a series of incidental irrelevancies, of a multitude of things that do not matter, and there seems no point in arguing about one of them individually… and yet all these incidental irrelevancies taken together implacably constitute the arrest.”

As the global powers are trying to get their foot in the door with vaccine passports, it is critical that we slam that door shut now, and bolt it permanently. Pandemics, as awful as they are, come and go in relatively short spans of time. Periods of oppression can last for centuries.

[ExomatrixTV]

Klaus Schwab Issues Major Statement (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/Klaus Schwab Issues Major Statement On Great Reset https://banned.video/watch?id=61197b6cd9acf4520139d134) On "The Great Reset":

61197b6cd9acf4520139d134

[onawah]

Wellcome Trust-A 'Leap' Toward Humanity's Destruction by Whitney Webb
See:
https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?102409-A.I.-is-Progressing-Faster-Than-You-Think-&p=1446901&viewfull=1#post1446901

[ExomatrixTV]

Human Sacrifice: Exposing Klaus Schwab (https://banned.video/watch?id=61240c2dad78c1675941805e)'s Engineered Failed State Collapse:

61240c2dad78c1675941805e

[ExomatrixTV]

U.S. Gov't Paying Farmers to **DESTROY** Crops in Ground (https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/u-s-gov-t-paying-farmers-to-destroy-crops-in-ground-threaten-to-cut-off-farm-subsidies-if-they-refuse); Threaten to cut-off Farm Subsidies if they refuse

[ExomatrixTV]

Implanted Microchip, Klaus Schwab, World Economic Forum and The Great Reset:

UmQNA0HL1pw
From a 2016 interview with Klaus Schwab, boss of the World Economic Forum in Davos, in which he says humans will have a chip implanted in their brain or skin within 10 years.

[Delight]

I am posting this here and AJ really expresses my feelings... What are these robes about?

6132abbc30a45e079f9b5835

[Patient]

There is a lot I would like to say, but considering that it might be used against me in the near future, I am beginning to be hesitant.

Each country and each region needs to begin to have their own group that will organize against this large plan. We can communicate between each other and each group without using the internet.

An underground organization, similar to what occurred during WW2 needs to begin - or maybe it has and i just don't know about it.

¤=[Post Update]=¤



U.S. Gov't Paying Farmers to **DESTROY** Crops in Ground (https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/u-s-gov-t-paying-farmers-to-destroy-crops-in-ground-threaten-to-cut-off-farm-subsidies-if-they-refuse); Threaten to cut-off Farm Subsidies if they refuse


Why does a farmer worry about this - they shouldn't have to. Where does the government money to subsidize a farm come from? It comes from the people. How about just bypassing the gov and have people support the farmers directly.

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset | 3 Major Events Happening NOW:

mS6lAJDS_DQ
The Great Reset | 3 Major Events Happening NOW. There are some events happening RIGHT NOW that is playing right into the Great Reset plan. If you take a look at some government policies that have been rolled out in California recently, you'll start to see the writings on the wall. Also, for the last year and some change, we have been under a mandate from a government organization halting all evictions. Not only that, we are seeing CRAZY things happen in the housing market currently. So in this video, I'm going to address these 3 major events that I feel are contributing to the Great Reset!


0:00 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=0s) Intro
0:34 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=34s) Quick breakdown of the great reset
1:20 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=80s) Major event #1 of the great reset
2:30 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=150s) Argument against government control
5:03 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=303s) Major event #2 of the great reset
7:04 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=424s) Major event #3 of the great reset
10:08 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mS6lAJDS_DQ&t=608s) Final thoughts about the great reset



The Great Reset | Davos Agenda 2021 IN FULL MOTION!:

v0IiALDubQc
The Great Reset | Davos Agenda 2021 IN FULL MOTION!!! The World Economic Forum just had their Davos Agenda 2021 meeting a few weeks back. Now The Great Reset has been something talked about in detail since the pandemic started. But are we seeing The Great Reset happeneing right before our eyes? I think we are starting to see the slow implementation of The World Economic Forum's Great Reset right now. It's like a chess match, nothing happens right away, many moves are made before the endgame.


0:00 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=0s) Intro
1:00 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=60s) Never waste a good crisis
1:50 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=110s) The early warning signs of the great reset
2:30 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=150s) The stimulus packages
4:13 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=253s) Wages going up?
5:40 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=340s) The midgame of the great reset davos agenda 2021
8:16 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v0IiALDubQc&t=496s) Global control using the great reset

The great reset that was proposed by the World Economic Forum is looking to forgive all the world's debt and has us live by the slogan, "You'll Own Nothing, And You Will Be Happy". Now first and foremost, we are starting to see a slow implementation of a universal basic income. It was actually what the World Economic Forum talked about and adovate for in the Davos agenda 2021 meeting that happened a few weeks back. Starting with the continual stimulus packages that we have recieved in the past few months to help stimulate the economy, seems like a slow inoculation into government dependancy. Since we can't work where are we going to get our money from?

Secondly, The Great Reset talks about how having ALL of our debts forgiven. Well who's going to buy them? The Federal Reserve? Sure, but with the sale of debt, comes the control of the debt. And whoever controls debt, controls YOU! The great reset is all about debt forgiveness but then we won't be able to own anything ever again......and we will be happy about it. I'm not completely convinced that the World Economic Forum is looking to do this for the good of the people. They literally said, "You'll Own Nothing and Be Happy" about it. Would you like to NOT own your home, car, business? I sure would like to own all of the things I've worked very hard for and I can speak on behalf of most people who own those things.


Lastly, the Davos agenda 2021 got into cryptocurrency. Currently crypto is decentralized and lacks certain regulation from major regulatory bodies. That is a beautiful thing, but the World Economic Forum has already spoke about crypto in their Davos agenda 2021 meeting that happened a few weeks back. With the Great Reset, the fiat currency will crash because of the reckless printing from The Federal Reserve. So expect to see heavy regulation and government intervention with crypto.

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset EXPLAINED | Investors BEWARE!

IwEhDm5CbpY
The Great Reset EXPLAINED | Investors BEWARE! The great reset is a proposal, by the World Economic Forum, that all world leaders, dramatically shift or RESET their economic philosophy, towards a one-world economy. On the surface level, The Great Reset sounds like a great idea to encourage unity and put the world powers together to stop all of the world's problems right? Well in this video were are going to dig into what Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum are proposing and unpack how that will affect everyone.......


0:00 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=0s) Intro
1:05 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=65s) The major components of The Great Reset
1:12 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=72s) Component number one of The Great Reset
1:50 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=110s) Breakdown of point one of The Great Reset
4:03 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=243s) Component number two of The Great Reset
4:22 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=262s) Breakdown of point two of The Great Reset
5:40 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=340s) Component number three of The Great Reset
6:30 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=390s) Breakdown of point three of The Great Reset
8:22 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=502s) Private Business vs Government Spending
10:00 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=600s) How the Great Reset will effect Investors
14:33 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IwEhDm5CbpY&t=873s) What does this all mean & final thoughts

The great reset would steer the market to fairer outcomes. The article from the World Economic Forum hints at a change in the tax regulations, fiscal policies, upgrade trade arrangements and create conditions for a stakeholder economy. Now with many governments and the citizens of that country reaching an alarming amount of debt, the World Economic Forum is proposing a great reset of the world's economy. Now the World Economic Forum is talking about changing outcomes and in my previous video, I talk about opportunities vs outcomes. I believe in fair opportunities, not fair outcomes. Because let's be honest, not everyone has the same work ethic or aspirations for success. One person might work night and day to achieve their career/monetary goals, while another individual is ok with just sitting in a chair, watching the price is right, and eating bon-bons all day. Those two should not be treated the same. Also according to the World Economic Forum, governments need more involvement in the private sector, especially the business arena. I don't agree, in fact, the government needs to keep their hands out of business completely. Look at NASA vs Space-X, NASA has spent BILLIONS of dollars trying the achieve what Space-X has done, with less amount of money, and time. Now the World Economic Forum proposes global forgiveness of debts, in return, lose control of ownership of everything. That means you wouldn't be able to own anything, car, home, nothing.

[ExomatrixTV]

Technocrats Want Mandatory Carbon Credit Cards (https://www.infowars.com/posts/technocrats-want-mandatory-carbon-credit-cards-to-control-every-facet-of-your-life/) to Control Every Facet of Your Life

as most of us predicted ...

[ExomatrixTV]

Corporate Fascism Is Killing America:

613fbd0b87ff8b2419430b65

[Eva2]

Guess this is an ok place for this:
https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.15752-9/241125742_387385329452152_7710526903045580992_n.jpg?_nc_cat=106&ccb=1-5&_nc_sid=ae9488&_nc_ohc=7GqGs4m0fC4AX-NKn2V&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=0426917d18000eefd7370c2fbd472827&oe=6164CD86

[mountain_jim]

https://media.gab.com/system/media_attachments/files/085/126/963/original/54f75f984fc0ba16.jpg

[ExomatrixTV]

David Icke Issues Emergency 2030 Alert! (https://banned.video/watch?id=6143c22bfee688051d2f59b2):

6143c22bfee688051d2f59b2

[ExomatrixTV]

The Cashless Society: ANOTHER War on Privacy:

4N1OD2vcDIg

[ExomatrixTV]

'Great Reset' Types Want To Reduce Number Of Consumers, By ANY Means Necessary:

SRGMddU_7JM


We are NOT "overpopulated" for so many reasons ... (international) mismanagement is one of them!

If humanity were not unnecessary attacked on their health on sooooooo many levels last decades (including erratic pulse microwaves) and real (revolutionary) solutions (suppressed inventions) not be criminalized, silenced or covered up.

~ Imagine a farmer crippling its livestock then "complaining" they do not walk fast enough!

Part of humanity is destined to go to (live on) other planets thus making more space here anyway! ... How many different aliens are already interacting with us and could help us not staying on Earth? Just like a flower seeding elsewhere ... Earth can do the same but the Psychopathic Technocrats (control freaks) do everything in their power to sabotage that to keep us here (mentally, emotionally & physically) sick, compromised & enslaved on purpose to have a EXCUSE to claim we are "overpopulated".

Almost all natural solutions are dismissed by so called "international authorities" (like W.H.O.) we all being forced in to Agenda 2030 to be artificially micro-managed serving The Great (Dystopian) Reset. All who can expose their false "justifications" for their Tyranny will be dealt with via new insane (unconstitutional) laws & regulations enforced by other slaves helping the status quo.

"The end justifies the means" ... they will use ANY EXCUSE to push their tyrannical dystopian agenda and the (false perception) "overpopulation bomb" is one of them.

--o-O-o--

We live in a world where we have Hijacked Governments legalizing (protecting)
Corporate Crimes and Criminalizing Real Solutions like:

~ Suppressed Inventions
~ HEMP Revolution
~ Forbidden Cures
~ Study amongst others the Documentary "When Healing Becomes a Crime".

Do you know they can turn a Desert in to an Oases using "Super Absorbers" small pallets mixing it in the earth then use fewer than normal water to start farming?

Do you know they can now convert Seawater in to Drinking water in a cheap way?

In coming decades humans (not with help from aliens) can build 100s of (hurricane proof) giant self-sustainable floating cities and 2/3 of Earth is covered with water ... any idea how much space/room that is? If official CONTACT with Aliens are made 1000s of new ideas are possible to build new cities. I ask you again how big is 2/3 of the Earth? "Not enough space"? ... Did you know that Australia or The State Texas can manage 7 Billion people with the correct (suppressed) technology?

There are 100s of practical solutions IF we all were managed more honestly we would not have ANY problems feeding everybody. Now most farmers are punished & attacked by UN Food rules (intensives, mandates, insane food regulations etc. etc.) all to serve a Worldwide PUSH for Toxic GMO Food Agenda! (obvious part of NWO Depopulation Agenda).

We are "managed" by corrupt & insane psychopaths when it comes to food. And it is global.

Study: corrupt Codex Alimentarius run by over the top control freaks!

See also: overpopulationisamyth.com (http://overpopulationisamyth.com)

Related: tinyurl.com/ClimateScare-Agenda2030 (http://tinyurl.com/ClimateScare-Agenda2030)

cheers,
John Kuhles aka 'ExomatrixTV'

[ExomatrixTV]

How 'The Great Reset' (https://www.technocracy.news/how-the-great-reset-is-accelerating-into-global-tyranny/) Is Accelerating Into Global Tyranny

[Tintin]

"As evidenced by the architecture put forth by WEF-PAC, the power that organization would have over the public and private sectors is considerable. Such an organization, once established, could usher in long-standing efforts to both require a digital ID to access and use the internet as well as eliminate the ability to conduct anonymous financial transactions. Both policies would advance the overarching goal of both the WEF and many corporations and governments to usher in a new age of unprecedented surveillance of ordinary citizens." - Whitney Webb
_____________________

A chance to revisit another thoroughly well researched report from Whitney Webb which was written just ahead of the Cyber Polygon (https://www.weforum.org/projects/cyber-polygon) exercise back in July.

Many links here which the interested reader may best access through the article source.

Ending Anonymity: Why The WEF’s Partnership Against Cybercrime Threatens The Future Of Privacy - Whitney Webb

Source: Unlimited Hangout (https://unlimitedhangout.com/2021/07/investigative-reports/ending-anonymity-why-the-wefs-partnership-against-cybercrime-threatens-the-future-of-privacy/)

First published July 12th 2021

With many focusing on tomorrow’s Cyber Polygon exercise, less attention has been paid to the World Economic Forum’s real ambitions in cybersecurity – to create a global organization aimed at gutting even the possibility of anonymity online. With the governments of the US, UK and Israel on board, along with some of the world’s most powerful corporations, it is important to pay attention to their endgame, not just the simulations.

Amid a series of warnings and simulations in the past year regarding a massive cyber attack that could soon bring down the global financial system, the “information sharing group” of the largest banks and private financial organizations in the United States warned earlier this year that banks “will encounter growing danger” from “converging” nation-state and criminal hackers over the course of 2021 and in the years that follow.

The organization, called the Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center (FS-ISAC), made the claim in its 2021 “Navigating Cyber” report, which assesses the events of 2020 and provides a forecast for the current year. That forecast, which casts a devastating cyber attack on the financial system through third parties as practically inevitable, also makes the case for a “global fincyber [financial-cyber] utility” as the main solution to the catastrophic scenarios it predicts.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, an organization close to top FS-ISAC members has recently been involved in laying the groundwork for that very “global fincyber utility” — the World Economic Forum, which recently produced the model for such a utility through its Partnership against Cybercrime (WEF-PAC) project. Not only are top individuals at FS-ISAC involved in WEF cybersecurity projects like Cyber Polygon, but FS-ISAC’s CEO was also an adviser to the WEF-Carnegie Endowment for International Peace report that warned that the global financial system was increasingly vulnerable to cyber attacks and was the subject of the first article in this 2-part series.

Another article, published earlier this year at Unlimited Hangout, also explored the WEF’s Cyber Polygon 2020 simulation of a cyber attack targeting the global financial system. Another iteration of Cyber Polygon is due to take place tomorrow July 9th and will focus on simulating a supply chain cyber attack.

A major theme in these efforts has not only been an emphasis on global cooperation, but also a merging of private banks and/or corporations with the State, specifically intelligence and law enforcement agencies. In addition, many of the banks, institutions and individuals involved in the creation of these reports and simulations are either actively involved in WEF-related efforts to usher in a new global economic model of “stakeholder capitalism” or are seeking to imminently introduce, or are actively developing, central bank-backed digital currencies, or CBDCs.

In addition, and as mentioned in the first article in this series, a cyber attack like those described in these reports and simulations would also provide the perfect scenario for dismantling the current failing financial system, as it would absolve central banks and corrupt financial institutions of any responsibility. The convergence of several concerning factors in the financial world, including the end of LIBOR at the end of year and the imminent hyperinflation of globally important currencies, suggests that the time is ripe for an event that would not only allow the global economy to “reset”, but also absolve the fundamentally corrupt financial institutions around the world from any wrongdoing. Instead, faceless hackers can be blamed and, given recent precedents in the US and elsewhere, any group or nation state can be blamed with minimal evidence as politically convenient.

This report will closely examine both FS-ISAC’s recent predictions and the WEF Partnership against Cybercrime, specifically the WEF-PAC’s efforts to position itself as the cybersecurity alliance of choice if and when such a catastrophic cyber attack cripples the current financial system.

Of particular interest is the call by both FS-ISAC and the WEF Partnership against Cybercrime to specifically target cryptocurrencies, particularly those that favor transactional anonymity, as well as the infrastructure on which those cryptocurrencies run. Though framed as a way to combat “cybercrime”, it is obvious that cryptocurrencies are to be unwanted competitors for the soon-to-be-launched central bank digital currencies.

In addition, as this report will show, there is a related push by WEF partners to “tackle cybercrime” that seeks to end privacy and the potential for anonymity on the internet in general, by linking government-issued IDs to internet access. Such a policy would allow governments to surveil every piece of online content accessed as well as every post or comment authored by each citizen, supposedly to ensure that no citizen can engage in “criminal” activity online.

Notably, the WEF Partnership against Cybercrime employs a very broad definition of what constitutes a “cybercriminal” as they apply this label readily to those who post or host content deemed to be “disinformation” that represents a threat to “democratic” governments. The WEF’s interest in criminalizing and censoring online content has been made evident by its recent creation of a new Global Coalition for Digital Safety (https://www.weforum.org/global-coalition-for-digital-safety/home) to facilitate the increased regulation of online speech by both the public and private sectors.

FS-ISAC, its influence and its doomsday “predictions” for 2021

FS-ISAC officially exists to “help ensure the resilience and continuity of the global financial services infrastructure and individual firms against acts that could significantly impact the sector’s ability to provide services critical to the orderly function of the global economy.” In other words, FS-ISAC allows the private financial services industry to decide on and coordinate sector-wide responses regarding how financial services are provided during and after a given crisis, including a cyber attack. It was tellingly created in 1999, the same year that the Glass-Steagall Act, which regulated banks after the onset of the Great Depression, was repealed.

Though FS-ISAC’s members are not publicly listed on the group’s website, they do acknowledge that their membership includes some of the world’s largest banks, Fintech companies, insurance firms and payment processors. On their board of directors, the companies and organizations represented include CitiGroup, Bank of America, Wells Fargo and Morgan Stanley, among others, strongly suggesting that FS-ISAC is largely a Wall Street-dominated entity. SWIFT, the society that manages inter-bank communication and dominates it globally, is also represented on FS-ISAC’s board. Collectively, FS-ISAC members represent $35 trillion in assets under management in more than 70 countries.

FS-ISAC also has ties to the World Economic Forum due to the direct involvement of its then-CEO Steve Silberstein in the WEF-Carnegie initiative and FS-ISAC’s participation in the initiative’s “stakeholder engagements.” There is also the fact that some prominent FS-ISAC members, like Bank of America and SWIFT, are also members of the WEF’s Centre for Cybersecurity, which houses the WEF Partnership against Cybercrime project.

At the individual level, the founding director of FS-ISAC, Charles Blauner, is now an agenda contributor to the WEF who previously held top posts at JP Morgan, Deutsche Bank and CitiGroup. He currently is a partner and CISO-in-residence of Team8, a controversial start-up incubator that operates as a front for Israeli military intelligence in tech-related ventures that is part of the WEF Partnership against Cybersecurity. Team8’s CEO and co-founder and the former commander of Israeli intelligence outfit Unit 8200, Nadav Zafrir, has contributed to WEF Centre for Cybersecurity policy documents and WEF panels on the “Great Reset”.

In addition, current FS-ISAC board member Laura Deaner, CISO of Northwestern Mutual, served as the co-chair for the WEF’s Global Futures Council on Cybersecurity. Teresa Walsh, the current global head of intelligence for FS-ISAC, will be a speaker at the WEF’s Cyber Polygon 2021 regarding how to develop an international response to ransomware attacks. Walsh previously worked as an intelligence analyst for Citibank, JP Morgan Chase and the US Navy.

The FS-ISAC’s recent report is worth looking at in detail for several reasons, with the main one being the sheer power and influence that its members, both known and unknown, hold over the current fiat-based financial system. The full report is exclusive to FS-ISAC members, but a “thematic summary” is publicly available.

The FS-ISAC’s recent report on “Navigating Cyber” in 2021 is “based on the contributions of our members and the resulting trend analysis by FS-ISAC’s Global Intelligence Office (GIO)” and includes several “predictions” for the current calendar year. The group’s GIO, led by Teresa Walsh, soon-to-be speaker at Cyber Polygon 2021, also “coordinates with other cybersecurity organizations, companies and agencies around the world” in addition to its intelligence gathering from FS-ISAC members.

At the beginning of 2020, when the COVID-19 crisis resulted in an overt push towards digitization, FS-ISAC launched a “new secure chat and intelligence sharing platform” that “provided a new way for members to discuss threats and security trends.” It is fair to assume that the private discussions on this platform directly informed this report. According to the recent FS-ISAC report, the main trends and threats discussed by its members through this service over the past year were “third party risks”, such as the risk presented by major hacks of third party service providers, like the SolarWinds hack, and “geopolitical tensions.”

The report contains several “predictions for 2021 and beyond.” The first of these predictions is that adversarial nation-states will team up with “the cybercriminal underworld” in order to “obfuscate their activity and complication attribution.” FS-ISAC does not provide evidence of this having happened, but supporting this claim makes it easier to blame state governments for the activities of cybercriminals when politically convenient without concrete evidence. This has happened on several occasions with recent high-profile hacks, most recently with SolarWinds. As noted in previous reporting, prominent companies that contract for the US government and military, like Microsoft, and intelligence-linked cybersecurity companies, are often the sole sources for such narratives in the past and, in those cases, do not provide evidence, instead qualifying such assertions as “likely” or probable.” Even mainstream outletsreporting on FS-ISAC’s “predictions” noted that “FS-ISAC did not point to specific examples of spies relying on such tradecraft in the past,” openly suggesting that there is little factual basis to support this claim.

Other predictions focus on how third party service providers, such as SolarWinds and the more recently targeted Kaseya, will dominate, affecting potentially many thousands of companies across multiple sectors at once. However, the SolarWinds hack was not properly investigated, merely labeled by US intelligence as having “likely” ties to “Russian” state-linked actors despite no publicly available evidence to support that claim. Instead, the SolarWinds hack appears to have been related to its acquisition of an Israeli company funded by intelligence-linked firms, as discussed in this report from earlier this year. SolarWinds acquired the company, called Samanage, and integrated its software fully into its platform around the same time that the backdoor used to execute the hack was placed into the SolarWinds platform that was later compromised.

FS-ISAC also predicts that attacks will cross borders, continents, and verticals, with increasing speed. More specifically, it states that the cyber pandemic will begin with cyber criminals that “test attacks in one country and quickly scale up to multiple targets in other parts of the world.” FS-ISAC argues that it is therefore “critical to have a global view on cyber threats facing the sector in order to prepare and defend against them.” Since FS-ISAC made this prediction, cyber attacks and especially ransomware have been occurring throughout the world and targeting different sectors at a much more rapid pace than has ever been seen before. For instance, following the Colonial Pipeline hack in early May, Japan, New Zealand, and Ireland all experienced major cyber attacks, followed by the JBS hack on June 1. The hack of Kaseya, believed by some to be just as consequential and damaging as SolarWinds, took place about a month later on July 2, affecting thousands of companies around the world.

The final, and perhaps the most important, of these predictions is that “economic drivers towards cybercrime will increase.” FS-ISAC claims that the current economic situation created by COVID-related lockdowns will “make cybercrime an ever more attractive alternative,” noting immediately afterwards that “dramatic increases in cryptocurrency valuation may drive threat actors to conduct campaigns capitalising on this market, including extortion campaigns against financial institutions and their customers.”

In other words, FS-ISAC views the increase in the value of cryptocurrency as a direct driver of cybercrime, implying that the value of cryptocurrency must be dealt with to reduce such criminal activities. However, the data does not fit these assertions as the use of cryptocurrency by cybercriminals is low and getting lower. For instance, one recent study found that only 0.34% of cryptocurrency transactions in 2020 were tied to criminal activity, down from 2% the year prior. Though the decrease may be due to a jump in cryptocurrency adoption, the overall percentage of crime-linked crypto transactions is incredibly low, a fact obviously known to FS-ISAC and its members.

However, cryptocurrency does present a threat to the plans by FS-ISAC members and its partners to begin producing digital currencies controlled either by approved private entities (like Russia’s Sbercoin) or central banks themselves (like China’s digital yuan). The success of that project depends on neutering the competition, which is likely why FS-ISAC subtitled its 2021 report as “the case for a global fincyber utility,” with such a utility framed as necessary to defend the financial services industry against cyber threats.

The WEF’s Partnership Against Cybercrime
Conveniently for FS-ISAC, there is already a project that hopes to soon become this very global fincyber utility – the WEF Partnership Against Cybercrime (WEF-PAC) (https://www.weforum.org/projects/partnership-against-cybercime). Partners in WEF-PAC include some of the world’s largest banks and financial institutions, such as Bank of America, Banco Santander, Sberbank, UBS, Credit Suisse and the World Bank, as well as major payment processors such as Mastercard and PayPal. Also very significant is the presence of all of the “Big Four” global accounting firms: Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Think tanks/non-profits, including the Council of Europe, Third Way and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace as well as the WEF itself, are also among its members as are several national government agencies, like the US Department of Justice, FBI and Secret Service, the UK’s National Crime Agency and Israel’s National Cyber Directorate. International and regional law enforcement agencies, such as INTERPOL and EUROPOL, both of which are repeat participants in the WEF’s Cyber Polygon, are also involved. Silicon Valley is also well represented with the presence of Amazon, Microsoft, and Cisco, all three of which are also major US military and intelligence contractors. Cybersecurity companies founded by alumni and former commanders of Israeli intelligence services, such as Palo Alto Networks, Team8 and Check Point, are also prominent members.

The Israeli intelligence angle is especially important when examining WEF-PAC, as one of its architects and the WEF’s current Head of Strategy for Cybersecurity is Tal Goldstein, though his biography on the WEF website seems to claim that he is Head of Strategy for the WEF as a whole. Goldstein is a veteran of Israeli military intelligence, having been recruited through Israel’s Talpiot program, which feeds high IQ teenagers in Israel into the upper echelons of elite Israeli military intelligence units with a focus on technology. It is sometimes referred to as the IDF’s “MENSA” and was originally created by notorious Israeli spymaster Rafi Eitan. Eitan is best known as Jonathan Pollard’s handler and the mastermind behind the PROMIS software scandal, the most infamous Israeli intelligence operation conducted against Israel’s supposed “ally”, the United States.

Due to its focus on technological ability, many Talpiot recruits subsequently serve in Israel’s Unit 8200, the signals intelligence unit of Israeli military intelligence that is often described as equivalent to the US’ NSA or the UK’s GCHQ, before moving into the private tech sector, including major Silicon Valley companies. Other Talpiot-Unit 8200 figures of note are one of the co-founders of Check Point, Marius Nacht, and Assaf Rappaport, who designed major aspects of Microsoft’s cloud services and later managed that division. Rappaport later came to manage much of Microsoft’s research and development until his abrupt departure early last year.

In addition to his past as a Talpiot recruit and 8 years in Israeli military intelligence, the WEF’s Tal Goldstein had played a key role in establishing Israel’s National Cyber Bureau, now part of Israel’s National Cyber Directorate, now a WEF-PAC partner. The National Cyber Bureau was established in 2013 with the explicit purpose “to build and maintain the State of Israel’s national strength as an international leader in the field” of cybersecurity. According to Goldstein’s WEF biography, Goldstein led the formation of Israel’s entire national cybersecurity strategy with a focus on technology, international cooperation, and economic growth.

Goldstein was thus also one of the key architects of the Israeli cybersecurity policy shift which took place in 2012, whereby intelligence operations formerly conducted “in house” by Mossad, Unit 8200 and other Israeli intelligence agencies would instead be conducted through private companies that act as fronts for those intelligence agencies. One admitted example of such a front company is Black Cube, which was created by the Mossad to act explicitly as its “private sector” branch. In 2019, Israeli officials involved in drafting and executing that policy openly yet anonymously admitted to the policy’s existence in Israeli media reports. One of the supposed goals of the policy was to prevent countries like the US from ever boycotting Israel in any meaningful way for violations of human rights and international law by seeding prominent multinational tech companies, such as those based in Silicon Valley, with Israeli intelligence front companies. This effort was directly facilitated by American billionaire Paul Singer, who set up Start Up Nation Central with Benjamin Netanyahu’s main economic adviser and a top AIPAC official in 2012 to facilitate the incorporation of Israeli start-ups into American companies.

Goldstein’s selection by the WEF as head of strategy for its cybersecurity efforts suggests that Israeli intelligence agencies, as well as Israeli military agencies focused on cybersecurity, will likely play an outsized role in WEF-PAC’s efforts, particularly its ambition to create a new global governance structure for the internet. In addition, Goldstein’s past in developing a policy whereby private companies acted as conduits for intelligence operations is of obvious concern given the WEF’s interest in simulating and promoting an imminent “cyber pandemic” in the wake of the COVID crisis. Given that the WEF had simulated a scenario much like COVID prior to its onset through Event 201, having someone like Goldstein as the WEF’s head of strategy for all things cyber ahead of an alleged “cyber pandemic” is cause for concern.

A Global Threat to Justify a Global “Solution”

Last November, around the same time the WEF-Carnegie report was released, the WEF-PAC produced its own “insight report” aimed at “shaping the future of cybersecurity and digital trust.” Chiefly written by the WEF’s Tal Goldstein alongside executives from Microsoft, the Cyber Threat Alliance, and Fortinet, the report offers “a first step towards establishing a global architecture for cooperation” as part of a global “paradigm shift” in how cybercrime is addressed.

The foreword was authored by Jürgen Stock, the Secretary-General of INTERPOL, who had participated in last year’s Cyber Polygon exercise and will also participate in this year’s Cyber Polygon as well. Stock claims in the report that “a public-private partnership against cybercrime is the only way to gain an edge over cybercriminals” (emphasis added). Not unlike the WEF-Carnegie report, Stock asserts that only by ensuring that large corporations work hand in glove with law enforcement agencies “can we effectively respond to the cybercrime threat.”

The report first seeks to define the threat and focuses specifically on the alleged connection between cryptocurrencies, privacy enhancing technology, and cybercrime. It asserts that “cybercriminals abuse encryption, cryptocurrencies, anonymity services and other technologies”, even though their use is hardly exclusive to criminals. The report then states that, in addition to financially motivated cybercriminals, cybercriminals also include those who use those technologies to “uphold terrorism” and “spread disinformation to destabilize governments and democracies”.

While the majority of the report’s discussion on the cybercrime threat focuses on ransomware, the WEF-PAC’s inclusion of “disinformation” highlights the fact that the WEF and their partners view cybercriminals through a much broader lens. This, of course, also means that the methods to combat cybercrime contained within the report could be used to target those who “spread disinformation”, not just ransomware and related attacks, meaning that such “disinformation” spreaders could see their use of cryptocurrency, encryption, etc. restricted by the rules and regulations WEF-PAC seeks to promote. However, the report promotes the use of privacy-enhancing technologies for WEF-PAC members, a clear double standard that reveals that this group sees privacy as something for the powerful and not for the general public.

This broad definition of “cybercriminal” conveniently dovetails with the Biden administration’s recent “domestic terror” strategy, which similarly has a very broad definition of who is a “domestic terrorist.” The Biden administration’s strategy is also not exclusive to the US, but a multinational framework that is poised to be used to censor and criminalize critics of the WEF stakeholder capitalism model as well as those deemed to hold “anti-government” and “anti-authority” viewpoints.

The WEF-PAC report, which was published several months before the US strategy, has other parallels with the new Biden administration policy, such as its call to crack down on the use of anonymity software by those deemed “cybercriminals” and calling for “international information sharing and cross-border operational cooperation,” even if that cooperation is “not always aligned with existing legislative and operational frameworks.” In addition, the Biden administration’s strategy concludes by noting that it is part of a broader US government effort to “restore faith” in public institutions. Similarly, the WEF-PAC report frames combatting all types of activities they define as cybercrime necessary to improving “digital trust”, the lack of which is “greatly undermining the benefits of cyberspace and hindering international cyber stability efforts.”

In discussing “solutions”, the WEF-PAC calls for the global targeting of “infrastructures and assets” deemed to facilitate cybercrime, including those which enable ransomware “revenue streams”, i.e. privacy-minded cryptocurrencies, and enable “the promotion of illegal sites and the hosting of criminal content.” In another section, it discusses seizing websites of “cybercriminals” as an attractive possibility. Given that this document includes online “disinformation” as cybercrime, this could potentially see independent media websites and the infrastructure that allows them to operate (i.e. video sharing platforms that do not censor, etc.) emerge as targets.

The report continues, stating that “in order to reduce the global impact of cybercrime and to systematically restrain cybercriminals, cybercrime must be confronted at its source by raising the cost of conducting cybercrimes, cutting the activities’ profitability and deterring criminals by increasing the direct risk they face.” It then argues, unsurprisingly, that because the cybercrime threat is global in scope, it’s “solution must also be a globally coordinated effort” and says the main way to achieve this involves “harnessing the private sector to work side by side with law enforcement officials.” This is very similar to the conclusions of the WEF-Carnegie report, released around the same time as the WEF-PAC report, which called for private banks to work alongside law enforcement and intelligence agencies as well as their regulators to “protect” the global financial system from cybercriminals.

The Framework for a Global Cyber Utility

This global coordination, per the WEF-PAC, should be based around a new global system uniting law enforcement agencies from around the world with cybersecurity companies, large corporations such as banks, and other “stakeholders.”

The stakeholders that will make up this new entity, the structure of which will be discussed shortly, is based around 6 founding principles, several of which are significant. For example, the first principle is to “embrace a shared narrative for collective action against cybercrime.” Per the report, this principle involves the stakeholders comprising this organization having “joint ownership of a shared narrative and objective for the greater good of reducing cybercrime across all industries and globally.” The second principle involves the stakeholders basing their cooperation on “long-term strategic alignment.” The fifth principle involves “ensuring value for participating in the cooperation”, with such that “value” or benefit being “aligned with the public and private sectors’ strategic interests.” In other words, the stakeholders of this global cyber utility will be united in their commitment to a common, public-facing “narrative” that serves their organizations’ “strategic interests” over the long term. The decision to emphasize the term “shared narrative” is important as a narrative is merely a story that does not necessarily need to reflect the truth of the situation, thus suggesting that stakeholders merely be consistent in their public statements so they all fit the agreed upon narrative.

Many organizations that are related to or are formally part of WEF-PAC are deeply invested in Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) as well as efforts to digitalize and thus more easily control nearly every sector of the global economy and to regulate the internet. Therefore, it is reasonable to conclude that many of these groups may look to justify regulations and other measures that will advance these agendas in which they have long-term “strategic interests” through the promotion of a “shared narrative” that is deemed most palatable to the general public, but not necessarily based in fact. Business is business, after all.

The WEF-PAC report concludes with its three-tier model for “a global architecture for public-private cooperation against cybercrime.” The top level of this system is referred to as the “global partnership”, which will build on the existing WEF-PAC and will “bring together international stakeholders to provide an overarching narrative and commitment to cooperate; foster interaction within a global network of entities that drive efforts to fight cybercrime; and facilitate strategic dialogues and processes aiming to support cooperation and overcome barriers in the long term.”

Elsewhere in the report it notes that chief among these “barriers” are existing pieces of legislation in many countries that prohibit law enforcement agencies and government regulators from essentially fusing their operations with private sector entities, particularly those they are meant to either oversee or prosecute for wrongdoing. In addition, the report states that this “global partnership” would focus on fostering “a shared narrative to increase commitment and affiliation”, amplifying “operational cooperation” between the public and private sectors and improving “stakeholders’ understanding of respective interests, needs, goals, priorities and constraints.”

The second level of this system is called “permanent nodes” in the report. These are defined as “a global network of existing organizations that strive to facilitate public-private cooperation over time.” The main candidates to occupy the role of “permanent nodes” are “non-profit organizations that are already spurring cooperation between private companies and law enforcement agencies,” specifically the Cyber Threat Alliance and the Global Cyber Alliance. Both are discussed in detail in the next section. Other potential “permanent nodes” mentioned in the report are INTERPOL, EURPOL and, of course, FS-ISAC. While the top level “global partnership” represents the “strategic level” of the organization, the “permanent node” level represents the “coordination level” as the nodes would supply necessary infrastructure, operational rules, and management, as well as “strategic dialogue” among member organizations.

https://unlimitedhangout.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/50e6e8e7-92ad-42ce-833f-ac1c17f0ad93.jpeg

The permanent nodes would directly enable the third level of the organization, which are referred to as “Threat Focus Cells” and are defined as representing the organization’s “operational level.” The WEF-PAC defines these cells as “temporary trust groups consisting of both public- and private-sector organizations and they would focus on discreet cybercrime targets or issues.” Per the report, each cell “would be led jointly by a private-sector participant, a law enforcement participant and a designated representative” of the permanent node that is sponsoring the cell.

Ideally, it states that cells should have between 10 to 15 participants and that “private-sector participants would typically represent organizations that can act to enhance cybersecurity on behalf of large constituencies, that have unique access to relevant cybersecurity information and threat intelligence, or that can contribute on an ecosystem-wide basis.” Thus, only massive corporations need apply. In addition, it states that law enforcement members of threat cells should “represent national-level agencies” or hail from “network defence or sector-specific agencies” at the national, regional or international level. Cell activities would range from “scouting a new threat” to “an infrastructure takedown” to “arrests.”

The WEF-PAC concludes by stating that “in the coming months, the Partnership against Cybercrime Working Group will continue to prepare the implementation of these concepts and widen the scope of the initiative’s efforts”, including by inviting “leading companies and law enforcement agencies” to pledge their commitment to the WEF-PAC’s efforts. It then states that “the suggested architecture could eventually evolve into a newly envisioned, independent Alliance to Combat Global Cybercrime.” “In the interim,” it continues, “the World Economic Forum and key stakeholders will work together to promote the desired processes and assess the validity of the concept.”

Meet the “Nodes”

Among the organizations that the WEF-PAC highlights as shoo-in candidates for “permanent nodes” in their proposal for a global cyber utility, there are two that stand out and are worth examining in detail. They are the Cyber Threat Alliance (CTA) and the Global Cyber Alliance (GCA), both of which are formal members of the WEF-PAC.

The Cyber Threat Alliance (CTA) was initially founded by the companies Fortinet and Palo Alto Networks in May 2014, before McAfee and Symantec joined CTA as co-founders that September. Today, Fortinet and Palo Alto Networks are charter members alongside Check Point and Cisco, while Symantec and McAfee are affiliate members alongside Verizon, Sophos and Avast, among several others. The mission of CTA is to allow for information sharing among its many partners, members, and affiliates in order to “allow the sharing of threat intelligence to better protect their customers against cyberattacks and to make the defense ecosystem more effective,” according to CTA’s current chief executive. CTA, per their website, also focuses on “advocacy” aimed at informing policy initiatives of governments around the world.

CTA is directly partnered with FS-ISAC and the WEF-PAC as well as the hawkish, US-based think tank the Aspen Institute, which is heavily funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the Carnegie Corporation. Other partners include: MITRE Engenuity, the “tech foundation for public good” of the secretive US intelligence and military contractor MITRE; the Cyber Peace Institute, a think tank seeking “peace and justice in cyberspace” that is largely funded by Microsoft and Mastercard (both of which are WEF partners and key players in ID2020); the Cybersecurity Coalition, whose members include Palo Alto Networks, Israeli intelligence front company Cybereason, intelligence and military operative Amit Yoran’s Tenable, Intel, AT&T, Google, McAfee, Microsoft, Avast and Cisco, among others; the Cybercrime Support Network, a non-profit funded by AT&T, Verizon, Google, Cisco, Comcast, Google and Microsoft, among others; and the Global Cyber Alliance, to be discussed shortly. Another key partner is the Institute for Security and Technology (IST), which has numerous ties to the US military, particularly DARPA, and the US National Security State, including the CIA’s In-Q-Tel. The CEO of the Cyber Peace Institute, Stéphane Duguin, was a participant in Cyber Polygon 2020, and the CEO of the Cybercrime Support Network, Kristin Judge, contributed to the WEF-PAC report. Some of the CTA’s partners are listed in the WEF-PAC report as other potential “permanent nodes.”

The CTA is led by Michael Daniel, who co-wrote the WEF-PAC report with Tal Goldstein. Daniel, immediately prior to joining CTA as its top executive in early 2017, was a Special Assistant to former President Obama and the Cybersecurity coordinator of Obama’s National Security Council. In that capacity, Daniel developed the foundations for the US government’s current national cybersecurity strategy, which includes partnerships with the private sector, NGOs and foreign governments. Daniel has stated that some of his cybersecurity views at CTA are drawn “in part on the wisdom of Henry Kissinger” and he has been an agenda contributor to the WEF since his time in the Obama administration. Daniel is one of Cyber Polygon 2021’s experts and will be speaking alongside Teresa Walsh of FS-ISAC and Craig Jones of INTERPOL on how to develop an international response to ransomware attacks.

The fact that CTA was founded by Fortinet and Palo Alto Networks is notable as both companies are intimately related. Fortinet’s founder Ken Xie, who sits on CTA’s board and is a founding member and advisor to the WEF’s Centre for Cybersecurity, previously founded and then ran NetScreen Technologies, where Palo Alto Network’s founder, Nir Zuk, worked after his earlier company OneSecure was acquired by NetScreen in 2002. Zuk is an alumni of Israeli intelligence’s Unit 8200 and was recruited directly out of that unit in 1994 by Check Point, a CTA charter member, WEF-PAC member and tech company founded by Unit 8200 alumni. Zuk has been open about maintaining close ties to the Israeli government while operating the California-based Palo Alto Networks. Fortinet, for its part, is known for hiring former US intelligence officials, including former top NSA officials. Fortinet is a US government and US military contractor and came under scrutiny in 2016 after a whistleblower filed suit against the company for illegally selling the US military technological products that had been disguised in order to appear as American-made, but were actually made in China. Fortinet’s Derek Manky is one of the co-authors of the WEF-PAC report.

Check Point’s co-founder and current CEO, Gil Shwed, currently sits on CTA’s board of directors and is also a WEF “Global Leader for Tomorrow”, in addition to his longstanding ties to the Israeli National Security State and his past work for Unit 8200. Another Check Point top executive, Dorit Dor, is a member of the WEF Centre for Cybersecurity and a speaker at Cyber Polygon 2021, where she will speak on protecting supply chains. Gil Shwed, over the past few weeks, has been making numerous appearances on US cable television news to warn that a “cyber pandemic” is imminent. In addition to those appearances, Shwed produced a video on June 23rd asking “Is a Cyber Pandemic Coming?”, in which Shwed answers with a resounding yes. The term “cyber pandemic” first emerged on the scene last year during WEF chairman Klaus Schwab’s opening speech at the first WEF Cyber Polygon simulation and it is notable that the WEF-connected Shwed uses the same terminology. Schwab also stated in that speech that the comprehensive cyber attacks that would comprise this “cyber pandemic” would make the COVID-19 crisis appear to be “a small disturbance in comparison.”

In addition to CTA, another international alliance named by the WEF-PAC as a “permanent node” candidate is the Global Cyber Alliance (GCA). The GCA was reportedly the idea of Manhattan District Attorney Cyrus Vance Jr. who “knew that there had to be a better way to confront the cybercrime epidemic” back in 2015. GCA was born through discussions Vance held with William Pelgrin, former President and CEO of the Center for Internet Security (CIS) and one of New York Governor Andrew Cuomo’s top cyber advisors. Pelgrin and Vance later approached Adrian Leppard, the then- police commissioner of the City of London, the controversial financial center of the UK. Unsurprisingly, CityUK, the City of London’s main financial lobby group, is a member of the GCA.

If one is familiar with Cyrus Vance’s time as Manhattan DA, his interest in meaningfully pursuing crime, particularly if committed by the wealthy and powerful, is laughable. Vance infamously dropped cases against and/or declined to prosecute powerful New York figures, including Donald Trump’s children and Harvey Weinstein, subsequently receiving massive donations to his re-election campaigns from Trump family and Weinstein lawyers. His office also once lobbied a New York court on behalf of intelligence-linked pedophile Jeffrey Epstein, who was seeking at the time to have his registered sex offender status downgraded. Vance’s office later U-turned in regards to Weinstein and Epstein after more and more accusers came forward and after considerable press attention was paid to their misdeeds. Vance also came under scrutiny after dropping charges against former head of the International Monetary Fund (IMF), Dominique Strauss-Kahn, for the sexual assault of a hotel maid.

Vance used $25 million in criminal asset forfeiture funds to create GCA, in addition to funding from Pelgrin’s CIS and the Leppard-run City of London police. Its official yet opaque purpose is “to reduce cyber risk” on a global scale in order to create “a secure, trustworthy internet.” Their means of accomplishing this purpose is equally vague as they claim to “approach this challenge by building partnerships and creating a global community that stands strong together.” For all intents and purposes, GCA is a massive organization whose members seek to create a more regulated, less anonymous internet.

The role of the Center for Internet Security (CIS) in the GCA is highly significant, as CIS is the non-profit that manages key bodies involved in the maintenance of critical US infrastructure, including for US state and local governments and for federal, state and local elections. CIS, which is also partnered with CTA, also works closely with the main groups responsible for protecting the US power grid and water supply systems and is also directly partnered with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Its board of directors, in addition to William Pelgrin, includes former high-ranking military and intelligence operatives (i.e. the aforementioned Amit Yoran), former top officials at the DHS and the National Security Agency (NSA) and one of the main architects of US cyber policy under the administrations of both George W. Bush and Barack Obama. CIS was created through private meetings between “a small group of business and government leaders” who were members of the Cosmos Club, the “private social club” of the US political and scientific elite whose members have included three presidents, a dozen Supreme Court justices and numerous Nobel Prize winners.

GCA’s main funders are the founders listed above as well as the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation, the foundation of the co-founder of Hewlett-Packard (HP), a tech giant with deep ties to US intelligence; Craig Newmark Philanthropies, the “philanthropic” arm of the Craigslist founder’s influence empire; and Bloomberg, the media outlet owned by billionaire and former Mayor of New York Mike Bloomberg. GCA’s premium partners, which also fund GCA and secure a seat on GCA’s Strategic Advisory Committee, include Facebook, Mastercard, Microsoft, Intel, and PayPal as well as C. Hoare & Co., the UK’s oldest privately owned bank and the fifth oldest bank in the world. Other significant premium partners include the Public Interest Registry, which manages the .org domain for websites, and ICANN (the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers), that manages much of the Internet’s global Domain Name System (DNS). Those two organizations together represent a significant portion of website domain name management globally. Notably, the founding chairwoman of ICANN was Esther Dyson, whose connections to Jeffrey Epstein and the Edge Foundation were discussed in a recent Unlimited Hangout investigation.

In terms of partners, GCA is much larger than CTA and other such alliances, most of which are themselves partners of GCA. Indeed, nearly every partner of CTA, including the CTA itself are part of the GCA as is CTA co-founder Palo Alto Networks. GCA’s partners include several international law enforcement agencies including: the National Police, National Gendarmerie and Ministry of Justice of France, the Ministry of Justice of Lagos, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, the UK Met Police, and the US Secret Service. The state governments of Michigan and New York are also partners. Several institutions and companies deeply tied to the US National Security State, such as Michael Chertoff’s the Chertoff Group, the National Security Institute, and MITRE, are part of GCA as are some of the most controversial and intelligence-connected cybersecurity companies, such as Crowdstrike and Sepio Systems, another Unit 8200 alumni-founded company whose chairman of the board is former Mossad director Tamir Pardo. The Israeli intelligence-linked initiative CyberNYC is also a member. Major telecommunication companies like Verizon and Virgin are represented alongside some of the world’s largest banks, including Bank of America and Barclays, as well as FS-ISAC and the UK’s “most powerful financial lobby”, the CityUK.

Also crucial is the presence of several media organizations as partners, chief among them Bloomberg. Aside from Bloomberg and Craig Newmark Philanthropies (which funds several mainstream news outlets and “anti-fake news” initiatives), media outlets and organizations partnered with GCA include Free Press Unlimited (funded by George Soros’ Open Society Foundations, the European Union, and the US, Dutch, Belgian and UK governments), the Institute for Nonprofit News (funded by Craig Newmark, Pierre Omidyar’s Omidyar Network and George Soros’ Open Society Foundations, among others), and Report for America (funded by Craig Newmark Philanthropies, Facebook, Google and Bloomberg).

PEN America, the well-known non-profit and literary society focused on press freedom, is also a member. PEN has become much more closely aligned with US government policy and particularly the Democratic Party in recent years, likely owing to its current CEO being Suzanne Nossel, a former deputy Assistant Secretary of State for International Organizations at the Hillary Clinton-run State Department. The many other members of GCA can all be found here (https://www.globalcyberalliance.org/partner/).

The End of Anonymity

The considerable involvement of some of the most powerful corporations in the world from some of the most critical sectors that underpin the current economy, as well as non-profits that manage key internet, government and utility infrastructure in these organizations that comprise WEF-PAC is highly significant and also concerning for more than a few reasons. Indeed, if all were to follow the call to form a “shared narrative”, whether it is true or not, in pursuit of long-term “strategic interests”, which the WEF and many of its partners directly relate to the rapid implementation of the 4th Industrial Revolution via the “Great Reset”, the WEF-PAC global cyber utility could emerge sooner rather than later.

As evidenced by the architecture put forth by WEF-PAC, the power that organization would have over the public and private sectors is considerable. Such an organization, once established, could usher in long-standing efforts to both require a digital ID to access and use the internet as well as eliminate the ability to conduct anonymous financial transactions. Both policies would advance the overarching goal of both the WEF and many corporations and governments to usher in a new age of unprecedented surveillance of ordinary citizens.

The effort to eliminate anonymous transactions in digital currency has become very overt in some countries in recent weeks, particularly in the US. For instance, Anne Neuberger, current Deputy National Security Adviser who has deep ties to the US-Israel lobby, stated on June 29 that the Biden administration was considering obtaining more “visibility” into ransomware groups’ activities, particularly anonymous cryptocurrency transactions. Such efforts could easily cross the line into state surveillance of any and all Americans’ online crypto transactions, especially given the US government’s history of habitually engaging in surveillance overreach in the post-9/11 era. One specific possibility mentioned by Neuberger was to prohibit companies from keeping crypto payments of concern secret, suggesting possible, imminent regulation of cryptocurrency exchanges. Current efforts, per Neuberger, also include an effort to build “an international coalition” against ransomware, which will likely tie into WEF-PAC given that the FBI, DOJ and US Secret Service are already members.

Neuberger also stated that the recent public-private partnership that took down the Trickbot botnet “should be the kind of operation used to tackle ransomware gangs in the future.” However, that effort, led by WEF partner Microsoft, preemptively took down a network of computers “out of fear that hackers could deploy [that network] to launch ransomware attacks to inhibit election-supporting IT systems” ahead of the US election. Using Trickbot as the model for future ransomware operations means opening the door to companies like Microsoft taking preemptive action against infrastructure used by people that the government and private sector “fear” may engage in “cybercrime” at some point in the future.

Notably, on the same day as Neuberger’s statements, Congressional representative Bill Foster (D-IL) told Axios that “there’s significant sentiment in Congress that if you’re participating in an anonymous crypto transaction that you are a de facto participant in a criminal conspiracy.” Coming from Rep. Foster, this is quite significant as he is a member of the Financial Services Committee, the Blockchain Caucus and a recently formed Congressional working group on cryptocurrency. His decision to use the phrase “anonymous crypto transaction” as opposed to a transaction linked to ransomware or criminal activity is also significant, as it suggests that the possibility that complete anonymity is seen to be the target of coming efforts to regulate the crypto space by the US Congress. While Foster claims to oppose a “completely surveilled environment” for crypto, he qualifies that by stating that “you have to be able to unmask and potentially reverse those [crypto] transactions.” However, if this becomes government policy, it will mean the only group allowed to have complete anonymity in online financial transactions will be the State and will open the door to the government’s abuse of “unmasking”, which the US government has done in numerous instances over the years through the systematic abuse of FISA warrants.

It is also important to mention that the US is hardly alone in its effort to wipe out online financial anonymity in the crypto world, as several governments that are supporting Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) projects, which includes the US, are either moving towards or have already cracked down on the crypto space. For example, soon after China introduced the “digital yuan”, it cracked down on bitcoin miners and companies that provide services, including ads and marketing, to crypto-related entities. This had major implications for the crypto market and resulted in a considerable reduction in bitcoin’s value, which it has yet to fully recover. It is reasonable to assume that other governments will work to aggressively regulate or even ban crypto markets following the introduction of their CBDC projects in order to force widespread adoption of the digital currency favored by the State. It is also worth highlighting the additional fact that, as China introduced the digital yuan, it also sought to crackdown on cash, stating that the anonymity offered by cash – much like anonymous crypto transactions – could also be used for “illicit activity.”

However, there are some obvious holes in the WEF-PAC’s narratives and justifications for its “solutions.” For example, even if cryptocurrencies are banned or heavily regulated, it is unlikely that this will end cyber attacks, with hackers likely finding a new way to conduct operations that provide them with some sort of financial benefit. Cyber attacks and cybercrime precede the creation of crypto considerably and would continue even if crypto were somehow magically removed from the equation.

In addition, there has been speculation about the nature of the 3 big hacks that took place over the past year: SolarWinds, Colonial and JBS. In the case of SolarWinds, attribution of blame to “Russian hackers” came down to CIA-linked cybersecurity firm FireEye claiming that the “disciplined” methodology of the hackers could only possibly have been individuals tied to Russia’s government and because FireEye’s CEO received a postcard he “suspects” was Russian in origin. Left uninvestigated was the firm Samanage, which is linked to the same intelligence networks in which the WEF’s current head of cyber strategy worked for years.

Regarding the Colonial pipeline hack, there is the fact that the original narrative was later proven false, as the pipeline itself remained functional, but services were halted due to the company’s concerns about their ability to bill customers properly. In addition, the US Department of Justice managed to seize the vast majority of the bitcoin ransomware payment Colonial had made, suggesting that extreme regulation of the crypto market may not actually be necessary to deter cybercriminals or recuperate ransomware payments. Surely, WEF-PAC is aware of this because the US Department of Justice is one of its members.

With the JBS hack, there is the fact that the company, the world’s largest meats processor, had partnered with the WEF just months before regarding the need to reduce meat consumption and had begun to heavily invest and acquire non-animal-based alternatives. Blackrock, a major WEF partner, is the 3rd largest shareholder in JBS. Notably, after the hack, the situation was quickly used to warn of upcoming, widespread meat shortages, even though the disruption of the hack paused operations for just one day. In addition, the JBS hack was supposedly executed by “Russian hackers” being given “safe haven” by Russia’s government. However, JBS somehow has no problem partnering the WEF, which co-hosts Cyber Polygon alongside the cybersecurity subsidiary of Sberbank, which is majority owned by the same Russian government supposedly enabling JBS’ hackers.

In addition to the effort to regulate crypto, there is also a push by WEF-partnered governments to end privacy and the potential for anonymity on the internet in general, by linking government-issued IDs to internet access. This would allow every piece of online content accessed to be surveilled, as well as every post or comment authored by each citizen, supposedly to ensure that no citizen can engage in “criminal” activity online. This policy is part of an older effort, particularly in the US, where creating a nationwide “Driver’s License for the Internet” was proposed and then piloted by the Obama administration. The European Union made a similar effort to require government-issued IDs for social media access a few years later.

The UK also launched its Verify digital ID program around the same time, something which former UK Prime Minister and WEF associate Tony Blair has been pushing aggressively to have expanded into a compulsory requirement in recent months. Then, just last month, the EU implemented a sweeping, new digital ID service that could easily be expanded to fit with the Union’s past efforts to link such IDs to access to online services. As Unlimited Hangout noted earlier this year, the infrastructure for many of these digital IDs, as well as vaccine passports, have been set up so that they are also eventually linked to financial activity and potentially online activity as well.

Ultimately, what WEF-PAC represents is a global organization that aims to neuter anonymity online, whether for financial purposes or for browsing and other activities. It is a global effort combining powerful governments and corporations that seeks to usher in a new age of surveillance that makes such surveillance a requirement to participate in the online world or use online services. It is being sold to the public as the only way to stop a coming “pandemic” of cybercrime, a crisis taking place largely in murky parts of the internet that few understand or have any direct experience with. Having to rely on State intelligence agencies and intelligence-linked cybersecurity firms for attribution of these crimes, it has never been easier for corrupt actors in those agencies or their partners to either manufacture or manipulate a crisis that could upend online freedom as we have known it, something these very groups have sought to implement for years.

All of this should serve as a poignant reminder that, as much as our lives have become interconnected with the internet and online activity, the fight to protect human freedom, dignity and liberty against a predatory, global oligarchy is fundamentally one that must take place in the real world, not only online. May the coming “cyber war”, whatever form it takes, remind many that online activism must be accompanied by real world actions and organizing.

[bluestflame]

https://patents.google.com/patent/US11107588B2/en


Methods and systems of prioritizing treatments, vaccination, testing and/or activities while protecting the privacy of individuals

[pueblo]

I haven't seen this posted here, only a quick search so apologies if cross posting, but this is a fascinating film that really puts our current situation in to clear focus as regards to just how controlled we really are.

This is a an excellent tool for gently yet firmly arousing the slightly sleepy/half awake people out there. It's what they fear.

1hour3min

MONOPOLY - Who owns the world?

https://rumble.com/vn7lf5-monopoly-who-owns-the-world-must-see.html

Hope all well with everyone. Stay strong brothers and sisters.

[ExomatrixTV]

1448026633705754624


source (https://twitter.com/i/status/1448026633705754624)

[Eva2]

'“Eventually, we may reach a point when it will be impossible to disconnect from this all-knowing network even for a moment. Disconnection will mean death. If medical hopes are realised, future people will incorporate into their bodies a host of biometric devices, bionic organs and nano-robots, which will monitor our health and defend us from infections, illnesses and damage. Yet these devices will have to be online 24/7, both in order to be updated with the latest medical news, and in order to protect them from the new plagues of cyberspace. Just as my home computer is constantly attacked by viruses, worms and Trojan horses, so will be my pacemaker, my hearing aid and my nanotech immune system. If I don’t update my body’s anti-virus program regularly, I will wake up one day to discover that the millions of nano-robots coursing through my veins are now controlled by a North Korean hacker.”
~ Yuval Noah Harari, Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow. '

[ExomatrixTV]

😨 Hey Australia 🧐 A Question

D7slQNV-Lxo

[Tintin]

Deep Dive: Technocracy and the Pandemic

This feels like the most appropriate home for this webinar as the "Great Reset" of course is the technocrats' vision which was ramified in the 1930s and has since gained alarming momentum.

With documents with titles such as Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development (https://avalonlibrary.net/Scenarios_for_the_Future_of_Technology_and_International_Development_%28Rockefeller_Foundation_2010% 29%5Bdocument%5D/Scenarios_for_the_Future_of_Technology_and_International_Development_Rockefeller_Foundation_2010.pdf ) with which all members of the forum are now familiar, along with its somewhat 'prophetic' Lock Step narrative isn't evidence enough, then perhaps this extract from this article's text can cement the reality further.

Source: Aaron Kheriaty Substack (https://aaronkheriaty.substack.com/p/deep-dive-technocracy-and-the-pandemic?r=76kom&utm_campaign=post&utm_medium=web&utm_source=)

(quoted from Fr. Stefano Zamagni article): https://simoneweilcenter.org/publications/2021/10/1/excerpts-from-stefano-zamagnis-tecnocrazia-e-pandemia-technocracy-and-pandemic



"Since a tree is recognized by its fruits, to understand the meaning of the reaction to the epidemic, and therefore to understand the nature of the technocratic mentality that guides society, it is necessary to look first of all at the restrictive measures that have been taken. Their consequences go far beyond the economic and social crisis they have incurred.
Measures having to do with the reopening (or reclosing) of churches, schools and businesses cannot be fully understood if we restrict ourselves only to arguments of a purely sociological or psychological nature.

What emerges from the ruins of the traditional conception of society, a concept centered on the person and the family, is the totalitarianism of bourgeois society and of its liberal and progressive culture. Which leads us to a third question which needs to be taken into consideration: which phenomena introduced or highlighted by the current restrictive measures are destined to change the life of the individual, and therefore the life of society as a whole, and will go on influencing it even after these restrictive measures themselves are removed?



This evolutionary-progressive mentality has now established itself as all-encompassing. Indeed, it is only with great difficulty that this mentality can even be named, much less questioned. Scientism and technocracy constitute the water in which we swim, so much so that the possibility of framing human existence in any other way hardly comes to mind. Proof of this can be found in the fact that it is hardly imaginable to devise other ways than lockdowns and mass vaccinations to deal with the circumstance of an epidemic. It is a lack of imagination, which has its root in a reduction of reason whose horizon is limited to the scientifically demonstrable. But what we are witnessing is also a distortion of morality. Now the latter simply ends up justifying the status quo in the name of progress as the absolute value.

That the lockdown marked the victory of science and not its defeat appears likewise from the circumstance that, faced with the drama of suffering and death, society's only responses came in the form of the systematic hospitalization of infected people and various scientific research programs. Every effort was aimed at ensuring that hospitals and testing laboratories could fight against the virus.

The initial declaration of impotence, therefore, must be interpreted as a simple mask for scientific hubris, according to which science is the only bulwark in the face of disease and death, within a culture where the latter are conceived, in the spirit of pragmatism, as ‘problems’ to be ‘solved.’

All other instances that make up the existence of man were considered irrelevant for the purpose of eliminating the virus. What if this virus, like so many others, could not be eliminated, but only defeated by learning to live with it? These questions have no place and indeed do not even arise…

Since it is only through medical science that diseases can be addressed, politics, therefore, is only doing its duty when it recognizes the primacy of science and puts into practice what science says. The salvation of people, therefore, can only come in the form of hospitals and vaccines. This, in summary, is the message which scientists, politicians and opinion leaders of all kinds have communicated, and the means by which they have convinced entire populations to passively obey whatever was ordered to them by the technocrats in power: to obey first the lockdown and then the mandatory vaccination campaign now."


Simone Weil Center: Technocracy and the Pandemic, featuring Gov. Jerry Brown, Dr. Jay Bhattarcharya

AQzcfyMtPRU

Description
A Lecture by Fr. Stefano Zamagni, followed by questions from a panel of eminent public intellectuals: featuring:




GOV. JERRY BROWN
DR. JAY BHATTARCHARYA, MD
PROF. AARON KHERIATY, MD
PROF. ADAM WEBB

Fr. Stefano Zamagni, an Italian-born Doctor of Theology student at the John Paul II Institute (Catholic University), and a student of both Michael Hanby and David C. Schindler, has written a wide-ranging philosophical-anthropological critique of the ‘technocratic’ approach to resolving the Covid 19 problem. Rather than starting with the quintessentially technocratic question: ‘what can our inventions do to solve this?’ Zamagni starts, instead, by asking: ‘What is most essential to our very humanity?’ and ‘What, understood comprehensively, is human health in the first place?’ To our knowledge, Zamagni’s is the most comprehensive anthropological analysis of the pandemic currently available to us.

An extremely eminent panel of discussants/questioners will contribute their varied perspectives and professional backgrounds to this vitally important topic, a topic on which, it is no exaggeration to say, the fate of human civilization may hinge.

[ExomatrixTV]

What's really behind "The Great Reset"?

SOS21GL8ZPY

[ExomatrixTV]

"The Great Reset": Fact or Fiction? With Alex Jones

F_1ZoAo8DY4


This, among others, was planned for decades and we were laughed at for speaking about it .. then all of a sudden they talk about: "Global Governance (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Global_governance)" >>> normalizing global tyranny.

weforum.org/agenda/archive/global-governance/ (https://www.weforum.org/agenda/archive/global-governance/)

And you are called: "conspiracy theorists" for pointing out the obvious.

Imagine if you are 100% neutral and see this (https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1Gb0000000LHN2EAO?tab=publications) ... can you still claim: "it is just a wacko theory" ? ... Tell me!

More and more is international coordinated ... and national leaders can always hide behind the lame excuse: "see how many other countries do the same" so it "must be right then" ... My God, how stupid do they think we are?

cheers,
John Kuhles aka 'ExomatrixTV'
October 21st, 2021

source (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?116595-Global-taxation-system&p=1458731&viewfull=1#post1458731)

[mountain_jim]

https://media.gab.com/system/media_attachments/files/088/626/260/original/286e96edf5d4ae15.jpg

[ExomatrixTV]

GOP Lawmaker On House Floor: 'Let's Go Brandon!':

pgsd4nsZs0w

[Eva2]

Notice of Prohibition by Donors
It has come to our attention that the International Court of Justice and the Vatican Chancery Court, the United Nations, the World Economic Forum, the Swiss Federal Council, and various Central Banks have not yet been fully instructed and notified that the Donors of the World Trust, the D'Avila Family Trust, the United States Trust, the Guadalupe Hidalgo Treaty Trust, the Star Trusts, the Northern Trust, the Southern Trust, the Eastern Trust, and the Western Trust and over Five Thousand Legacy Trusts, have all been identified as living people and the Donors have taken direct action with respect to the referenced Trusts and have invoked the Donor's General Power of Attorney over the World Trust, the General Power of Attorney held by the Fiduciary of The United States of America, and the General Power of Attorney held by Chief LaVern Fast Horse.
The United Nations and World Economic Forum are not authorized by the Donors to act as Trustees or Allocators of the Trust Assets referenced; the Donors have never authorized any incorporated entity to act as a Trustee and have never authorized any NGO or International Organization to act in any capacity as a Trustee, Executor, Allocator, Assign, or Liquidator of these Trusts.
There are known and established and fully documented Powers of Attorney standing over all of these referenced Trusts. We are in contact with the actual Holders of all these Powers of Attorney and have overcome any question related to their nationality and nature and political status. All actual Powers of Attorney and all Assignments related to these trusts are held by actual living people who have been contacted and located and verified.
Any other claim or legal presumption otherwise is disallowed by the Donors.
The Donors specifically prohibit the enactment or implementation of any so-called "Great Reset" without their specific and explicit written agreement to all stipulations.
This Notice is being provided to the Vatican Chancery Court, the International Court of Justice, the United Nations Secretariat, the Court of the Lord High Steward, the Swiss Federal Council, the World Bank/IBRD, IMF, Federal Reserve, and World Economic Forum.
This Notice is being delivered via email and hard copy International Mail under the signature of the Fiduciary of The United States of America, who also holds Power of Attorney over the United States Trust assets, and who has contractual relationships with all other Power of Attorney Holders related to these referenced Trusts and the Donors thereof.
Anna Maria Riezinger, Fiduciary
The United States of America

[ExomatrixTV]

It's about doing away with EVERYTHING we once knew...

OACAcR5gHp8

[ExomatrixTV]

'May Be The Craziest Thing I've Ever Heard': Jim Jordan Blasts Democrats During House Hearing

Og4l3RnoXG0

[ExomatrixTV]

The Invasion of Taiwan (https://banned.video/watch?id=6179752322876e1b886cd761) is the Crisis for the Great Reset:

6179752322876e1b886cd761

[onawah]

Really telling it like it is--A NEW Lockdown Is Coming And You WON'T Believe The Excuse!
94,142 views Nov 1, 2021
11K
WeAreChange
744K subscribers

"This report explains the new excuse for lockdowns and a complete restructuring of the world economy, as well as the people and plans behind this."JGGcOd5eB64

As reported therein, Prince Charles just announced at the global summit: "The world needs a vast military style campaign to marshal the strength of the global private sector in their fight against carbon in order to marshal a fundamental economic transition". (In other words, "The Great Reset", said just after his private meetings with Jeff Bezos and Bill Gates (who of course, flew in on their private jets).

[ExomatrixTV]

"What Everyone Needs To Know In The Months & Years Ahead!!!"

Gd9B3tgB7Wc
[THEY DON'T WANT THIS OUT]


"I Was Told Not To Talk About This" - David Icke (2021)

574079327249977


source (https://www.facebook.com/ILMyLifeOfficial/videos/574079327249977/)

[ExomatrixTV]

3004242899903394


source (https://www.facebook.com/johnn.kuhless/videos/3004242899903394)

[Delight]

Max Igan suggests that the citizens of the USA really need to rise up NOW because the window of opportunity seems to be closing as evidenced by such events as needing jab to get back into country after 11/8 and other unfolding events. He thinks Australia is unable to rise up and the USA citizens need to help Australia after we take back the USA.

THE AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT MUST BE REMOVED OR MILLIONS WILL DIE AND THE NATION WILL FALL

Sve4K1YfNQKc/

[ExomatrixTV]

https://sp.rmbl.ws/s8/2/E/S/Z/d/ESZdc.haa.mp4


source (https://www.blckbx.tv/videos/reset) <<< with Dutch 🇳🇱 Subtitles!

[kfm27917]

Welcome to the jackpot

William Gibson’s most recent novel Agency, describes a type of “many worlds” tapestry of a multiverse as it exists after a catastrophe called “The Jackpot”. The main character’s POV takes place from within one of these “stubs” as they are called, which for some reason forked off from the “real” Earth timeline sometime after the 2016 US election.

Although Gibson doesn’t exactly strike me as a MAGA guy in real life, it is interesting to note that in the story, the “real” Earth timeline is one in which it’s implied that Hillary Clinton won the 2016 election (neither “Clinton” or “Trump” are mentioned by name anywhere in the book). However, it’s also the timeline in which a global thermonuclear war erupted around the Syrian conflict.

It is this outcome which the protagonists, some of which are covert operatives from our future, are seeking to nudge the other stubs away from. In other words, it’s classic William Gibson, who’s enduring quip “The future is here, it’s just unevenly distributed” has probably garnered even more relevance of late.

n one of the early stubs, it is Trump who won the 2016 election, and although no nuclear conflagration occurred then, a series of rolling catastrophes remembered by history as The Jackpot, ensued. The Jackpot resulted in massive depopulation, the destruction of democracy globally, and a system of interlocking fiefdoms run by a new governance structure openly acknowledged to be a kleptocracy.

This idea that we were living in somebody else’s parallel universe oddly reinforced an inexplicable subconscious urge that began expressing itself in my own thoughts around the end of 2019, the idea that we were the bizarroverse that people often refer to in half-joking terms.

Somewhere, somehow, there is a much more rational reality, and we’re “The Bizarroverse” to that.

— Mark E. Jeftovic (@StuntPope) December 12, 2019

As these thoughts expressed themselves I had some sense of this oncoming year becoming an inflection point in history, one of those years against which all future events would be retroactively measured “Pre-2020” or “Post-2020”, and for sake of expediency I’ll appropriate Gibson’s literary term for that inflection point, The Jackpot.

The Jackpot is what Chris Martenson and Adam Taggart have been converging on for years, before anybody ever heard of COVID-19. They said that the current conventional assumption, that the next 20 years would be a somewhat straight-forward linear extrapolation of the previous 20, was wrong. They didn’t know what the catalyst would be, nor did any like-minded commentators such as Charles Hugh Smith, James Kunstler, John Michael Greer, or even myself, when I intuited in Unicorn Winter that “Ground Hog Day was coming”.

By now it seems quite likely that the inflection point is upon us and that the Coronavirus was the catalyst to bring it on. The Great Bull Market of 2009-2020 or even 1982-2020, is over (each counter-cyclical bear crisis papered over by QE and ZIRP). This time, the Central Banks are out of ammo and none of the old moves are working.

The Jackpot is where we arrive when we run out of road to kick the can.
Over the next few posts I’m going to explore what various outcomes could look like after the Jackpot. These are not predictions. They are scenarios of what might unfold when certain key tenets, those articles of faith that have been taken for granted these last 20 years, break down and become irrelevant, or even toxic.

Scenario 1: Force Majeure:
In this scenario all predominant belief systems about governance and order such as liberalism, democracy, rule of law, free markets and capitalism break down. So do their accompanying institutions: political parties, nation states, currency regimes, even formal religious denominations.

This outcome witnesses the ascension and proliferation of the non-state actors. Imagine Facebook and Google having their own currencies – and paramilitary forces, while overleveraged, bankrupt nations rupture and crack up.

Countries become a balkanized hodgepodge of autonomous areas where control is contested between privately held warlords, clans or networks and remnants of regional authorities. If you want to get a feel for how the Force Majeure scenario plays out, get a copy of Neal Stephenson”s SnowCrash.

Scenario 2: Tin Foil Hats
This scenario is one where we posit (merely as a thought experiment) that the conspiracy theories around Coronavirus could be true. These range from it being a weaponized virus that either escaped, or was unleashed, to the assertion that the entire Coronavirus hysteria is a hoax, perpetrated by Global Elites (probably the Lizard People) in order to take down the economy and institute worldwide martial law.

In this scenario we might be in the early innings of World War Three, only the war isn’t being fought with bombs and bullets, it’s being fought with biological agents and weaponized financial derivatives.

Scenario 3: Mandatory Pollyana
This is where Central Bankers step in and once again save the day, injecting just the right amount of liquidity, pushing interest rates to the exactly correct level, possibly below zero. Policy makers unleash unbridled fiscal stimulus, tax incentives and deferrals, to be followed up with MMT and UBI.

In this version, global financial markets become, in the words of Ben Hunt “publicly owned utilities” – that are only permitted to go up. Short selling is banned. The world moves into a globally coordinated command economy.

Scenario 4: Good-bye Globalism
Is where multi-national corporations, so shaken from this Near Death Experience, realizing their error of betting the farm on just-in-time supply chains, labour cost arbitrage and having zero buffers, begin pulling manufacturing back home.

The smart ones start building cushions and shock absorbers into their business logic, and they begin to eschew leverage after being on the wrong side of a series of cascading liquidity implosions. In other words, businesses begin to transition themselves into what I called “Transition Companies” as posited in the inaugural posting for Out Of The Cave.

I consider this scenario to be the most desirable, but the least likely, especially if many of these corporations receive government bailouts.

https://bombthrower.com/articles/welcome-to-the-jackpot/

[Delight]

Welcome to the jackpot

William Gibson’s most recent novel Agency, describes a type of “many worlds” tapestry of a multiverse as it exists after a catastrophe called “The Jackpot”. The main character’s POV takes place from within one of these “stubs” as they are called, which for some reason forked off from the “real” Earth timeline sometime after the 2016 US election.

Although Gibson doesn’t exactly strike me as a MAGA guy in real life, it is interesting to note that in the story, the “real” Earth timeline is one in which it’s implied that Hillary Clinton won the 2016 election (neither “Clinton” or “Trump” are mentioned by name anywhere in the book). However, it’s also the timeline in which a global thermonuclear war erupted around the Syrian conflict.

It is this outcome which the protagonists, some of which are covert operatives from our future, are seeking to nudge the other stubs away from. In other words, it’s classic William Gibson, who’s enduring quip “The future is here, it’s just unevenly distributed” has probably garnered even more relevance of late.

n one of the early stubs, it is Trump who won the 2016 election, and although no nuclear conflagration occurred then, a series of rolling catastrophes remembered by history as The Jackpot, ensued. The Jackpot resulted in massive depopulation, the destruction of democracy globally, and a system of interlocking fiefdoms run by a new governance structure openly acknowledged to be a kleptocracy.

This idea that we were living in somebody else’s parallel universe oddly reinforced an inexplicable subconscious urge that began expressing itself in my own thoughts around the end of 2019, the idea that we were the bizarroverse that people often refer to in half-joking terms.

Somewhere, somehow, there is a much more rational reality, and we’re “The Bizarroverse” to that.

— Mark E. Jeftovic (@StuntPope) December 12, 2019

As these thoughts expressed themselves I had some sense of this oncoming year becoming an inflection point in history, one of those years against which all future events would be retroactively measured “Pre-2020” or “Post-2020”, and for sake of expediency I’ll appropriate Gibson’s literary term for that inflection point, The Jackpot.

The Jackpot is what Chris Martenson and Adam Taggart have been converging on for years, before anybody ever heard of COVID-19. They said that the current conventional assumption, that the next 20 years would be a somewhat straight-forward linear extrapolation of the previous 20, was wrong. They didn’t know what the catalyst would be, nor did any like-minded commentators such as Charles Hugh Smith, James Kunstler, John Michael Greer, or even myself, when I intuited in Unicorn Winter that “Ground Hog Day was coming”.

By now it seems quite likely that the inflection point is upon us and that the Coronavirus was the catalyst to bring it on. The Great Bull Market of 2009-2020 or even 1982-2020, is over (each counter-cyclical bear crisis papered over by QE and ZIRP). This time, the Central Banks are out of ammo and none of the old moves are working.

The Jackpot is where we arrive when we run out of road to kick the can.
Over the next few posts I’m going to explore what various outcomes could look like after the Jackpot. These are not predictions. They are scenarios of what might unfold when certain key tenets, those articles of faith that have been taken for granted these last 20 years, break down and become irrelevant, or even toxic.

Scenario 1: Force Majeure:
In this scenario all predominant belief systems about governance and order such as liberalism, democracy, rule of law, free markets and capitalism break down. So do their accompanying institutions: political parties, nation states, currency regimes, even formal religious denominations.

This outcome witnesses the ascension and proliferation of the non-state actors. Imagine Facebook and Google having their own currencies – and paramilitary forces, while overleveraged, bankrupt nations rupture and crack up.

Countries become a balkanized hodgepodge of autonomous areas where control is contested between privately held warlords, clans or networks and remnants of regional authorities. If you want to get a feel for how the Force Majeure scenario plays out, get a copy of Neal Stephenson”s SnowCrash.

Scenario 2: Tin Foil Hats
This scenario is one where we posit (merely as a thought experiment) that the conspiracy theories around Coronavirus could be true. These range from it being a weaponized virus that either escaped, or was unleashed, to the assertion that the entire Coronavirus hysteria is a hoax, perpetrated by Global Elites (probably the Lizard People) in order to take down the economy and institute worldwide martial law.

In this scenario we might be in the early innings of World War Three, only the war isn’t being fought with bombs and bullets, it’s being fought with biological agents and weaponized financial derivatives.

Scenario 3: Mandatory Pollyana
This is where Central Bankers step in and once again save the day, injecting just the right amount of liquidity, pushing interest rates to the exactly correct level, possibly below zero. Policy makers unleash unbridled fiscal stimulus, tax incentives and deferrals, to be followed up with MMT and UBI.

In this version, global financial markets become, in the words of Ben Hunt “publicly owned utilities” – that are only permitted to go up. Short selling is banned. The world moves into a globally coordinated command economy.

Scenario 4: Good-bye Globalism
Is where multi-national corporations, so shaken from this Near Death Experience, realizing their error of betting the farm on just-in-time supply chains, labour cost arbitrage and having zero buffers, begin pulling manufacturing back home.

The smart ones start building cushions and shock absorbers into their business logic, and they begin to eschew leverage after being on the wrong side of a series of cascading liquidity implosions. In other words, businesses begin to transition themselves into what I called “Transition Companies” as posited in the inaugural posting for Out Of The Cave.

I consider this scenario to be the most desirable, but the least likely, especially if many of these corporations receive government bailouts.

https://bombthrower.com/articles/welcome-to-the-jackpot/

First, is this your writing? I think not but hard to tell when not in quotes?

What if there is a shattering of experience so each of us have a different world? But it is based on our core beliefs which transcend content. BUT we do not really know what we believe and much of "what we observe" is tied to content we have stuffed in the mind (creating an astral thought form body). We have a shattering of the collective BUT though the shattering happened, we still experience seemingly common ground as a "world" BECAUSE of collected thought forms.

I believe this is so. Every day in every way, I see that NO ONE can agree on what is so but there are collected kinds of agreements. Right now we are in a mass welter of belief and it MUST be cleared.I think we will soon be imploding some way? Not sure how? There will be some kind of sorting into core understanding. It is as if the weight of all the created matrix collapses on itself and we are squeezed OUT?

The above article is assuming that corporations and all continue and we are subject to some scene? I guess that is possible if you believe in the feudal system as a given? Maybe you just squeeze out to a different "place" where the systems continue? I do not know. I wonder if the matrix believers will maybe just disappear?

I just do NOT believe in feudalism as a given.

I see a vast world of sovereign people accepting responsibility for being. They know no savior or persecutor or victim is "real" and the pyramid was constructed. They FEEL themselves and are those who know themselves as connected to source and the god law. This is NEW territory.

Our focus on our relationship to what is beyond the "mind" of man is the platform. We are thriving in a dimension where spirit and matter are known as one. It is a mysterious journey beyond the mind of man's matrix.

I have no idea where this leads but I am going THERE.

This is from Jon Rappoport


Exit From The Matrix: Yes, I keep writing about imagination
by Jon Rappoport
Imagination is as natural and real as breathing. People who don’t know this or forget it come up against a brick wall.

Some of them then go to booze and drugs, some to violence, some to despair, some to the straitjacket of a severely repetitive mechanical life, some to the dull, dull ground of passivity.

Life is not a machine. Humans are not machines, although they often play one day after day.

Humans are creative.

They can step on that, try to grind it into dust, make up a thousand excuses, but the fact remains.

Societies and civilizations are never creative, after a certain point in their development. They opt for standard shapes and standard patterns of thought and standard organizations.

This devolution isn’t just the “the strong controlling the weak.”

It’s a subconscious impulse that spreads like a disease. Throughout history, you see it manifest in many forms.

These days, we have the massive Surveillance State. It’s an expression of “the standard human who must think and act in certain ways.”

Imagination puts the lie to all this.

Imagination goes anywhere you want it to, and in the process, you discover ideas and realms and dimensions and power that would otherwise have remained invisible to the end of time.

This is the natural state of affairs.

Everything else is programming.

Programming comes in two forms: what is done to the individual, and what he does to himself.

Every spiritual system and spiritual teaching, down through history, has initially or eventually discarded imagination and thrown it on the junk-heap.

It’s long past the time to reverse that trend.

The creative power of the individual, which is the key to his future, his happiness, his freedom, flows from his imagination.

[ExomatrixTV]

Under The Great Reset, The Entire Planet Is Being Converted Into A High-Tech Prison/Kill Grid – And That’s Just The Beginning!:

618dba6c2fa19644c8b02e1a

[ExomatrixTV]

WEF Founder Klaus Schwab calls for a ‘New Great Narrative (https://sociable.co/government-and-policy/wef-klaus-schwab-great-narrative-humankind/)’ for humankind at meeting in Dubai

https://sociable.co/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/great-narrative-meeeting-2-640x450.png

The WEF is about to have a great narrative to go with the great reset agenda perspective.


source (https://sociable.co/government-and-policy/wef-klaus-schwab-great-narrative-humankind)

World Economic Forum to launch ‘New Great Narrative’ initiative following the "Great Reset"


The WEF’s great narrative initiative is an attempt to legitimize its technocratic great reset of society and the global economy perspective


source (https://sociable.co/government-and-policy/world-economic-forum-great-narrative-great-reset)

"Speaking at the Great Narrative Meeting in Dubai, United Arab Emirates today, Schwab announced his intent to develop a great narrative that public and private entities will use to shape the future of humanity.

“We are here to develop the great narrative, a story for the future,” said Schwab. “In order to shape the future, you have first to imagine the future, you have to design the future, and then you have to execute it,” he added.“Here, I think the next two days, we will look [to] how we imagine, how we design, how we execute the great narrative, how we define the story of our world for the future.” The Great Narrative Meeting runs for two days where the unelected globalists will brainstorm ideas on how to run society from the top-down, and they will publish their findings in a book called “The Great Narrative” in early 2022."

cheers,
John

[ExomatrixTV]

World Economic Forum’s ‘Great (Dystopian) Narrative’ Is ‘FREAKING TERRIFYING’:

Pk-1JEKJLxE

[Eva2]

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.15752-9/253849756_417065326567181_7989984867704937526_n.jpg?_nc_cat=106&ccb=1-5&_nc_sid=ae9488&_nc_ohc=usCpQE8XtS0AX87ImJi&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=91d6a1e162ddc33ea9a89f5455bc7730&oe=61BAF307

[eagle0027]

A search for this speech turns up a lot of info that it didnt happen .
Not to say i dont think its possible..just like to vindicate before passing along.

[Merkaba360]

https://scontent.fcxh3-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.15752-9/253849756_417065326567181_7989984867704937526_n.jpg?_nc_cat=106&ccb=1-5&_nc_sid=ae9488&_nc_ohc=usCpQE8XtS0AX87ImJi&_nc_ht=scontent.fcxh3-1.fna&oh=91d6a1e162ddc33ea9a89f5455bc7730&oe=61BAF307

So, fact checkers are saying he never spoke at WHO in 2009. hmmm. I wish there was more information on that. That is a printed newspaper? Who wrote that? Can we at least be sure that the print is real and from 2009 - that someone at least claimed they heard him say that at WHO in 2009?

We need to be better at details and proving things, cuz they easily counter the claims. grrrrr

[onawah]

It may not seem like the weather would have much to do with the NWO's "Great Reset", but think again....
"Quackademia", as Dr. Joseph Farrell (frequent guest on Dark Journalist) calls it, dictates much of what Universities, government agencies, NGOs and the MSM report about the weather, the climate, the history and the future of this planet.
Information much of which, as should be clear by now, is bought and paid for to suit the NWO's agenda.
The biggest secret they are hiding may well have to do with the SUN.

Sun Controls Climate | Part 4 - Global Warming
Daily Sun, Earth and Science News

Nov 24, 2021
Suspicious0bservers
576K subscribers

Part 1: https://youtu.be/jQtDLGPuX3o
Part 2: https://youtu.be/8_rb98g0jwU
Part 3: https://youtu.be/21yhXjonvqM
Part 4: This video.


Also posted here: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?107798-Geomagnetic-Reversals-and-Ice-Ages&p=1465220&viewfull=1#post1465220

Also see the Disaster Playlist:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V2decDcEJqo&list=PLHSoxioQtwZcVcFC85TxEEiirgfXwhfsw

[ExomatrixTV]

PREPLANNED: They're Destroying Everything On Purpose!:

PNJaZ3fD_nk

[ExomatrixTV]

Is the Supply Chain Being Sabotaged?:

uGfmhQa3Tjs

[Delight]

I hear there is always "predictive programming" and a heads up.....

1462798146929573897

[ExomatrixTV]

A Preview How We All Might Be Living in 2030 an beyond?


A man lives in a society where citizens police each other with their mobile phones. | "Utopia"

vJYaXy5mmA8

[ExomatrixTV]

The Pivotal Moment (https://rumble.com/vpw5h9-the-pivotal-moment-qr-code-agenda2030.html) QR-Code Agenda2030

https://sp.rmbl.ws/s8/2/9/Y/5/L/9Y5Lc.caa.mp4

source (https://rumble.com/vpw5h9-the-pivotal-moment-qr-code-agenda2030.html)

[norman]

IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.

[jaybee]

IF . . we continue to comply.

[video snipped - above in post 469 }

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.


Thanks for that, Norman - educational and as you say presented in such a way that those who have bought into the Covid Cult thus far can maybe consider the info without getting too defensive - ie the bare bones of the matter regarding the global financial situation -

I think the main message from Melissa Ciummei is that some kind of new digital currency is inevitable because the present fiat system based on debt is collapsing and nearly finished - but it doesn't have to be a digital currency that enslaves the masses with chipping and social credit scores + social engineering controlled by AI -

I think this is probably why all the governments are colluding - because they are told - it's all coming to an end and unless you move your populations into this (the chipping via 'vaccines' - 'covid' passports - leading to the Central Bankers Digital Currency..)...... your economy will crash along with the World Economy - society will break down and millions will die, one way or another.....

What's the betting they think of themselves as being 'cruel to be kind'....

So basically, we need to stop complying, accept changes are on the way but demand a new currency that doesn't involve covert chipping + the removal of all freedoms...

Another complication though is that the Central Banks and big corporations are probably holding governments to ransom - giving them no choice - my way or the highway kind of thing...

[thepainterdoug]

Norman/ this video with Melissa Ciummei was excellent. The kind of discussion you dont hear and see to often.
quite credible and quite alarming. thanks

[norman]

Another complication though is that the Central Banks and big corporations are probably holding governments to ransom - giving them no choice - my way or the highway kind of thing...



But even that! only exists within a bubble the bankers created for themselves.

We'll have to release the lock, in our heads, on the concept of what money is.

With a stroke of a pen, we can create our own, once we've rounded up all those pirates and gangsters. It's no more "fake" than what the bankers are doing themselves right now. Both they AND their money can be shoved off over the cliff together.

[ByTheNorthernSea]

Thanks Norman, dreadful to listen to this message but it's a very important one to get out to the general public...



IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.

[indiana]

Thanks Norman, dreadful to listen to this message but it's a very important one to get out to the general public...



IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.


That was excellent, thanks!

One of the best videos I've seen recently is this one I'm hoping will embed and show up. It's by a Prof of Critical Theory. The first 20 to 30 minutes is a bit psychological, but the rest of it was an amazing watch. He explains why they did this and what he thinks is going to happen, probably in the next few months. It totally ties in with the video ye posted. On the foot of it, I'm back stocking up again.

VMHopHy7AIk

[jaybee]

Here we go - Australia was definitely chosen to be a testbed for the so called Great Reset - otherwise known as the Very Slippery Slope -

I expect New Zealand and Canada are not far behind... and of course the New World Dictators still have the UK and US in their cross hairs -

Russell Brand explains the next step towards turning Australia into a Totalitarian State, (Digital Identity System) in his own special way - and at the end when he talks about 'obligation'....he takes things up a notch...


“They Must Think We’re SUCKERS!!” This Is INSIDIOUS

T5m0Mzm0K60

[ExomatrixTV]

BlackRock's Going Direct Reset and the Financial Coup d'État.

s9Md5TwkSKs

[norman]

IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.

Oh dear . . .

Too good to last.


[[ I have it stashed here, if the library is interested ]

[Tintin]

IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.

Oh dear . . .

Too good to last.


[[ I have it stashed here, if the library is interested ]

Sure. Please do use the free option ('I just want to send files') at WeTransfer.com (https://wetransfer.com/) to tintin@projextavalon.net.

I'll do the rest.

Thanks

[Tintin]

IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.

Oh dear . . .

Too good to last.


[[ I have it stashed here, if the library is interested ]

Sure. Please do use the free option ('I just want to send files') at WeTransfer.com (https://wetransfer.com/) to tintin@projextavalon.net.

I'll do the rest.

Thanks

Thanks to an eagle eyed Avalon Twitter follower patriciam I've now been able to download this film via the Bitchute copy:

TxsJqEKpTYbz/

[thepainterdoug]

Ive watched this 3 times. Its somewhat mesmerizing. Im hearing it, were seeing it, yet it seems no one can make headway on it. Its like a dream in quicksand or molasses.
It makes me feel there must be an otherworldly force behind it

[norman]

Ive watched this 3 times. Its somewhat mesmerizing. Im hearing it, were seeing it, yet it seems no one can make headway on it. Its like a dream in quicksand or molasses.
It makes me feel there must be an otherworldly force behind it

I think this conversation will fit right in to where you're at with your post Doug.


Matt Smith: Building Parallel Societies to Survive the Great Reset
https://odysee.com/@GeopoliticsAndEmpire:f/MattSmith-ParallelSociety:b

Mat Smith spent 2020 running it all through his head and whittling it all down to a simple 'what's up' and 'what to do'. He'd very quickly got past believing any of the psyop media narrative.

[Delight]

Moving right along, we will be completely owned by the dispensers of our QR code and those left alive will be happy OR ELSE.....


RINO Massachusetts Governor Considering Jab Passports That Could Be Used For All Sorts Of Things
All sorts of things? Social credit scoring?
BY JAMES SAMSON
NOVEMBER 30, 2021 (https://www.redvoicemedia.com/2021/11/rino-massachusetts-governor-considering-jab-passports-that-could-be-used-for-all-sorts-of-things/)

Republican Massachusetts Governor Charlie Baker admitted this week that he is considering implementing jab passports in his state.

In a new interview on Monday, Baker said that he wants to team up with other states to give people QR codes that will show that they have been dosed with an experimental shot against COVID-19.

“It’s a universal standard, and we’ve been working with a bunch of other states, there’s probably 15 or 20 of them, to try to create a single QR code that can be used for all sorts of things where people may choose to require a vaccine,” Baker said, going on to add that he already has a code for himself because “it’s my proof that I’ve been vaccinated.”

Baker went on to say that booster shots are so in “demand” that people have to schedule them a week or two in advance.

“Now, they may not be in the place somebody wants to go to get one,” he said. “And it may be a week or ten days out or two weeks out before they can get one. But given the fact that we have far more demand now that we had a couple of weeks ago, we’re going to see if we can increase our capacity to do more.”

[norman]

Trench warfare, more like.

We really have to go over the top into a storm of bullets and take out the machine gun nests.

We can't just sit here cataloguing how screwed we are.

[mountain_jim]

https://media.gab.com/system/media_attachments/files/091/975/994/original/a33cbd5a82d2a980.jpg

[norman]

gord posted this in the CAF thread.

It's a short video of Catherine Fitts saying it exactly like it is,to an audience in Switzerland.


Catherine Austin Fitts: Vaccine passports will absolutely end human liberty in the west.
https://www.bitchute.com/video/bC4D2z4sktbP/

[ExomatrixTV]

Lockdowns do work at crashing the economy.

J28Jr_zOrPU

[ExomatrixTV]

Melissa Ciummei (https://rumble.com/vq3a09-melissa-ciummei-c0vld-narrative-serving-the-great-dystopian-reset.html) C0VlD Narrative Serving The Great Dystopian Reset

https://sp.rmbl.ws/s8/2/P/9/k/N/P9kNc.caa.mp4


source (https://rumble.com/vq3a09-melissa-ciummei-c0vld-narrative-serving-the-great-dystopian-reset.html)

[Satori]

Lockdowns do work at crashing the economy.

J28Jr_zOrPU

Bump.... Thanks Exomatrix.

¤=[Post Update]=¤



Melissa Ciummei (https://rumble.com/vq3a09-melissa-ciummei-c0vld-narrative-serving-the-great-dystopian-reset.html) C0VlD Narrative Serving The Great Dystopian Reset

https://sp.rmbl.ws/s8/2/P/9/k/N/P9kNc.caa.mp4


source (https://rumble.com/vq3a09-melissa-ciummei-c0vld-narrative-serving-the-great-dystopian-reset.html)


Thanks again Exomatrix. Bump....

[ExomatrixTV]

David Oates Reverse Speech on Jeff Rense 30 november 2021

bITIKM6BT90
Reversals on Klaus Schwab and his "Great Reset" Agenda 2030

[DeDukshyn]

IF . . we continue to comply.

u11I8Jh-CsM

Melissa Ciummei, a financial investor from Northern Ireland

Because passports are so crucial for the successful implementation of this new financial system, mandatory vaccination of all citizens, young and old, will be imperative for the plan to succeed.


This one is VERY "mainstream friendly" . A very good interview to send to the hardcore normies in our lives.

Oh dear . . .

Too good to last.


[[ I have it stashed here, if the library is interested ]

Sure. Please do use the free option ('I just want to send files') at WeTransfer.com (https://wetransfer.com/) to tintin@projextavalon.net.

I'll do the rest.

Thanks

Thanks to an eagle eyed Avalon Twitter follower patriciam I've now been able to download this film via the Bitchute copy:

TxsJqEKpTYbz/

Everyone in the world needs to watch this ... share far and wide!! :thumbsup:

This is a good primer for people who have a hard time believing that the mandates and vaccines have to do with anything other than keeping us safe.

[Frankie Pancakes]

As I’ve stated before, the Elite won’t turn back now. They are completely committed. This is because the Covid offensive either ends up with them lined up against walls or the We the Plebeians in digital chains.
Many reading these words were, certainly, in varying degrees, concerned at the announcement of Omicron®. But, the concern was not likely over the “virus”, per se, but regarding the reactions to the propaganda by governmental agencies and dupes alike. This is how incrementalism works: trauma and reward are the tools utilized by tyrants to train their subjects. Sadly, the fear-based lockdown and pressure-release method has most people responding like puppets to masterfully manipulated strings.

It seems Covidism has, indeed, become an international Punch and Judy Show as the puppet masters have created a new reality. But, to be completely honest, the new reality was stage-crafted years before Covid.

https://thetollonline.com/2021/12/05/you-cant-stop-a-tidal-wave-so-you-might-as-well-try/

[ExomatrixTV]

2030 (FULL MOVIE):

djrspoy5au0

[ExomatrixTV]

Not the Great Reset, it’s the New Reset:

rAkOtlxNNik

[Frankie Pancakes]

Catherine Austin Fitts From Holland

No punches pulled…no hydra snake head left unnamed or un-blamed!

I realize many don’t want to watch a long video…however, if you miss this you have truly missed The Mother of all Truth BOMBS!

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/12/06/the-mother-of-all-truth-bombs

[gini]

Vandana Shiva: “People Are Dying Now!!” Is This The Great Reset In Action?!

Russell Brand speaks to Vandana Shiva about how globalisation and the systems of powerful elites like Bill Gates are potentially leading to so many deaths in countries like India.
8-12-'21
9 minutesPYZTLRQDhhw

[ExomatrixTV]

The Great Reset - Conspiracy or Fact?

d4AduA8mgro


You’ll Own Nothing and Be Happy!? - The Great Reset:

bEQcyIGH_vQ

[ExomatrixTV]

This-Pivotal-Moment-Docu-2021 (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?117056-This-Pivotal-Moment-Documentary-Part-One)

[ExomatrixTV]

Catherine Austin Fitts Interview - Global Financial Coup D’état & Technocratic (http://technocracy.news) Slavery That Follows

Joining me today is Catherine Austin Fitts of the Solari Report, here to discuss the global financial coup d'état that is taking place right in front of our eyes under the guise of fighting a global pandemic, and how this is the execution of a long-sought agenda to have unfettered top-down control your life; what you buy, what you read, what you watch, what you support, even what you think.
A0wA7CKSGS4


much more info (https://www.thelastamericanvagabond.com/catherine-austin-fitts-interview-global-financial-coup-detat-technocratic-slavery-that-follows)

[ExomatrixTV]

The BIG Storm Is COMING! | David Icke & Max Igan:

1svz-ReRS1s

[ExomatrixTV]

'Build Back Better -- I Don't Think So': Rob Portman Slams Democrats' Spending Plan:

5sBxAjWOzQI